NFPA

350
Guide for Safe Con f ned
Space Entry and Work

2019
 ®
IMPORTANT NOTICES AND DISCLAIMERS CONCERNING NFPA STANDARDS

NFPA® codes, standards, recommended practices, and guides (“NFPA Standards”), of which the document
contained herein is one, are developed through a consensus standards development process approved by the
American National Standards Institute. This process brings together volunteers representing varied viewpoints
and interests to achieve consensus on fre and other safety issues. While the NFPA administers the process and
establishes rules to promote fairness in the development of consensus, it does not independently test, evaluate, or
verify the accuracy of any information or the soundness of any judgments contained in NFPA Standards.
The NFPA disclaims liability for any personal injury, property, or other damages of any nature whatsoever,
whether special, indirect, consequential or compensatory, directly or indirectly resulting from the publication, use
of, or reliance on NFPA Standards. The NFPA also makes no guaranty or warranty as to the accuracy or
completeness of any information published herein.
In issuing and making NFPA Standards available, the NFPA is not undertaking to render professional or other
services for or on behalf of any person or entity. Nor is the NFPA undertaking to perform any duty owed by any
person or entity to someone else. Anyone using this document should rely on his or her own independent
judgment or, as appropriate, seek the advice of a competent professional in determining the exercise of
reasonable care in any given circumstances.
The NFPA has no power, nor does it undertake, to police or enforce compliance with the contents of NFPA
Standards. Nor does the NFPA list, certify, test, or inspect products, designs, or installations for compliance with
this document. Any certifcation or other statement of compliance with the requirements of this document shall
not be attributable to the NFPA and is solely the responsibility of the certifer or maker of the statement.

REVISION SYMBOLS IDENTIFYING CHANGES FROM THE PREVIOUS EDITION

Text revisions are shaded. A Δ before a section number indicates that words within that section were
deleted and a Δ to the left of a table or fgure number indicates a revision to an existing table or
fgure. When a chapter was heavily revised, the entire chapter is marked throughout with the Δ
symbol. Where one or more sections were deleted, a • is placed between the remaining sections.
Chapters, annexes, sections, fgures, and tables that are new are indicated with an N.
Note that these indicators are a guide. Rearrangement of sections may not be captured in the
markup, but users can view complete revision details in the First and Second Draft Reports located in
the archived revision information section of each code at www.nfpa.org/docinfo. Any subsequent
changes from the NFPA Technical Meeting, Tentative Interim Amendments, and Errata are also
located there.

REMINDER: UPDATING OF NFPA STANDARDS

Users of NFPA codes, standards, recommended practices, and guides (“NFPA Standards”) should be
aware that these documents may be superseded at any time by the issuance of a new edition, may be
amended with the issuance of Tentative Interim Amendments (TIAs), or be corrected by Errata. It is
intended that through regular revisions and amendments, participants in the NFPA standards
development process consider the then-current and available information on incidents, materials,
technologies, innovations, and methods as these develop over time and that NFPA Standards refect
this consideration. Therefore, any previous edition of this document no longer represents the current
NFPA Standard on the subject matter addressed. NFPA encourages the use of the most current edition
of any NFPA Standard [as it may be amended by TIA(s) or Errata] to take advantage of current
experience and understanding. An offcial NFPA Standard at any point in time consists of the current
edition of the document, including any issued TIAs and Errata then in effect.
To determine whether an NFPA Standard has been amended through the issuance of TIAs or
corrected by Errata, visit the “Codes & Standards” section at www.nfpa.org.

ISBN: 978-145592207-9 (PDF)

ISBN: 978-145592208-6 (eBook)
 ®
ADDITIONAL IMPORTANT NOTICES AND DISCLAIMERS CONCERNING NFPA STANDARDS

Updating of NFPA Standards

Users of NFPA codes, standards, recommended practices, and guides (“NFPA Standards”) should be aware that these
documents may be superseded at any time by the issuance of a new edition, may be amended with the issuance of Tentative
Interim Amendments (TIAs), or be corrected by Errata. It is intended that through regular revisions and amendments,
participants in the NFPA standards development process consider the then-current and available information on incidents,
materials, technologies, innovations, and methods as these develop over time and that NFPA Standards refect this
consideration. Therefore, any previous edition of this document no longer represents the current NFPA Standard on the
subject matter addressed. NFPA encourages the use of the most current edition of any NFPA Standard [as it may be amended
by TIA(s) or Errata] to take advantage of current experience and understanding. An offcial NFPA Standard at any point in
time consists of the current edition of the document, including any issued TIAs and Errata then in effect.
To determine whether an NFPA Standard has been amended through the issuance of TIAs or corrected by Errata, visit the
“Codes & Standards” section at www.nfpa.org.
Interpretations of NFPA Standards

A statement, written or oral, that is not processed in accordance with Section 6 of the Regulations Governing the
Development of NFPA Standards shall not be considered the offcial position of NFPA or any of its Committees and shall not
be considered to be, nor be relied upon as, a Formal Interpretation.
Patents

The NFPA does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights referenced in, related to, or asserted in
connection with an NFPA Standard. The users of NFPA Standards bear the sole responsibility for determining the validity of
any such patent rights, as well as the risk of infringement of such rights, and the NFPA disclaims liability for the infringement
of any patent resulting from the use of or reliance on NFPA Standards.
NFPA adheres to the policy of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) regarding the inclusion of patents in
American National Standards (“the ANSI Patent Policy”), and hereby gives the following notice pursuant to that policy:
NOTICE: The user’s attention is called to the possibility that compliance with an NFPA Standard may require use of an
invention covered by patent rights. NFPA takes no position as to the validity of any such patent rights or as to whether such
patent rights constitute or include essential patent claims under the ANSI Patent Policy. If, in connection with the ANSI Patent
Policy, a patent holder has fled a statement of willingness to grant licenses under these rights on reasonable and
nondiscriminatory terms and conditions to applicants desiring to obtain such a license, copies of such fled statements can be
obtained, on request, from NFPA. For further information, contact the NFPA at the address listed below.
Law and Regulations

Users of NFPA Standards should consult applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations. NFPA does not, by the
publication of its codes, standards, recommended practices, and guides, intend to urge action that is not in compliance with
applicable laws, and these documents may not be construed as doing so.
Copyrights

NFPA Standards are copyrighted. They are made available for a wide variety of both public and private uses. These include
both use, by reference, in laws and regulations, and use in private self-regulation, standardization, and the promotion of safe
practices and methods. By making these documents available for use and adoption by public authorities and private users, the
NFPA does not waive any rights in copyright to these documents.
Use of NFPA Standards for regulatory purposes should be accomplished through adoption by reference. The term
“adoption by reference” means the citing of title, edition, and publishing information only. Any deletions, additions, and
changes desired by the adopting authority should be noted separately in the adopting instrument. In order to assist NFPA in
following the uses made of its documents, adopting authorities are requested to notify the NFPA (Attention: Secretary,
Standards Council) in writing of such use. For technical assistance and questions concerning adoption of NFPA Standards,
contact NFPA at the address below.
For Further Information

All questions or other communications relating to NFPA Standards and all requests for information on NFPA procedures
governing its codes and standards development process, including information on the procedures for requesting Formal
Interpretations, for proposing Tentative Interim Amendments, and for proposing revisions to NFPA standards during regular
revision cycles, should be sent to NFPA headquarters, addressed to the attention of the Secretary, Standards Council, NFPA, 1
Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02269-9101; email: stds_admin@nfpa.org.
For more information about NFPA, visit the NFPA website at www.nfpa.org. All NFPA codes and standards can be viewed at
no cost at www.nfpa.org/docinfo.
 350-1

Copyright © 2018 National Fire Protection Association®. All Rights Reserved.

NFPA® 350

Guide for

Safe Confned Space Entry and Work

2019 Edition
This edition of NFPA 350, Guide for Safe Confned Space Entry and Work, was prepared by the
Technical Committee on Confned Space Safe Work Practices. It was issued by the Standards Council
on November 5, 2018, with an effective date of November 25, 2018, and supersedes all previous
editions.
This edition of NFPA 350 was approved as an American National Standard on November 25, 2018.
Origin and Development of NFPA 350
This frst edition of NFPA 350, Guide for Safe Confned Space Entry and Work, established best
practices and “how tos” for confned space entry and work, translating what is required in regulations
into practical approaches to implement those requirements. Whereas existing regulatory standards
provide minimum requirements, NFPA 350 strives to establish work practices that achieve a higher
level of safety.
NFPA maintains a long history governing the safe entry and work practices for the maritime
sector through NFPA 306, Standard for the Control ofGas Hazards on Vessels. The success of the maritime
confned space entry program, in particular the competencies and qualifcations of marine chemists
whose certifcation NFPA manages, led to the incorporation of those practices and procedures into
both OSHA shipyard regulations and the regulations of the U.S. Coast Guard. Similarities in
construction and usage prompted the development of NFPA 326, Standard for the Safeguarding of
Tanks and Containers for Entry, Cleaning, or Repair, a standard for entry and work in aboveground and
underground tanks and containers. NFPA’s protection for emergency responders extends to
confned spaces as well, with NFPA 1670, Standard on Operations and Training for Technical Search and
Rescue Incidents, and NFPA 1006, Standard for Technical Rescue Personnel Professional Qualifcations. With
that long history of established standards of practice for confned space entry and work, NFPA
proposed a new project related to confned spaces.
The Technical Committee on Confned Space Safe Work Practices began its work on a
preliminary draft in September 2012 and worked in earnest to provide a preliminary draft to the
NFPA Standards Council for the August 2013 meeting, at which it was approved and placed in the
Fall 2015 revision cycle.
Background documents considered by the Standards Council as part of the project request
highlighted gaps in the existing regulations and standards that applied to general industry confned
space entry and work. OSHA’s permit-required confned space standard had been in place for 20
years when the work of the committee began. Initially, the committee identifed those gaps and
discussed how to simplify some of the terminology used in confned space documents. Among the
gaps identifed were issues related to basic confned space hazard identifcation, evaluation, and
control. Of particular concern was the lack of informative guidance on how to perform some of the
key requirements in the OSHA standard, such as air monitoring and ventilation. In further support
of the initial fndings of the committee, the Chemical Safety Board (CSB) addressed the committee
at its frst meeting and noted additional disparities in confned space safe practices related to the
hazards of adjacent spaces and hot work. The committee, with its range of experts, targeted those
gaps and missing information as areas that could be incorporated into NFPA 350.
Perhaps the most signifcant discussion topic in the committee centered on terminology such as
permit-required confned spaces and nonpermit spaces. While the committee did not want to
confict with existing standards, in particular the OSHA standards, the committee recognized that
the differences in terminology continued to create confusion. The committee ultimately decided to
simply use the term "confned space" to describe any space that meets the OSHA 1910.146
defnition.

NFPA and National Fire Protection Association are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169.
 350-2 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Another simplifcation provided by NFPA 350 is the default recommendation to perform air monitoring of all confned
spaces prior to entry. Such monitoring eliminates the possibility of misjudging a space that is not expected to have an
atmospheric hazard. The committee believes that the few minutes it takes to perform air monitoring of a space — confrming
the presence or absence of specifc atmospheric hazards — will be time well spent.
NFPA 350 identifes three types of hazards that should be recognized, evaluated, and controlled: inherent hazards,
introduced hazards, and adjacent hazards. Identifying those three distinct sources of potential hazards helps Entry Supervisors
and workers to think broadly about the number of hazards that could occur in and around confned spaces and to evaluate
and control the hazards.
While other standards indicate what needs to be done, NFPA 350 describes how to perform those tasks. For example, NFPA
350 provides information on the selection, calibration, and use of gas monitors as well as information about the types and
installation of ventilation devices for different types of confned space confgurations and hazards.
The committee noted that there was a lack of qualifcations and competencies for those involved in confned space entries
beyond the Attendant, the Entrant, and the Entry Supervisor. To complement those individuals and their defned roles and
competencies, NFPA 350 identifes other roles that also are important in confned space entries, such as a Gas Tester,
Ventilation Specialist, and Standby Worker.
For confned space rescue, NFPA 350 provides a tiered approach to response and includes the organizational elements of
emergency preparedness that normally are in place in a fre department but not necessarily in a facility rescue program. The
document aligns with NFPA 1670 and NFPA 1006 in providing the technical aspects of rescue and qualifcations for Rescuers.
It is well recognized that changes that occur during confned space work can negatively affect confned space entry and
work safety. NFPA 350 outlines the types of changes that can occur during confned space work and provides a method for
reporting and managing those changes through a management-of-change system.
Since elimination of a hazard is the apex of the traditional hierarchy of controls, NFPA 350 notes that the best way to
eliminate confned space hazards is to eliminate the confned space entirely or to redesign it to eliminate or minimize hazards
by incorporating safety features such as better lighting and ventilation. That can be done during design or through redesign
using the principles of Prevention through Design (PtD). Years of potential worker exposures to confned space hazards could
be eliminated through design or redesign.
The 2019 edition of the guide contains editorial changes to clarify the recommended practices for safe work within
confned spaces. Additionally, the guide is revised to include information specifc to construction activities as addressed in
OSHA’s 29 CFR 1926 Subpart AA, “Confned Spaces in Construction.”
Defnitions for engulfment and purging are added to the guide. Information pertaining to photoionization detectors (PID) is
included because these devices are now widely available and used in combination with other atmosphere testing devices for
assessing atmosphere hazards within confned spaces.
The committee clarifed the recommendations for entry and work in confned spaces that are inerted (oxygen defcient).
The committee also added recommendations for rescue in confned spaces that do not have a hazardous atmosphere but are
so confgured that rescue operations could be diffcult. The recommended practice for selection, evaluation, and approval of a
qualifed rescue service is revised.
A table illustrating the gas hazards that can exist in confned spaces specifc to various industries is added to Annex A.

201 9 Edition

EDUFIRE.IR
 COMMITTEE PERSONNEL 350-3

f
Technical Committee on Con ned Space Safe Work Practices

Leslie D. English, Chair

Grove Hill, AL [SE]
Adam C. Jones, Secretary
Buechel Fire Protection District, KY [E]
Rick Argudin, 3M Company/Scott Safety, TX [M] Michael Palmer, EnSafe Inc., TN [SE]
Edward K. Boring, Hilton Head Island Fire Rescue, SC [E] Rep. American Industrial Hygiene Assn/Confned Spaces
Rep. International Association of Fire Chiefs Committee
Christopher S. Buehler, Exponent, Inc., NY [SE] Mark R. Ronecker, Sprinkler Fitters 268 JATC, MO [L]

James R. Haiser, Jr., Dow Corning Corporation, MI [M]

Rep. United Assn. of Journeymen & Apprentices of the
Plumbing & Pipe Fitting Industry
Daniel Hudson, City of Dalton Fire Department, GA [SE]
Bob A. Rusczek, Certif ed Safety & Health, LLC, MA [SE]
Alfred W. Keiss, Med-Tex Services, Inc., PA [SE]
Rich St. Myers, U.S. Steel Corporation, IN [U]
Richard S. Kraus, API/Petroleum Safety Consultants, VA [U]
James L. Tyler, Vestas-American Wind Technology, OR [U]
Rep. American Petroleum Institute Rep. American Wind Energy Association
Edmund L. Lydon, Jr., Northeast Hospital Corporation, MA [U]
David Wagner, Industrial Scientif c Corporation, PA [M]
Rep. New England Healthcare Engineers Society
Robert H. Walker, III, Marine Chemist Service Inc., VA [SE]
Glenn E. Mate, Guilford Fire Department, EMT-Local 4177, CT [E]
Laura Hartline Weems, Army Corps of Engineers, Little Rock
Glenn E. McGinley, II, Ohio Public Employment Risk Reduction
Program, OH [E] District, AR [U]
William H. Weems, Safe State Program, AL [SE]
Kevin McKeigue, Johnson Controls, NC [M]
Rep. International Safety Equipment Association Richard Wright, Wright Rescue Solutions, Inc., FL [SE]

Terrance L. McKinch, Mortenson Construction, MI [IM] Leonard A. Young, Jr., Massachusetts Water Resources Authority,

David McLaughlin, Oregon OSHA, OR [E]

MA [L]
Rep. American Federation of State, County & Municipal
Shawn Kevin Mohammed, Burnaby Fire Department/ IAFF Local
Employees
323, Canada [L]
Daniel John O’Connell, SAFETRAN, LLC, CA [SE]
Rep. American Society of Safety Engineers
Alternates

Cody Davidowski, Mortenson Construction, MN [IM] Robert J. Masonis, Sr., Newport Beach Fire Department (retired),
(Alt. to Terrance L. McKinch) CA [SE]
Cristine Z. Fargo, International Safety Equipment Association, VA (Alt. to Alfred W. Keiss)
[M] Michele Myers Mihelic, American Wind Energy Association, DC [U]
(Alt. to Kevin McKeigue) (Alt. to James L. Tyler)
Rodney Foster, Midwest City Fire Department, OK [E] Dennis M. O' Connell, Roco Rescue Inc., NY [SE]
(Alt. to Edward K. Boring) (Alt. to Richard Wright)
Adam J. Goodman, S-E-A Limited, MD [SE] Kenny W. Oldfeld, Alabama Fire College, AL [SE]
(Alt. to Bob A. Rusczek) (Alt. to William H. Weems)
Bayless L Kilgore, Ensafe Inc., KY [SE] Andrew Saunders, Honeywell Inc., FL [M]
(Alt. to Michael Palmer) (Alt. to David Wagner)
Steven E. Kosch, 3M Company/Scott Safety, MN [M] Todd Trefen, Louis Dreyfus Commodities, MO [U]
(Alt. to Rick Argudin) (Voting Alternate)
Terry W. Krug, Exceptional Occupational Safety and Health
Advisors, Inc. (EXOSHA), IL [SE]
(Alt. to Daniel John O’Connell)
Lawrence Russell, NFPA Staff Liaison
This list represents the membership at the time the Committee was balloted on the fnal text ofthis edition.
Since that time, changes in the membership may have occurred. A key to classifcations is found at the
back ofthe document.
NOTE: Membership on a committee shall not in and of itself constitute an endorsement of
the Association or any document developed by the committee on which the member serves.
Committee Scope: Scope: This committee shall have primary responsibility for documents
on safeguarding against fre, explosion, and health hazards associated with entry and work in
confned and enclosed spaces. The committee shall also have primary responsibility for
developing safe work practices based upon hazard recognition, evaluation, and control for
those occupancies with confned or enclosed spaces. The safe work practices shall also
address exit procedures from the spaces.

201 9 Edition
350-4 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Contents

Chapter 1 Administration ............................................ 350– 6 Chapter 8 Hazard Elimination, Mitigation, or

1.1 Scope. ................................................................... 350– 6 Control ......................................................... 350– 25
1.2 Purpose. ............................................................... 350– 6 8.1 Purpose. ............................................................... 350– 25
1.3 Application. .......................................................... 350– 6 8.2 General. ................................................................ 350– 25
1.4 Equivalency. ......................................................... 350– 6 8.3 Controls for Other Identifed Hazards. ............. 350– 25
8.4 Chemical and Atmospheric Hazards. ................. 350– 25
Chapter 2 Referenced Publications ............................ 350– 6 8.5 Hot Work. ............................................................. 350– 27
2.1 General. ................................................................ 350– 6 8.6 Energy Sources. ................................................... 350– 30
2.2 NFPA Publications. .............................................. 350– 6 8.7 Portable Electrical and Mechanical Equipment
2.3 Other Publications. ............................................. 350– 7 Used in and Adjacent to Confned Spaces. ........ 350– 30
2.4 References for Extracts in Advisory Sections. .... 350– 8 8.8 Bonding and Grounding for Flammable and
De fnitions ................................................... 350– 8
Combustible Materials. ........................................ 350– 31
Chapter
3.1
3
General. ................................................................ 350– 8
8.9 Ignition Sources. .................................................. 350– 31
3.2 NFPA Offcial Defnitions. .................................. 350– 8
8.10 Fall Protection. .................................................... 350– 32

3.3 General Defnitions. ............................................ 350– 8

8.11 Slip, Trip, Ingress, Egress, and Entanglement
Hazards. ................................................................ 350– 32
Chapter 4 f f
Identi cation of Con ned Spaces Within 8.12 Lighting. ............................................................... 350– 32
a Workplace ................................................. 350– 11 8.13 Animals. ................................................................ 350– 32

4.1 Identifcation and Documentation of Confned 8.14 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). .............. 350– 33

Spaces. .................................................................. 350– 11 Ventilation ................................................... 350– 33

4.2 Identifcation of Confned Spaces During Chapter
9.1
9
General. ................................................................ 350– 33
Construction. ....................................................... 350– 11 9.2 Ventilation Types. ................................................ 350– 33
4.3 Determination of Confned Spaces. ................... 350– 11
9.3 Selection and Design of Ventilation. .................. 350– 34
4.4 Signs. .................................................................... 350– 11
9.4 Ventilation Equipment. ....................................... 350– 35
4.5 Securing Confned Spaces. ................................. 350– 11
9.5 Ventilation Installation. ....................................... 350– 36
4.6 Identifcation of Spaces for Nonfacility 9.6 Consideration in Selection of Ventilation. ......... 350– 37
Personnel. ............................................................ 350– 11
Rescue ......................................................... 350– 37
General ........................................................ 350– 12
Chapter 10
Chapter
5.1
5
General Requirements. ....................................... 350– 12
10.1 Purpose. ............................................................... 350– 37

5.2 Confned Space Program. ................................... 350– 12

10.2 Rescue Team Qualifcation. ................................ 350– 41

5.3 Confned Space Evaluation. ................................ 350– 12

10.3 Hazard Evaluation and Risk Assessments. .......... 350– 42

5.4 Entry Conditions. ................................................ 350– 12

10.4 Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs). .......... 350– 43

5.5 Basic Requirements and Considerations. .......... 350– 12

10.5 Regulatory Compliance. ...................................... 350– 43

5.6 Roles and Responsibilities. .................................. 350– 12

10.6 Incident Response Planning. .............................. 350– 43

5.7 Training Guidelines. ............................................ 350– 14

10.7 Confned Space Rescue Equipment and Gear. .. 350– 44

5.8 Training Verifcation. .......................................... 350– 14

10.8 Incident Management System. ........................... 350– 45
10.9 Rescue Team Composition. ................................ 350– 45

Chapter 6 f
Identi cation and Evaluation of Hazards 10.10 Entry Rescue — Rescue Service Capabilities. .... 350– 45

f
In and Around Con ned Spaces ................ 350– 14 f
6.1 General. ................................................................ 350– 14 Chapter 1 1 Con ned Space Personnel Duties,
f
6.2 Hazard Anticipation/Preplan. ............................ 350– 14
Responsibilities, Quali cations, and
.............................................. 46
6.3 Hazard Identifcation. ......................................... 350– 15
11.1
Competencies
General. ................................................................
350–
46
6.4 Hazard Evaluation. .............................................. 350– 18
11.2 Entrants. ...............................................................
350–
350– 46
6.5 Communications. ................................................ 350– 19
11.3 Attendant. ............................................................ 350– 47
6.6 Resources. ............................................................ 350– 19
11.4 Entry Supervisor. ................................................. 350– 48

Chapter 7 Atmospheric Monitoring ............................ 350– 19 11.5 Rescuer. ................................................................ 350– 49

7.1 General. ................................................................ 350– 19 11.6 Gas Tester. ............................................................ 350– 49

7.2 Procedures for Atmospheric Monitoring. .......... 350– 19 11.7 Owner/Operator. ................................................ 350– 50

7.3 Pre-Entry Testing. ................................................ 350– 19 11.8 Contractor/Subcontractor. ................................. 350– 51

7.4 Selection and Types of Monitors. ....................... 350– 21 11.9 Ventilation Specialist. .......................................... 350– 53

7.5 Other Monitor Types. .......................................... 350– 22 11.10 Isolation Specialist. .............................................. 350– 54

7.6 Intrinsic Safety. .................................................... 350– 23 11.11 Standby Worker. ................................................... 350– 55

7.7 Personal Monitoring Versus Remote Sampling. 350– 23 11.12 Training. ............................................................... 350– 56

7.8 Monitor Calibration ............................................ 350– 23

Written Confned Space Program .............. 350– 56
7.9 Zeroing. ................................................................ 350– 24
Chapter
12.1
12
Purpose. ............................................................... 350– 56
7.10 Bump Testing. ...................................................... 350– 24
12.2 Responsible Person and Responsibilities. .......... 350– 57
7.11 Clearing Peak Values. .......................................... 350– 24
12.3 Reporting Unsafe Conditions. ............................ 350– 57
7.12 Training and Competency. .................................. 350– 24
12.4 Periodic Review. ................................................... 350– 57
7.13 Continuous Atmospheric Monitoring. ............... 350– 24
12.5 Identifcation of Confned Spaces. ..................... 350– 57
7.14 Acceptable Atmospheric Limits for Entry. ......... 350– 25
12.6 Program Procedures. ........................................... 350– 57
7.15 Gas Monitor Maintenance. ................................. 350– 25
12.7 Atmospheric Monitoring. ................................... 350– 57
7.16 Training. ............................................................... 350– 25
12.8 Ventilation. ........................................................... 350– 58
7.17 Record Retention. ............................................... 350– 25
12.9 Rescue. ................................................................. 350– 58

201 9 Edition
 CONTENTS 350-5

12.10 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). .............. 350– 58 15.3 MOC Process and Activation. ............................. 350– 61
12.11 Isolation Program (Lockout/Tagout). ............... 350– 58 15.4 MOC-Warranted Confned Space Changes. ...... 350– 62
12.12 Hot/Cold Work. .................................................. 350– 58 15.5 MOC Completion and Verifcation. ................... 350– 62
12.13 Permits. ................................................................ 350– 58
12.14 Training. ............................................................... 350– 58 Chapter 1 6 Prevention Through Design (PtD) ............. 350– 63

12.15 Recordkeeping. ................................................... 350– 58 16.1 Purpose. ............................................................... 350– 63

12.16 Contractors. ......................................................... 350– 58 16.2 Background. ......................................................... 350– 63

12.17 Reporting of Accidents or Near Misses. ............. 350– 58 16.3 Responsibilities. ................................................... 350– 63

12.18 General Fitness for Duty Evaluation. .................. 350– 58 16.4 PtD Process and Activation. ................................ 350– 63
16.5 PtD Warranted Confned Space Changes. ......... 350– 63
Chapter 13 Pre-Entry Evaluation and Entry Permit ..... 350– 59
13.1 General. ................................................................ 350– 59 Annex A Explanatory Material .................................. 350– 64

13.2 Pre-Entry Evaluation and Permit Elements. ...... 350– 59

f
13.3 Reclassifcation and Alternate Procedures. ........ 350– 61
Annex B Sample Con ned Space Pre-Entry
Evaluation Form and Permit ...................... 350– 81
Chapter 14 Recordkeeping ............................................ 350– 61
14.1 Purpose. ............................................................... 350– 61
Annex C OSHA Alternate Entry Procedures and
f ........................................... 86
14.2 Employer Site Records. ....................................... 350– 61
Reclassi cation 350–

14.3 Employee Records. .............................................. 350– 61 Annex D Sample Management of Change (MOC)

Chapter 15 Management of Change (MOC) ................ 350– 61

Form ............................................................ 350– 86
15.1 Purpose. ............................................................... 350– 61 Annex E Informational References .......................... 350– 89
15.2 Responsibilities and Communication for
Implementing MOC. ........................................... 350– 61 Index ..................................................................... 350– 90

201 9 Edition
350-6 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

NFPA 350 1.1.4 This guide provides information on how to understand

confned space safety and safeguard personnel from fre, explo‐
Guide for sion, and other health hazards that are uniquely associated with
confned spaces.
Safe Confned Space Entry and Work 1.1.5 This guide provides information regarding training,
qualifcations, and competencies required for personnel
2019 Edition responsible for confned space hazard identifcation, hazard
evaluation, and hazard control for personnel who work in and
IMPORTANT NOTE: This NFPA document is made available for around confned spaces.
use subject to important notices and legal disclaimers. These notices 1.1.6 This guide provides information on confned space
and disclaimers appear in all publications containing this document rescue best practices.
and may be found under the heading “Important Notices and
Disclaimers Concerning NFPA Standards.” They can also be viewed 1.1.7 This guide provides information concerning confned
at www.nfpa.org/disclaimers or obtained on request from NFPA. space hazards and safety practices that are applicable to all
UPDATES, ALERTS, AND FUTURE EDITIONS: New editions of types of confned spaces.
NFPA codes, standards, recommended practices, and guides (i.e., 1.1.8 This guide provides information regarding hazards adja‐
NFPA Standards) are released on scheduled revision cycles. This cent to confned spaces that might affect the safe conditions
edition may be superseded by a later one, or it may be amended necessary for entry and work in a confned space.
outside of its scheduled revision cycle through the issuance of Tenta‐
tive Interim Amendments (TIAs). An offcial NFPA Standard at any 1.1.9 This guide provides criteria for eliminating, mitigating,
point in time consists of the current edition of the document, together or controlling hazards in the confned space design phase.
with all TIAs and Errata in effect. To verify that this document is the
current edition or to determine if it has been®amended by TIAs or 1.2 Purpose. The purpose of this guide is to provide safe work
Errata, please consult the National Fire Codes Subscription Service practices for persons working in and around confned spaces.
or the “List of NFPA Codes & Standards” at www.nfpa.org/docinfo. This guide goes beyond the minimum requirements that have
In addition to TIAs and Errata, the document information pages also been established by regulations and standards. This guide
include the option to sign up for alerts for individual documents and strives to achieve a higher level of safety with best practices for
to be involved in the development ofthe next edition. identifying, evaluating, and then eliminating, mitigating, or
NOTICE: An asterisk (*) following the number or letter controlling hazards to manage the risks associated with
designating a paragraph indicates that explanatory material on confned space activities. This guide is also intended to address
the paragraph can be found in Annex A. confned space–related work practices and procedures not fully
A reference in brackets [ ] following a section or paragraph covered or explained in existing regulations and standards rela‐
indicates material that has been extracted from another NFPA ted to confned space entry and work.
document. As an aid to the user, the complete title and edition 1.3* Application. This guide is intended to provide guidance
of the source documents for extracts in mandatory sections of for safe entry into confned spaces and associated work.
the document are given in Chapter 2 and those for extracts in
informational sections are given in Annex E. Extracted text 1.3.1 This guide is not intended to supersede or replace any
may be edited for consistency and style and may include the requirements in existing or future codes, standards, and regula‐
revision of internal paragraph references and other references tions applicable to confned space activities.
as appropriate. Requests for interpretations or revisions of 1.4 Equivalency. Nothing in this guide is intended to prevent
extracted text shall be sent to the technical committee respon‐ the use of systems, methods, or devices of equivalent or supe‐
sible for the source document. rior quality, strength, fre resistance, effectiveness, durability,
Information on referenced publications can be found in and safety over those prescribed by this guide.
Chapter 2 and Annex E.
Chapter 1 Administration Chapter 2 Referenced Publications

1.1 Scope. 2.1 General. The documents or portions thereof listed in this
chapter are referenced within this guide and should be consid‐
1.1.1 This guide provides information to protect workers from ered part of the recommendations of this document.
confned space hazards. 2.2 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protection Association,
1.1.2 This guide supplements existing confned space regula‐ 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.
tions, standards, and work practices by providing additional NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2017 edition.
guidance for safe confned space entry and work. References NFPA 51B, Standard for Fire Prevention During Welding, Cutting,
are provided throughout the guide and annexes to direct the and Other Hot Work, 2019 edition.
reader to other regulations and standards or other content that
might be applicable. NFPA 70®, National Electrical Code®, 2017 edition.
NFPA 70E®, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace®, 2018
1.1.3 This guide provides information to identify, evaluate, edition.
assess, and then eliminate, mitigate, or control hazards that are NFPA 306, Standard for the Control ofGas Hazards on Vessels,
present or that may occur during entry into or work in and 2019 edition.
around confned spaces. NFPA 326, Standard for the Safeguarding ofTanks and Containers
for Entry, Cleaning, or Repair, 2015 edition.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 REFERENCED PUBLICATIONS 350-7

NFPA 652, Standard on the Fundamentals ofCombustible Dust, API RP 2027, Ignition Hazards and Safe Work Practices for Abra‐
2019 edition. sive Blasting of Atmospheric Storage Tanks in Hydrocarbon Service,
NFPA 1006, Standard for Technical Rescue Personnel Professional 2002, reaffrmed 2012.
Qualifcations, 2017 edition. API RP 2201, Safe Hot Tapping Practices in the Petroleum and
NFPA 1561, Standard on Emergency Services Incident Manage‐ Petrochemical Industries, 2003, reaffrmed 2010.
ment System and Command Safety, 2014 edition.
NFPA 1670, Standard on Operations and Training for Technical API PUBL 2202, Dismantling and Disposing of Steel from Above‐
Search and Rescue Incidents, 2017 edition. ground Leaded Gasoline Storage Tanks, 1991.
NFPA 1855, Standard on Selection, Care, and Maintenance of API RP 2207, Preparing Tank Bottoms for Hot Work, 2007, reaf‐
Protective Ensembles for Technical Rescue Incidents, 2018 edition. frmed 2012.
NFPA 1951, Standard on Protective Ensembles for Technical Rescue
Incidents, 2013 edition. API STD 2217A, Guidelines for Safe Work in Inert Confned
NFPA 1981, Standard on Open-Circuit Self-Contained Breathing Spaces in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries, 2016.
Apparatus (SCBA) for Emergency Services, 2018 edition. N 2.3.5 ASABE Publications. American Society of Agricultural
NFPA 1983, Standard on Life Safety Rope and Equipment for and Biological Engineers, 2950 Niles Road, St. Joseph, MI
Emergency Services, 2017 edition. 49085.
NFPA 1991, Standard on Vapor-Protective Ensembles for Hazard‐
ous Materials Emergencies, 2016 edition. ANSI/ASABE S607, Ventilating Manure Storages to Reduce Entry
NFPA 1992, Standard on Liquid Splash–Protective Ensembles and Risk, 2010, reaffrmed 2014. https://elibrary.asabe.org/
Clothing for Hazardous Materials Emergencies, 2018 edition. abstract.asp?aid=36208&t=2&redir=&redirType=
2.3 Other Publications. 2.3.6 ASSE Publications. American Society of Safety Engi‐
neers, 520 N. Northwest Highway, Park Ridge, IL 60068.
N 2.3.1 AIChE Publications. American Institute of Chemical ANSI/ASSE Z117.1, Safety Requirements for Entering Confned
Engineers, 120 Wall Street, FL 23, New York, NY 10005-4020.
Spaces, 2016.
Guidelines for Engineering Design for Process Safety, Center for
Chemical Process Safety, April 2012. https://www.aiche.org/ ANSI/ASSE Z244.1, Control of Hazardous Energy — Lockout/
ccps/resources/publications/books/guidelines-engineering- Tagout and Alternative Methods, 2003, reaffrmed 2014.
design-process-safety-2nd-edition. ANSI/ASSE Z590.3, Prevention Through Design: Guidelines for
Inherently Safer Chemical Processes: A Life Cycle Approach, Center Addressing Occupation Hazards and Risks in the Design and Redesign
for Chemical Process Safety, December 2008. https:// Processes, 2011, reaffrmed 2016.
www.aiche.org/ccps/publications/books/inherently-safer- N 2.3.7 AWS Publications. American Welding Society, 550 NW
chemical-processes-life-cycle-approach-2nd-edition. LeJeune Road, Miami, FL 33126.
2.3.2 AIHA Publications. American Industrial Hygiene Associ‐ Safety and Health Fact Sheet Bundle for Chemical Industry Weld‐
ation, 3141 Fairview Park Drive, Suite 777, Falls Church, VA ing:
22042.
Fact Sheet No. 4: “Chromium and Nickel in Welding Fume,”
“Prevention through Design: Eliminating Confned Spaces October 2003.
and Minimizing Hazards.” AIHA Confned Spaces Committee,
May 2014. https://www.aiha.org/government-affairs/Position‐ Fact Sheet No. 11: “Hot Work in Confned Spaces,” Septem‐
Statements/PtD%20Conf%20Space%20AIHA%20-%20BOD ber 2009.
%20Approved.pdf. Fact Sheet No. 24: “Fluxes for Arc Welding and Brazing: Safe
2.3.3 ANSI Publications. American National Standards Insti‐ Handling and Use,” January 2002.
tute, Inc., 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036. Fact Sheet No. 27: “Thoriated Tungsten Electrodes,” Octo‐
ANSI/AIHA/ASSE Z10, Occupational Health and Safety ber 2003.
Management Systems, 2012. Fact Sheet No. 36: “Ventilation for Welding and Cutting,”
ANSI Z49.1, Safety in Welding, Cutting, and Allied Processes, September 2009.
2012. 2.3.8 CDC Publications. Center for Disease Control and
Δ 2.3.4 API Publications. American Petroleum Institute, 1220 L Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road, Atlanta, GA 30333.
Street, NW, Washington, DC 20005-4070. DHHS (NIOSH) Publication No. 2011-121, Prevention through
API STD 653, Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Recon‐ Design: Plan for the National Initiative, Department of Health and
struction, 2014. Human Services and National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health, November 2010.
API RP 2009, Safe Welding, Cutting, and Hot Work Practices in
the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries, 2002, reaffrmed 2007. 2.3.9 CGA Publications. Compressed Gas Association, George
Carter Way, Suite 103, Chantilly, VA 20151-1788.
API STD 2015, Requirements for Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petro‐
leum Storage Tanks, 2014. CGA G-7.1, Commodity Specifcation for Air, October 2011.
API RP 2016, Guidelines and Procedures for Entering and Clean‐
ing Petroleum Storage Tanks, 2001, reaffrmed 2006.

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition

EDUFIRE.IR
 350-8 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Δ 2.3.1 0 ICS Publications. International Chamber of Shipping, f

3.3 General De nitions.
38 St. Mary Axe, London, United Kingdom, EC3A 8BH. 3.3.1 * Acceptable Entry Conditions. Conditions that meet all
International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals entry requirements specifed in the confned space program
(ISGOTT), 2006. and all entry conditions listed on the entry permit.
2.3.1 1 U.S. Government Publications. U.S. Government 3.3.2 Accident. An unplanned occurrence, which results in a
Publishing Offce, 732 North Capitol Street, NW, Washington, loss such as unintended injury, illness, death, property damage,
DC 20401-0001. or damage to the environment. [ 1 521 , 2015]
Emergency Response Guidebook, U.S. Department of Transporta‐ 3.3.3 Adjacent Spaces. Those spaces in all directions from
tion (DOT), 2012. http://phmsa.dot.gov/staticfles/PHMSA/ subject space, including points of contact, internal and exter‐
DownloadableFiles/Files/Hazmat/ERG2012.pdf nal, such as decks, sumps, foating roofs, secondary contain‐
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910, “Occupa‐ ment areas, interstitial spaces, under foors, supports, tank
tional Safety and Health Standards.” tops, and bulkheads. [ 326, 2015]
3.3.4 Administrative Controls (Work Practice Controls) . Work
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1915, “Occupa‐ procedures such as written safety policies, rules, supervision,
tional Safety and Health Standards for Shipyard Employment.” schedules, and training with the goal of reducing the duration,
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1926, “Safety and frequency, and severity of exposure to hazardous situations.
Health Regulations for Construction.” 3.3.5 Air Changes per Hour (ACH) . An amount of air equal
2.3.1 2 Other Publications. to the gross volume of the air passing through a confned space
in an hour.
Merriam-Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, 11th edition, Merriam-
Webster, Inc., Springfeld, MA, 2003. 3.3.6 Air-Moving Devices. Term that includes venturi-type
devices that exhaust only (eductors) and fan or blower systems.
2.4 References for Extracts in Advisory Sections.
NFPA 77, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity, 2019 Δ 3.3.6.1 Axial-Flow Fans. A category of three fan types —
edition. propeller, tube-axial, and vane-axial — where the air fow
NFPA 99, Health Care Facilities Code, 2018 edition. through the impeller is parallel to the shaft on which the
NFPA 302, Fire Protection Standard for Pleasure and Commercial impeller is mounted.
Motor Craft, 2015 edition. 3.3.6.2 Centrifugal-Flow Fans. A fan that includes a wheel or
NFPA 326, Standard for the Safeguarding ofTanks and Contain‐ rotor mounted on a shaft that rotates within a scroll-shaped
ers for Entry, Cleaning, or Repair, 2015 edition. housing, which allows air to enter the center of the rotor
NFPA 1006, Standard for Technical Rescue Professional Qualifca‐ and move with centrifugal force at right angles through the
tions, 2017 edition. rotor blades and into the housing.
NFPA 1026, Standard for Incident Management Personnel Profes‐ Δ 3.3.6.3* Venturi-Type (Eductors). Devices commonly
sional Qualifcations, 2018 edition. powered by air or steam that operate on the venturi princi‐
NFPA 1451, Standard for a Fire and Emergency Service Vehicle ple, where air moving through the horn increases in velocity
Operations Training Program, 2018 edition. as it passes through the smaller cross-sectional area and exits
NFPA 1521, Standard for Fire Department Safety Offcer Professio‐ the horn.
nal Qualifcations, 2015 edition.
NFPA 1561, Standard on Emergency Services Incident Manage‐ Δ 3.3.7 Atmospheric Monitoring. The act of using a portable or
ment System and Command Safety, 2014 edition. fxed monitor to sample the atmosphere in or around a
NFPA 1670, Standard on Operations and Training for Technical confned space to determine the concentration of air contami‐
Search and Rescue Incidents, 2017 edition. nants and oxygen.
3.3.8 Attendant. A person who is qualif ed to be stationed
Chapter 3 f
De nitions outside confned spaces, who monitors authorized Entrants,
and who performs specifed attendant duties.
3.1 General. The defnitions contained in this chapter apply 3.3.9 Bonding. For the purpose of controlling static electric
to the terms used in this guide. Where terms are not defned in hazards, the process of connecting two or more conductive
this chapter or within another chapter, they should be defned objects together by means of a conductor so that they are at the
using their ordinarily accepted meanings within the context in same electrical potential, but not necessarily at the same poten‐
which they are used. Merriam-Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, 11th tial as the earth. [ 77, 2019]
edition, is the source for the ordinarily accepted meaning.
3.3.1 0 Breathing Air. Uncontaminated air with an oxygen
f f
3.2 NFPA Of cial De nitions. content between 19.5 and 22 percent; sources may include
3.2.1 Guide. A document that is advisory or informative in ambient air or Compressed Gas Association (CGA) Grade D
nature and that contains only nonmandatory provisions. A breathing air from a compressor or cylinder.
guide may contain mandatory statements such as when a guide 3.3.1 1 Bump Testing. A qualitative function check where a
can be used, but the document as a whole is not suitable for challenge gas is passed over the sensor(s), at a concentration
adoption into law. and exposure time suffcient to activate all alarm indicators, to
present at least their lower alarm setting.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 DEFINITIONS 350-9

3.3.1 2 Cold Work. Any construction, alteration, repair, or task 3.3.28 Fall Restrain. A personal fall protection system to
that does not involve heat, fre, or spark-producing operations. prevent a worker from traveling to an edge from which the
3.3.1 3* Confned Space. A space that (1) is large enough and
worker could fall.
so confgured that a person can bodily enter and perform 3.3.29 Gas Monitor. A direct-reading, portable instrument
assigned work, (2) has limited or restricted means for entry or designed to detect hazardous gases and vapors, including, but
exit, and (3) is not designed for continuous occupancy. not limited to, oxygen, combustible gas, and a variety of toxic
3.3.1 4 Conf ned Space Entry. Includes ensuing work activities
gas components or volatile organic compounds (VOCs).
in a confned space and is considered to have occurred as soon 3.3.30 Gas Tester. Quali f ed person(s) responsible for operat‐
as any part of the entrant's body breaks the plane of an open‐ ing a gas monitor and able to interpret results for atmospheric
ing into the space. [ 1 006, 2017] monitoring.
3.3.1 5 Conf ned Space Rescue Service. The con f ned space 3.3.31 Grounding. The process of directing electrical current
rescue team designated by the Owner/Operator or Entrant to earth in order to minimize the buildup of an electrical
Employer to rescue victims from within confned spaces, charge resulting in an ignitable spark.
including operational and technical levels of industrial, munici‐ 3.3.32 Hazard. Biological, chemical, mechanical, electrical,
pal, and external service providers. atmospheric, environmental, or physical agent that has or may
3.3.1 6 Conf ned Space Rescue Team. A combination of indi‐ have the potential to result in injury, illness, property damage,
viduals trained, equipped, and available to respond to confned or interruption of a process or an activity in the absence of a
space emergencies. control measure.
3.3.1 7* Contractor. Employers who perform work under 3.3.32.1 Adjacent Hazards. Hazards that may exist in the
contract to Owners/Operators at the Owner’s/Operator’s area(s) surrounding the space.
confned space work site. 3.3.32.2 Inherent Hazards. Hazards that may exist as a
3.3.1 7.1 Subcontractor. Employers who perform work under permanent or intermittent essential characteristic or attrib‐
contract to the primary contractor. ute of the space.
3.3.1 8 Degassing. The process of collecting, oxidizing, or 3.3.32.3 Introduced Hazards. Hazards not normally associ‐
treating vapors and gases expelled from a tank or vessel so as to ated with the space’s purpose or processes but are brought
prevent or reduce the amount of organic volatile compounds into the space or adjoining area(s) deliberately or inadver‐
released into the atmosphere during vapor- and gas-freeing tently.
operations. 3.3.33 Hazard Evaluation. The process of identifying hazards
Δ 3.3.1 9 Engineering Controls. A method of reducing exposure or potential hazards and then determining the risk or potential
to a hazard through elimination, design, redesign, isolation, or risk of each hazard identifed.
substitution. 3.3.34 Hazard Identifcation. The determination of present
N 3.3.20 Engulfment. The surrounding and effective capture of and potential physical, chemical, atmospheric, mechanical,
a person by a fuid (e.g., liquid, fnely divided particulate) electrical, environmental, and biological hazards in and
substance that can be aspirated to cause death by flling or around a confned space as well as hazards elsewhere in the
plugging the respiratory system or that can exert enough force facility or vicinity that may impact confned space operations.
on the body to cause death by strangulation, constriction, or 3.3.35 Hazardous Atmosphere. Any atmosphere that is
crushing. [ 1 670, 2017] oxygen enriched or oxygen defcient, contains a toxic or
3.3.21 Entrant. Person authorized to enter a con f ned space. contaminant, is potentially fammable or explosive, or is imme‐
3.3.22* Entrant Employer. The person(s) or organization
diately dangerous to life and health.
responsible for personnel under their employ who make entry 3.3.36 High Angle. Refers to an environment in which the
into a confned space. load is predominantly supported by the rope rescue system.
3.3.23 Entry. See 3.3.14, Con f ned Space Entry.
[ 1 670, 2017]
3.3.37 Hot Work. Any activity that creates a source of ignition,
3.3.24 Entry Supervisor. The person(s) responsible for over‐
seeing entry operations for a given confned space. including, but not limited to, welding, cutting, open fames,
frictional heat or sparks, smoking, and operation of internal
3.3.25 Entry-Type Rescue (Entry Rescue) . Removal of combustion engines.
Entrant(s) for rescue requiring entry into a confned space. 3.3.38 IDLH. Immediately dangerous to life or health.
Δ 3.3.26* Explosionproof. Referring to apparatus enclosed in a 3.3.39 Incident Management System (IMS) . A system that
case that is capable of withstanding an explosion of a specifed defnes the roles and responsibilities to be assumed by respond‐
gas or vapor that might occur within it and of preventing the ers and the standard operating procedures to be used in the
ignition of a specifed gas or vapor surrounding the enclosure management and direction of emergency incidents and other
by sparks, fashes, or explosion of the gas or vapor within and functions. [ 1 561 , 2014]
that operates at such an external temperature that a surround‐
ing fammable atmosphere will not be ignited thereby. Δ 3.3.40 Inert Gas. A nonreactive, nonfammable, noncorrosive
3.3.27 Fall Arrest. A system intended to arrest a worker’s fall
gas such as argon or nitrogen.
before the worker hits the surface or object below.

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-1 0 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

3.3.41 Inerting. The displacement of gas or vapors and engulfng an Entrant, (3) has an internal confguration such
oxygen (air) using an inert gas to eliminate the possibility of a that an Entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by inwardly
potentially fammable atmosphere in a confned space. converging walls or by a foor that slopes downward and tapers
3.3.42 Intrinsically Safe. As applied to equipment and wiring,
to a smaller cross-section, or (4) contains any other recognized
equipment and wiring that are incapable of releasing suffcient serious safety or health hazard.
electrical energy under normal or abnormal conditions to 3.3.57 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) . All clothing and
cause ignition of a specifc hazardous atmospheric mixture. other devices worn by a worker to protect against workplace
[ 99, 2018] hazards.
3.3.43 Isolation Specialist. Person responsible for protecting 3.3.58 PPM. Parts per million.
the confned space from the unwanted release of energy (elec‐ 3.3.59 Pre-Incident Rescue Action Plan. Rescue preplan for
trical, mechanical, and/or hydraulic), as well as liquids, gases, potential confned space emergencies.
chemicals, and other materials impacting upon the space.
3.3.60 Prevention through Design (PtD) . A concept that stud‐
3.3.44* Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) . A safety management risk
assessment (RA) technique that is used to defne and control ies the safety impacts during the initial design phase and seeks
the actual or potential hazards associated with any process, job, to eliminate hazards and reduce risks rather than relying on
or procedure. reactive hazard isolation and control approaches.
3.3.45 Lockout. A method for isolating equipment and
N 3.3.61 Purging. The replacement of a fammable, indetermi‐
machinery from being energized or relieving stored energy. nate, or high-oxygen-bearing atmosphere with another gas
(See also 3.3.82, Tagout. ) that, when complete, results in a nonfammable fnal state.
3.3.62 Qualif ed Person. A person who, by possession of a
Explosive Limit (LEL) . The lowest volume
3.3.46 Lower
concentration of a combustible gas or vapor that when mixed recognized degree, certifcate, professional standing, or skill,
with air will ignite, creating a fre or explosion (also known as and who, by knowledge, training, and experience, has demon‐
lower fammable limit or LFL). strated the ability to deal with problems related to the subject
matter, the work, or the project. [ 1 451 , 2018]
3.3.47 Maintenance. The routine recurring work required to
3.3.63 Rescue Attendant. A person who is quali f ed to be
keep a facility (e.g., plant, building, structure, ground facility, stationed outside a confned space to monitor Rescue Entrants,
utility system, or other real property) or equipment in such summon assistance, and perform non-entry rescues.
condition that it can be continuously utilized, at its original or
designed capacity and effciency, for its intended purpose. 3.3.64 Rescue Entrant. A person entering a con f ned space

3.3.48 Management of Change (MOC) . A system used to eval‐

for the specifc purpose of rescue.
uate and address the impacts of changes. 3.3.65 Rescue Plan. See 3.3.59, Pre-Incident Rescue Action

N 3.3.49 Mitigation. Activities taken to reduce the impacts from Plan.

hazards. N 3.3.66 Rescue Service. The rescue team designated for
3.3.50 Non-entry Rescue (Retrieval) . Removal of Entrant(s)
confned space rescue.
for rescue not requiring entry into a confned space. 3.3.67 Rescue Supervisors. The person(s) in charge of

Δ 3.3.51 * Occupational Exposure Limit (OEL) . The maximum managing the actions of a team performing a rescue.
amount of a hazardous material that a worker should be 3.3.68 Rescuer. A person that performs con f ned space
exposed to for a given period of time, also known as permissi‐ rescue.
ble exposure limit (PEL) per OSHA, recommended exposure
limit (REL) per NIOSH, and threshold limit value (TLV) per 3.3.69 Retrieval. See 3.3.50, Non-entry Rescue.
ACGIH. OELs can be established by the government (OSHA), 3.3.70 Retrieval Equipment. Life safety components that can
organizations (ACGIH), trade organizations, and manufactur‐ include, but are not limited to, harnesses, ropes, pulleys, cable
ers. winches, and portable anchors that can be assembled to create
3.3.52* Owner/Operator. The person(s) or organization a retrieval system.
responsible for all confned spaces within a given facility. 3.3.71 Retrieval Lines. See 3.3.72, Retrieval System.
3.3.53 Patient Packaging. The process of securing a subject in
3.3.72 Retrieval System. Combinations of rescue equipment
a transfer device, with regard to existing and potential injuries/ used for non-entry (external) rescue of persons from confned
illness, so as to avoid further harm during movement. spaces. [ 1 670, 2017]
3.3.54 Peak Value. The highest measured concentration of
3.3.73 Risk. The probability that a substance or situation will
combustible or toxic gas components and the lowest measured produce harm under specifed conditions, determined by a
level of oxygen as detected by a gas monitor. combination of two factors: (1) the probability that an adverse
3.3.55 Periodic. Occurring or recurring at regular predeter‐ event will occur, and (2) the severity of the consequences of
mined or specifed intervals. the adverse event.
3.3.56* Permit-Required Confned Space (Permit Space) . A 3.3.74 Risk Assessment. A process for systematically evaluat‐
confned space that has one or more of the following character‐ ing risk that considers the severity of consequences and the
istics: (1) contains or has the potential to contain a hazardous likelihood that the adverse event will occur.
atmosphere, (2) contains a material that has the potential for

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 IDENTIFICATION OF CONFINED SPACES WITHIN A WORKPLACE 350-1 1

3.3.75 Rope Rescue. The use of systems comprised of rope entered by employees, contractors, the public, or visitors to the
rescue equipment, which can include life safety rope, life safety facility.
harnesses, and auxiliary equipment, and an appropriate f f
anchor system to remove a person from an untenable position. 4.2 Identi cation of Con ned Spaces During Construction.
All construction activity should be evaluated to determine if
3.3.76 Safety Off cer. A member of the command staff confned spaces may be present or created at any time during
responsible for monitoring and assessing safety hazards or various construction phases. If confned spaces are identifed,
unsafe situations and for developing measures for ensuring these evaluations should be documented and managed in
personnel safety. [ 1 026, 2018] accordance with a confned space program.
3.3.77 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) . A respira‐ Δ 4.3 Determination of Confned Spaces. Spaces that should be
tor worn by the user that supplies a respirable atmosphere that evaluated to determine if they could be confned spaces
is either carried in or generated by the apparatus, and that is include those that have all three of the following characteris‐
independent of the ambient environment. tics:
3.3.78 Span Calibration. The adjustment of the gas monitor’s (1) They are large enough and so confgured that a person
sensor response to match the desired value compared to a can bodily enter and perform assigned work.
known traceable concentration of test gas. (2)* They have limited or restricted means for entry and exit.
Any space that requires a ladder to access or requires a
3.3.79 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) . A written worker to crawl or contort his or her body to enter or exit
organizational directive that establishes or prescribes specifc could be considered a confned space. Nonstandard stair‐
operational or administrative methods to be followed routinely cases such as spiral stairs or ships’ ladders could also be
for the performance of designated operations or actions. considered to have limited access or restricted means of
3.3.80 Standby Worker. Person assigned to perform work in
egress. Often, these spaces are located below grade or
support of confned space operations. require descent into a space. There are also confned
spaces, such as water tanks, HVAC systems, and wind
3.3.81 * Supplied Air Respirator (SAR) . A respirator worn by turbines, that are typically located aboveground. Other
the user that supplies a respirable atmosphere that is generated spaces, by virtue of the distance a worker would have to
by a remote source and connected via a hose line. travel to exit the space in an emergency, may be consid‐
Δ 3.3.82 Tagout. A method of tagging, labeling, or otherwise ered to have limited means of exit.
marking an isolation device during hazard abatement opera‐ (3) They are not designed for continuous human occupancy.
tions to prevent accidental removal of the device. (See also These are spaces where employees would not normally be
3.3.45, Lockout.) [ 1 670, 2017]
assigned for work. They are spaces where a desk,
computer, or phone would not be placed but that might
3.3.83 Vapor and Gas Freeing. The removal of f ammable or need to be entered for nonroutine inspection, mainte‐
toxic vapors and gases from a tank by displacement or the nance, or repair work. Utility vaults, crawl spaces, tanks,
reduction of the percentage of vapors and gases in the tank to and belowgrade structures are examples of spaces that
a safe level by dilution with fresh air. typically are not designed for continuous human occu‐
pancy.
3.3.84 Ventilation. The changing of air within a compartment
by natural or powered means. [ 302, 2015] Δ 4.4 Signs. Confned spaces should have posted signs, tags, or
labels denoting them as confned spaces and prohibiting unau‐
3.3.85 Ventilation Specialist. Person responsible for determin‐ thorized entry. In facilities with similar, recognizable, or multi‐
ing ventilation needs to comply with permit requirements. ple confned spaces (such as storage tank facilities or
3.3.86 Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) . Organic chemi‐
workplaces with multiple manholes), the Owner/Operator may
cals that have a high vapor pressure at ordinary room tempera‐ choose to identify such spaces with facility signage and/or iden‐
ture as a result of low boiling points, which cause large tify the spaces in their written confned space programs in lieu
numbers of molecules to evaporate or sublimate from the of individual signs or labels. Signs, tags, or labels should have
liquid or solid form of the compound and enter the surround‐ wording similar to the following:
ing air. DANGER — CONFINED SPACE

3.3.87 Zeroing. The act of setting the baseline response of the DO NOT ENTER WITHOUT AUTHORIZATION
gas monitor’s sensors in clean air to 20.9 percent for oxygen
and 0.0 percent for all other measured gas components. 4.5 Securing Conf ned Spaces. All con f ned spaces should be
locked up, guarded, protected, or barricaded to guard against
unauthorized entry.
Chapter 4 f f
Identi cation of Con ned Spaces Within a
Workplace f
4.6 Identi cation of Spaces for Nonfacility Personnel.

f f
4.6.1 Owners/Operators should inform all individuals work‐
4.1 * Identi cation and Documentation of Con ned Spaces.
The Owner/Operator is responsible for evaluating and docu‐ ing in or around confned spaces of the potentially hazardous
menting confned spaces in the entire facility, including, but nature of confned spaces on their property, regardless of
not limited to, detached buildings, structures, sewers and drain‐ whether or not they are employees.
age, trenches, tanks, vessels, containers, tunnels, vaults,
manholes, and property grounds to determine if there are
confned spaces present that are confgured so they could be

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-12 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

4.6.2* Employers sending employees to a location where it is evaluated in accordance with a written confned space
reasonably anticipated that they may work in or around entry program and the guidance provided in Chapters 6
confned spaces should make sure those employees know how and 7.
to identify confned spaces and are aware of the hazards associ‐ (2) All hazards should be eliminated, mitigated, or control‐
ated with them. led in accordance with Chapters 8 and 9.
(3) An authorized Entry Supervisor qualifed in accordance
Chapter 5 General
with Chapter 11 should be assigned to oversee the work.
(4) Only authorized Entrants qualifed in accordance with
5.1* General Requirements. The terms confned space, non- Chapter 11 should be assigned to enter the space.
permit-required confned space, and permit-required confned space (5) An Attendant qualifed in accordance with Chapter 11
may cause confusion among employers and workers. To mini‐ should be assigned for permit entries.
mize such confusion, this guide uses only the term confned (6) If atmospheric monitoring is required, a Gas Tester
space and makes provisions for identifying and evaluating the qualifed in accordance with Chapter 11 should be
hazards of all confned spaces, requiring permits for entry if assigned.
hazards are identifed. (7) If ventilation is required, a Ventilation Specialist quali‐
fed in accordance with Chapter 11 should be assigned.
Δ 5.1.1 All confned spaces have the potential to be an OSHA- (8) If energy sources are required to be isolated or control‐
led, an Isolation Specialist qualifed in accordance with
defned permit-required confned space, depending on the
work to be performed and the inherent or introduced hazards Chapter 11 should be assigned.
in the space at the time of entry. While the procedures (9) If required, qualifed Rescuers and/or Rescue Services
required to safely enter a confned space vary widely, the same as well as appropriate rescue equipment should be avail‐
basic evaluation of the hazards within those spaces should be able in accordance with Chapter 10.
performed prior to and during entry. All confned spaces (10) Any other required permits, including, but not limited
should be evaluated in accordance with the guidelines in Chap‐ to, hot work, should be issued.
ters 6 and 7, and all hazards found should be eliminated, miti‐ (11) A pre-entry evaluation and/or confned space entry
gated, or controlled in accordance with the guidelines in permit should be issued and signed by the Entry Super‐
Chapters 8 and 9. visor in accordance with Chapter 13.
(12) A pre-entry meeting should be held with all personnel
Δ 5.1.2* Table 5.1.2 shows the terminology used in commonly entering or working in or adjacent to the space to
referenced confned space entry documents, such as 29 CFR discuss the work to be performed; job requirements and
1910.146, “Permit-Required Confned Spaces”; Subpart AA of assignments; actual and potential hazards; methods of
29 CFR 1926, “Safety and Health Regulations for Construc‐ eliminating, mitigating, or controlling the hazards as
tion”; ANSI/ASSE Z117.1, Safety Requirements for Entering listed in the conditions on the permit; and conditions
Confned Spaces; API STD2015, Requirements for Safe Entry and that require immediate evacuation.
Cleaning of Petroleum Storage Tanks; and API RP 2016, Guidelines (13) Communication between the Entrant and the Attendant
and Procedures for Entering and Cleaning Petroleum Storage Tanks, and the Attendant and Rescuer, if required, should be
and how the terms relate to those given in this guide. Other established in accordance with Chapter 8.
jurisdictions and countries may have different defnitions and (14) Permit entry should not occur until all conditions for
requirements in addition to those provided in the table. entry established on the permit have been met. If condi‐
5.2 Confned Space Program. A written confned space tions change, the permit should be cancelled, opera‐
program should be developed by Owners/Operators for every tions should be ceased, and the Entrant should
facility that has one or more confned spaces and by employers immediately vacate the space.
and Contractors/Subcontractors engaged in confned space 5.6* Roles and Responsibilities. Every workplace that has one
operations. Guidance on developing written programs is provi‐ or more confned spaces that can be entered, as identifed in
ded in Chapter 12. Chapter 4, should have personnel assigned to perform the
5.3 Confned Space Evaluation. responsibilities of the following roles listed in 5.6(1) through
5.6(10), as applicable. It is acceptable for one person to hold
5.3.1 Pre-Entry Evaluation. All confned spaces should be more than one of the following positions as long as they are
evaluated prior to entry. Chapters 6, 7, and 13 provide addi‐ trained, qualifed, and authorized to fulfll that role and it will
tional information. not adversely affect the safety of the entry:
5.3.2 Permit. A permit should be issued by the Entry Supervi‐ (1) Owner/Operator and/or Entrant Employer
sor for all confned spaces with hazards identifed in accord‐ (2) Entrant
ance with Chapter 13. (3) Attendant
(4) Entry Supervisor
Δ 5.4 Entry Conditions. Entry into confned spaces by assigned (5) Gas Tester
qualifed Entrants should be permitted by the Entry Supervisor (6) Ventilation Specialist
only after a pre-entry evaluation has been performed and, if (7) Rescuer (could be Attendant for non-entry rescue)
necessary, an entry permit has been issued (see Sections 5.5 and (8) Rescue team or Rescue Service
5.6). (9) Standby Worker
Δ 5.5 Basic Requirements and Considerations. Prior to entering (10) Isolation Specialist
a confned space, the following should be performed:
(1) All inherent, introduced, and adjacent hazards of the
confned space should be anticipated, identifed, and

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.

EDUFIRE.IR
 GENERAL 350-13

Δ Table 5.1.2 Terminology for Confned Space Entry in Various Standards and Documents
Standard or Document Term Used Term Used in NFPA 350 Comments
29 CFR 1910.146 and Subpart Confned space Confned space NFPA 350 uses the same defnition
AA of 29 CFR 1926 as OSHA for a confned space.
29 CFR 1910.146 and Subpart Permit-required confned Confned space NFPA 350 does not distinguish
AA of 29 CFR 1926 space between permit-required confned
spaces and confned spaces. All
confned spaces with hazards need
permits for entry.
ANSI/ASSE Z117.1 Non-permit-confned space Confned space All confned spaces need pre-entry
evaluation prior to entry. If no
hazards are identifed and no
hazards will be introduced, then
no confned space entry permit
will be required.
29 CFR 1910.146 and Subpart Reclassifcation Confned space entry This is not defned in NFPA 350. A
AA of 29 CFR 1926 (downgraded) entry confned space with hazards that
have been eliminated, mitigated,
or controlled after the pre-entry
evaluation will not require a
confned space entry permit.
29 CFR 1910.146 and Subpart Alternate procedures entry Confned space entry This is not defned in NFPA 350. A
AA of 29 CFR 1926 confned space where all hazards
have been evaluated and the only
hazard is a potentially hazardous
atmosphere that is being
eliminated, mitigated or
controlled with effective
ventilation would be issued a
confned space entry permit that
contains restrictions requiring
ventilation and continuous
monitoring.
API STD 2015 and API RP Nonconfned space (a None If a space does not meet all the
2016 confned space that is no specifcations for a confned space,
longer a confned space then it is not a confned space and
due to reconfguration) NFPA 350 does not apply.
NFPA 326 Nonconfned space (for None If a space does not meet all the
purposes of tank entry, specifcations for a confned space,
cleaning, or repair to a then it is not a confned space and
space that previously was a NFPA 350 does not apply.
confned space but no
longer meets any of the
requirements for a
confned space or a permit-
required confned space,
such as a tank with a large
door sheet cut into the side)

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-1 4 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

5.7 Training Guidelines. 6.1 .3 Identifying hazards in around a confned space is a

5.7.1 Both Owners/Operators and Entrant Employers should three-stage process as follows:
ensure that their employees and Contractor/Subcontractor (1) The anticipation or preplan stage starts with recognizing
employees who work in and around confned spaces have the and understanding actual and potential hazards and
necessary awareness, understanding, knowledge, and skills to identifying resources that might be needed to work in
safely perform their duties in accordance with Chapter 11. and around confned spaces.
(2) The hazard identifcation stage confrms anticipated
5.7.2 Owners/Operators and Entrant Employers should hazards and recognizes additional potential hazards.
ensure that all employees engaged in confned space opera‐ (3) The hazard evaluation stage determines the risk of each
tions have been educated, trained, and/or qualifed as follows: hazard identifed and the recommended elimination,
(1) Before beginning initial work and/or duty assignments mitigation, and/or control measures.
(2) Before assignment to a different type of work or duty 6.1 .4 After all hazards have been identi f ed and all risks have
other than initially assigned been assessed, the appropriate means to eliminate, mitigate, or
(3) Whenever a change occurs in operations, equipment, control hazards should be implemented in accordance with
equipment confguration, materials, procedures, guide‐ Chapter 8.
lines, work assignment, or duties that creates or has the
potential to create a hazard for which the employee has 6.2 Hazard Anticipation/Preplan. Many hazards can be antici‐
not been previously trained, educated, or qualifed pated through the preplanning process before work begins.
(4) Whenever an Owner/Operator and Entrant Employer The preplanning process consists of a thorough analysis of the
has reason to believe an employee requires retraining or space, its construction, its purpose and condition, the systems
additional education due to inadequacies in the employ‐ contained within it, and the scope of work necessitating the
ee’s performance or skill or because the employee devi‐ entry. Preplanning should identify potential hazards and
ates from the confned space program permit resources that might be needed to work in and around
requirements or procedures confned spaces and to prevent adverse consequences related
Verifcation. Both Owners/Operators and to the work. There are two primary components to the preplan‐
5.8* Training
Entrant Employers should verify, in writing, that their employ‐ ning stage: intelligence gathering and resource identifcation.
ees and Contractor/Subcontractor employees who work in and 6.2.1 Intelligence Gathering. Hazard preplanning starts with
around confned spaces have been trained, educated, or quali‐ the collection of information that could be useful prior to
fed as required. The verifcation should contain the names of determining actual and potential hazards when planning for
the employees; the means used to determine that the employ‐ confned space operations. This intelligence gathering
ees understand the specifc requirements of the training or includes, but is not limited to, review of any previous permits
work to be performed; the signature, name, or initials of the concerning that space or adjacent spaces, using previously
trainer(s), educator(s), or qualifer(s); the specifc subjects and prepared hazard surveys, preplans, schematics, blueprints,
content; and the date(s) the training, education, or qualifca‐ work orders, equipment guides, safety data sheets (SDS),
tion was completed, in accordance with Chapter 11. manuals, control measures, and prior experience from previ‐
ous entries and knowledge from workers familiar with the
f
space. Identifcation and determination of probable hazards
Chapter 6 Identi cation and Evaluation of Hazards In and
f
and an understanding of the operations and processes associ‐
Around Con ned Spaces
ated with the space may also be helpful.
6.1 General. The purpose of this chapter is to provide infor‐ 6.2.2 Resource Identif cation. Once the preplanning process
mation on how to anticipate, identify, evaluate, and prioritize is complete, resources and controls needed to conduct
the hazards for working in and around confned spaces. confned space operations should be identifed. Controls
Δ 6.1 .1 Work in and around confned spaces is generally hazard‐ include, but are not limited to, those listed in 6.2.2.1 through
ous, and conditions may change signifcantly with little or no 6.2.2.3.
warning. Research, knowledge, and preplanning are necessary 6.2.2.1 Elimination, Substitution, and Engineering Controls.
to ensure that confned spaces are correctly identifed and that Some common elimination, substitution, and engineering
chemical, physical, atmospheric, toxic, and other potential controls include, but are not limited to, the following:
hazards are identifed and evaluated. Once hazards are evalu‐ (1) Eliminating chemicals, materials, or processes that have
ated, measures to eliminate, mitigate, or control risks should be the potential to generate a hazard in or around a
developed and implemented. Identifcation and evaluation confned space
should continue throughout the work period. (2) Substituting hazardous chemicals with nonhazardous
6.1 .2 Workers may become quite familiar with the space(s) in chemicals used in or around the confned space
which they operate. Likewise, work may be routine and repeti‐ (3) Substituting hazardous processes with nonhazardous
tive, and complacency may ensue with continual uneventful processes in or around the confned space
entries. While knowledge of the space and equipment can be (4) Using general and local exhaust ventilation, inerting, or
helpful when preplanning work, it does not lessen the vigilance purging equipment, including vapor recovery equipment,
needed to enter, work in, and exit a confned space safely. Each if needed
entry should be considered an individual and unrelated event. (5) Installing isolation devices
The space’s history and prior use should be considered in (6) Installing permanent barricades
anticipation of hazards.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 IDENTIFICATION AND EVALUATION OF HAZARDS IN AND AROUND CONFINED SPACES 350-1 5

6.2.2.2 Administrative and Work Practice Controls. Some 6.3.2 Hazard Sources. Hazard sources can be directly or indi‐
common administrative and work practice controls include, rectly associated with working in and around confned spaces.
but are not limited to, the following: Direct and indirect hazards include, but are not limited to, the
(1) Assigning qualifed personnel for all identifed tasks following:
(2) Developing confned space, respiratory protection, isola‐ (1) Those directly associated with confned spaces and those
tion, hot/cold work, and other applicable programs that are integral to or in and around the space that affect
(3) Following regulations and industry standards it
(4) Performing a job hazard analysis (JHA) prior to starting (2) Those resulting from product(s) stored in or around the
work and reassessing as needed space
(5) Limiting exposures and exposure times to hazardous (3) Those resulting from operations, work activities, and
and toxic chemicals processes taking place within or near the space
(6) Providing decontamination stations and eye wash 6.3.3 Hazard Types. Hazards may be atmospheric, physical,
stations and showers mechanical, electrical, chemical, biological, environmental, or
(7) Providing hazardous material and waste collection, psychological. Equal consideration should be given to potential
disposal, and/or containment equipment hazards directly and indirectly associated with the space.
(8) Identifying and providing rescue personnel and/or serv‐
ices 6.3.4 Location of Hazards. Hazards that directly or indirectly
(9) Developing entry and hot work permits with restrictions affect the space can be inherent, introduced, or adjacent.
and limitations identifed
(10) Following regulatory permit requirements 6.3.4.1 Inherent Hazards.
(11) Providing outside services needed (e.g., cranes) 6.3.4.1 .1 Inherent hazards are those hazards that exist as a
(12) Providing and using appropriate ladders, tripods, and permanent, essential characteristic or attribute of the space.
rescue equipment, including harnesses and lifelines Hazard identifcation should include whether the location and
(13) Designating areas for specifc equipment, work, breaks, confguration, including restricted access, obstructions, or
and nonrelated activities remoteness, could inhibit or interfere with movement, work
(14) Providing adequate and appropriate lighting equipment operations, ventilation, escape, rescue, or frefghting.
(15) Using temporary barricades and road blocks
(16) Using any special equipment [e.g., ground fault circuit 6.3.4.1 .2 Inherent hazards to be identi f ed include, but are
interrupter (GFCI), emergency generators, non- not limited to, the following:
sparking tools, and test equipment] (1) Limited access into the space. Spaces for which ladders or
(17) Utilizing lockout/tagout equipment (e.g., tags, locks, scaffolding are needed to reach the portal, to enter and
and lock boxes) exit the space, or to perform work therein are considered
6.2.2.3 Personal Protective Equipment. Some common to have limited access. Elevated spaces require different
personal protective equipment (PPE) includes, but is not limi‐ considerations for entry and rescue than those that are at
ted to, the following: ground level, including fall protection.
(1) Hazard-specifc area and personal atmospheric testing (2) Size and shape of the portal. The restrictive nature of some
and monitoring equipment portals makes access with certain types of PPE diffcult or
(2) PPE (e.g., thermal stress or impervious clothing, safety impossible or requires Entrants to contort their bodies
glasses, protective gloves, safety hard hat, safety footwear) while entering or exiting. An elevated, open, unprotected
as determined by a JHA edge or portal may create a fall hazard.
(3) Respiratory protective equipment (e.g., air-purifying and (3) Size and shape of the space/vessel. Inwardly converging walls
atmosphere-supplying respirators) or a funnel-shaped discharge can entrap an Entrant;
congested or dark spaces can inhibit mobility or create
f
6.3 Hazard Identi cation. slip, trip, and fall hazards.
(4) Products or processes in the space. Chemicals, thermal stress,
6.3.1 General. Hazard identif cation performed at the site of noise, steam, pressurization, mechanical equipment,
the confned space, can help verify hazards identifed in the operations, and other activities associated with the use of
preplan and identify new hazards that were not anticipated. the space can create hazards. Disturbing product residue
Hazard identifcation is accomplished by conducting a review during entry or work can release a contaminant that
of the space’s documentation (e.g., SDS for material the space produces a hazard not detected during pre-entry testing.
held) and atmospheric monitor testing. A visual inspection (5) Fixed equipment within the space. Piping systems, conduits,
should also be conducted around the exterior of the space and ducts, machinery, pressurized lines, and fre suppression
then, following confned space entry protocol, in all areas systems should be evaluated for potential hazards and
within the space. The person(s) conducting the inspection locked out/tagged out, tested, gas-freed, liquid-freed,
should comply with all posted warning signs and permits and steam-freed, vapor-freed, and/or inerted if needed to
follow confned space program requirements for potential reduce the risk.
exposure to any materials or conditions that could pose a (6) Structures. Structural integrity should be evaluated prior to
hazard, such as toxic or hazardous chemical residue or a use. Items that are susceptible to degradation and physi‐
change in the atmospheric conditions. Atmospheric monitor‐ cal damage include, but are not limited to, fxed ladders,
ing (see Chapter 7) should be conducted to determine the atmos‐ f oors, pipes, anchor points, and supports.
pheric conditions inside and adjacent to the space prior to,
during, and following entry for inspection purposes. 6.3.4.2 Introduced Hazards.

6.3.4.2.1 Introduced hazards are those not normally associ‐

ated with the space’s purpose or processes but are brought into

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-16 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

the space or adjoining area(s) deliberately or inadvertently. As (b) Equipment, electrical cords, cables, hoses, tools,
part of the hazard evaluation and risk assessment, the proposed ventilation ducts, and other items brought into the
actions of Entrants and the materials, products, and techniques space
used to gain access, enter, inspect, clean, and/or repair a 6.3.4.3 Adjacent Hazards.
confned space should be carefully considered to ensure they
do not introduce hazards. This also includes an evaluation of 6.3.4.3.1 Adjacent hazards are hazards or other conditions
work being performed in the area(s) immediately surrounding that may exist in the area(s) surrounding the space. Adjacent
the space. hazards may also involve other spaces that are in proximity to
Δ 6.3.4.2.2 Examples of introduced hazards include, but are not the entry site and may pose signifcant hazards that need to be
limited to, the following: evaluated separately prior to entry.
(1) Atmospheric hazards. Ventilating a space may introduce Δ 6.3.4.3.2 Examples of adjacent hazards include the following:
contaminants from the following: (1) Adjacent spaces. Spaces, containers, and vessels that share a
(a) Sources outside the space via an ill-placed supply-air common wall; contact each other in any way; or share a
duct surrounding, cover, or use need to be assessed for possi‐
(b) Contaminated air drawn from internal combustion ble hazards or operation that may affect the subject space
engine exhaust or vice versa (e.g., hot work, compressed gases, machi‐
(c) Oxygen-defcient air drawn from another space or nery). This includes evaluating areas in all directions
source or from an inert atmosphere from the subject space — those that share a common
(d) Product off-gassing captured by forced ventilation point/wall, contact, corner, diagonal, decks/ foor, tank
and contaminated adjacent areas top, and/or bulkhead/wall. Raceways and vaults that
(2) Chemical hazards. Products used in cleaning, abating, parallel or that interconnect spaces containing power or
painting, or coating need to be checked for reactivity with other wires and piping are examples of adjacent spaces.
other chemicals that might be present. Chemicals may (2) Adjacent work activities. Operations and work that are
produce hazardous vapors or gases and/or displace or being performed in nearby spaces should be analyzed for
consume oxygen due to the nature of the confned space. effects or dangers posed to the subject entry.
(3) Application and drying of paints, chemical cleaners, and coat‐ (3) External hazards. Areas surrounding the subject space
ings. These can cause an explosive atmosphere. should be assessed for other possible dangers that may
(4) Compressed gas hazards. Compressed gases used for weld‐ affect entry. Pedestrian and vehicle traffc, equipment,
ing, cutting, inerting, hot work, or fre suppression smoke and exhaust, contaminate-producing activities,
systems pose a hazard due to their contents (e.g., toxic or sparking, heating or cooling, or transfer of product may
f ammable gases), their ability to displace or enrich the produce hazards.
atmospheric oxygen content (e.g., carbon dioxide fre 6.3.5 Types of Hazards. A pre-entry evaluation should be
extinguishing systems), and their potential to become a conducted for all confned spaces to determine if hazards are
projectile if damaged. Compressed gas cylinders, hoses, present. It should be assumed that a confned space is not safe
valves, and regulators should be thoroughly inspected, for entry until the hazards (present or potential) are identifed,
evaluated, and leak-checked prior to being brought into a evaluated, and then eliminated, mitigated, or controlled.
confned space. Due to the inherent risks, compressed Hazards include, but are not limited to, mechanical, electrical,
gas cylinders other than breathing air cylinders should physical, chemical, atmospheric, biological, and psychological.
not normally be introduced into confned spaces.
(5) Hot work. Hot work such as welding, cutting, grinding, 6.3.5.1 Mechanical Hazards. Mechanical hazards are created
drilling, burning, and/or intentional heating of materials by equipment with stored energy (mechanical, robotic, electri‐
can produce hazardous atmospheres and fammable cal, pneumatic, or hydraulic) or equipment that is/was ener‐
conditions. Hazards can include welding fumes, the gized in and around the subject space. Mechanical hazards
release of gases, the depletion or enrichment of the have the potential to crush, burn, cut, shear, stab, or otherwise
space’s oxygen content, or the production of ignition strike or wound workers and include rotating or other moving
sources. equipment. This equipment can be associated with either
(6) Electrical hazards. Electrical hazards include, but are not mechanical processes that take place in the space or other
limited to, shock, ignition, and static discharge. Lighting, machinery in the vicinity.
power tools, and extension cords are examples of equip‐ 6.3.5.2 Electrical Hazards. Electrical hazards are created by
ment that may generate these hazards when brought into an electrical current, charge, or feld capable of causing injury.
a confned space. Additional consideration should be All electrical sources should be treated as a potential hazard,
given to unexpected sources of electrical energy/ignition including low-voltage sources. Low voltage does not mean low
sources such as static electric discharge that may be hazard. If electrical hazards are present, they should be evalu‐
generated by the use of air/pressure lines or even ated by a qualifed person as to the potential risk and controls
exhaust fans. Ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCIs) in accordance with NFPA 70E. Voltage alone does not deter‐
should be considered when using AC power. mine the severity of electrical shock. The three factors that
(7) Slip, trip, fall, and/or entanglement hazards. The following determine the severity of electrical shock are as follows:
are examples of slip, trip, fall, and/or entanglement
hazards that can occur in or around the space: (1) The actual quantity of current (amperes) fowing
(a) Ladders or scaffolding used to reach portals, gain through the body
entry, or gain access inside the space (2) The path of current through the body
(3) The time the current fows through the body

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 IDENTIFICATION AND EVALUATION OF HAZARDS IN AND AROUND CONFINED SPACES 350-17

6.3.5.2.1* As electricity travels from its source and returns to fres), hydrogen sulfde from decaying biological material
that source, either through a wire, conductive material, or the (e.g., rotting fsh, seaweed, grains), cleaning operations
ground, it makes a complete circuit. If anything, such as a (e.g., toxic volatile organic compounds, solvents), and
human body, comes in contact with the current-carrying wires welding fumes (e.g., heavy metals).
and is grounded, electrocution is possible. Electricity follows all (2) Corrosives are chemicals that cause visible destruction of
conductive paths to ground, not only the path of least resist‐ living tissue at the site of contact. Some examples are
ance. muriatic acid, sulfuric acid, and lye.
6.3.5.3 Physical Hazards.
(3) Irritants are chemicals that are not corrosive but may
cause a reversible infammatory effect on living tissues.
N 6.3.5.3.1 These hazards include hazards other than mechani‐ Irritants are similar to corrosives, but they are weaker in
cal or chemical that would cause harm to the body, including, their effects. Their sites of action are the skin, eyes, and
but not limited to, noise, engulfment, falls, wet/slick surfaces, lungs.
slip/trip hazards, lighting, radiation, vibration, and extremes of Δ 6.3.5.5* Atmospheric Hazards. Statistics indicate that atmos‐
temperature and pressure. Entrapment hazards are where the pheric hazards are the most common cause of death in
shape or confguration of the vessel itself can exert enough confned spaces. Oxygen defciency and enrichment atmos‐
force on the body to cause death by strangulation, constriction, pheres are also hazardous. The normal amount of oxygen is
or crushing and may include narrow cross sections, sloping 20.8 percent to 20.9 percent in the air. Where oxygen is lower
foors, funneling confgurations, or other internal confgura‐ than 20.8 percent, there may be a chemical or process consum‐
tions. ing or displacing oxygen; where it is higher, there may be a
N 6.3.5.3.2 Physical hazards include explosion and fre hazards source of oxygen being introduced to the space. Oxygen def‐
created by various chemical agents, such as fammable liquids, ciency may lead to atmospheres that cannot sustain life and
vapors, mists, and gases, as well as combustible settled dust in that may become immediately dangerous to life and health.
excess of 1 ∕32 in. (0.79 mm), and airborne concentrations that Oxygen-enriched atmospheres greater than 22 percent oxygen
impair visibility to less than 5 ft (1.5 m) are indicators of poten‐ may increase the risk of a fre or explosion hazard by altering
tial explosive conditions. Concentrations of explosive/famma‐ the properties of fammable or combustible substances.
ble vapors that have reached their lower explosive limit (LEL) Common atmospheric hazards include but are not limited to,
and have not exceeded their upper explosive limit (UEL) are the following:
capable of explosion. There is no effective PPE for an explosive (1) Oxygen defciency (less than 20.8 percent), which may be
environment; elimination, mitigation, or control is recommen‐ caused by the following:
ded. Generally, atmospheres that have reached 10 percent of (a) Oxygen displacement by other gases and vapors,
their LEL are considered hazardous and should require addi‐ such as inert gases or by evaporating liquids
tional precautions and actions prior to entering a space. LEL is (b) Oxygen consumption through rusting metals
the lowest concentration of gas or vapor in air in which burn‐ (oxidation), combustion, respiratory consumption
ing will take place. by workers, or organic decay of aqueous molasses or
6.3.5.4 Chemical Hazards. These hazards may arise from drying of paints
exposure to concentrations of gases, vapors, mists, fumes, (c) Oxygen absorption or adsorption, where molecules
liquids, or dusts. Routes of exposure are through inhalation, adhere to the surface of a solid body such as damp
absorption through skin or mucous membrane (e.g., nose, carbon
throat, eyes), ingestion, or injection. All four routes of entry (2)* Flammable/explosive atmospheres, which may be caused
should be considered in the evaluation of confned space by the following:
hazards as follows: (a) Vaporization of fammable liquids
(1) Inhalation is the most common way for a toxic chemical (b) Byproducts of chemical reactions
to enter the body. Inhaled materials are in the form of a (c) Flammable gases
fume, dust, gas, mist, or vapor. (d) Elevated airborne concentrations of combustible
(2) Skin absorption occurs when a chemical, such as a dust
solvent, passes through the skin and enters the blood (e) Gases from decomposition
stream. Some dusts and mists, like pesticides, may dissolve (3) Toxic atmospheres containing substances that are poison‐
on moist skin and then be absorbed. ous and may cause injury or death independent of
(3) Ingestion occurs when workers do not wash their hands oxygen concentration in which the effect of contamina‐
before eating or where they drink beverages or smoke in tion may be immediate (acute) or cumulative (chronic)
an area when hazardous chemicals are used. (4) Hypobaric and hyperbaric conditions, which may be
(4) Injection occurs when a chemical enters the body present in high and low altitudes and pressurized spaces
through a break in the skin, typically by a sharp object. and may also affect atmospheric monitoring devices (see
also A.6.3.5.5)
6.3.5.4.1 Chemical hazards and oxygen levels may be meas‐
ured using atmospheric monitoring devices, such as multi-gas 6.3.5.6 Biological Hazards. Biological hazards are created by
meters, single gas monitors, and colorimetric tubes. The follow‐ viruses, bacteria, fungi, parasites, or other living organisms that
ing are types of chemical hazards: may cause disease in humans. Common sources of biological
(1) Systemic poisons are materials that damage human hazards include bodily fuids and waste, insect bites or stings,
organs or systems, such as the kidneys, liver, or central rats, snakes, and microbial pathogens. Some biological materi‐
nervous system. Common poisons and toxic chemicals als, such as bacteria and molds, can be sampled and then
found in or around confned spaces include carbon analyzed at a microbial laboratory. Although the results may
monoxide from incomplete combustion (e.g., engines or

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition

EDUFIRE.IR
 350-18 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

take time, the data may assist in determining and documenting focus on eliminating, mitigating, or controlling them
potential exposures. frst.
Δ 6.3.5.7 Psychological Hazards. Confned spaces, restricted (5) Determine control measures. Entry Supervisors should know
movement, excessive noise, and PPE restriction may create it is always best to eliminate hazards or to substitute with a
psychological hazards. Some Entrants may easily become claus‐ less hazardous material or process wherever possible,
trophobic or stressed, which may cause them to hyperventilate regardless of the probability or severity of the hazard. If
and/or may alter their ability to reason and make sound deci‐ that is not feasible, the next best strategy is to determine
sions. Entrants exhibiting physiological or other signs of stress which of the following control measures may reduce
should be denied entry or removed immediately. exposures, starting with engineering controls, followed by
administrative controls and the use of PPE:
6.4 Hazard Evaluation. (a) Engineering controls. Engineering controls include,
6.4.1 Following hazard identifcation, the Entry Supervisor but are not limited to, the following:
should conduct an assessment to determine the actual and (i) Local exhaust ventilation to remove contami‐
potential risks to Entrants and other confned space workers. nants
Risk assessment is a process in which the expected severity of (ii) General dilution ventilation to supply fresh air
illness, injury, or property damage that an identifed hazard to the space
may cause is coupled with the probability of that level of hazard (b) Administrative controls. Administrative controls
occurring. Risk assessment enables prioritization of resources include, but are not limited to, the following:
and indicates whether or not a hazard needs to be eliminated (i) Rotating employees
to establish acceptable entry parameters. If the level of risk is (ii) Restricting time to control toxic chemical,
greater than what is acceptable (as described in the Owner’s/ noise, or heat exposures
Operator’s or Entrant Employer’s confned space program), (iii) Posting warning signs and ensuring that
control measures should be determined by the Entry Supervi‐ personnel are trained how to identify, evalu‐
sor to eliminate, mitigate, or control the risk to an acceptable ate, and control hazards
level. (iv) Developing and implementing appropriate
Δ 6.4.2 The general steps needed to provide acceptable entry confned space, isolation, hot work, and other
safety programs
conditions include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1) Investigate thoroughly. Using information in this guide, (c) Personal protective equipment. PPE should be used
Entry Supervisors should conduct a thorough investiga‐ when engineering and administrative controls are
tion of existing or potential hazards that could pose a not suffcient to reduce or eliminate, mitigate, or
danger to Entrants and confned space workers. Entry control the hazards, as PPE does not reduce or
Supervisors should then ensure entry requirements are remove the hazard. (See also Chapter 8.)
documented on permits and that Entrants and workers (6) Verify control measures. Entry Supervisors should ensure
know what the hazards are, where and when they may be that the control measures chosen do not introduce addi‐
located or expected, and what control measures are tional hazards that have a higher level of risk or change
appropriate for each hazard. the existing risk(s). For example, if ventilation ducts
(2) Conduct a hazard evaluation to determine the risks. Entry block the exit for Entrants, it may be determined that the
Supervisors should develop hazard scenarios that risk of not having the ventilation outweighs the risk posed
describe the environment, the possible exposures, by the blocked exit.
actions, or events that could precipitate a hazard, and the (7) Determine if the level of risk is acceptable. Entry Supervisors
outcome should the hazard occur. Hazard scenarios should determine if the risk has been reduced to an
should determine what can go wrong, how the event may acceptable level, as determined by the organization or the
occur, what the consequences may be, and how likely the supervisor, with the control measures chosen. For exam‐
event is to happen. Consideration should also be given to ple, the risk assessment might conclude that a complica‐
the Entry Supervisors and Entrants themselves because ted, redundant ventilation system is required for entry. A
their level of training, experience, and use of PPE can facility in-house confned space entry team might
contribute to or create hazards in and around confned conclude they are uncomfortable and unfamiliar with
spaces. For example, wearing chemical protective cloth‐ implementing such a system and determine that they will
ing to prevent skin contact for an extended period of not complete the entry; instead, they conclude the risk is
time in a hot environment may create heat stress hazards. too great and decide to not conduct entry operations,
(3)* Assess and evaluate risks. Entry Supervisors should conduct choosing instead to hire a professional contractor.
a risk assessment to evaluate the hazards. This assessment (8) Implement and train. After the controls are implemented,
should be based on the needs of the situation and the Entry Supervisors should ensure that personnel involved
identifed hazards. Examples include performing atmos‐ in the entry operations are informed of the hazards, risk
pheric monitoring in the space (e.g., for oxygen levels, assessment determinations, and specifc control measures
fammability, and toxic chemicals) and performing a
and whether those control measures may pose a hazard.
visual inspection to determine if there are physical (9) Institute ongoing assessment. Entry Supervisors should
hazards. There are numerous methods for conducting ensure that the identifcation and evaluation of hazards is
risk assessments; one such method is outlined in ANSI/ an ongoing process as conditions often change in a
AIHA/ASSE Z10, Occupational Health and Safety Manage‐ confned space due to inherent, introduced, and adjacent
ment Systems.
hazards. Entry Supervisors should conduct regular visual
(4) Prioritize the risks. The Entry Supervisor should prioritize and atmospheric monitoring of the space to ensure
and note which of the hazards pose the highest risk and conditions do not change. Personnel should be aware

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 ATMOSPHERIC MONITORING 350-19

that changing conditions may indicate the need to evacu‐ Δ 6.6.2 Blueprints and Schematics. Blueprints and schematics
ate the space and re-evaluate it. may provide information about the construction, dimensions,
6.5 Communications. A vital, reiterative part of reducing and distances of the space. They may familiarize the Entrant
hazards is communication. The Entry Supervisor is responsible with equipment locations, size, power sources, and safety
for communicating the identifed hazards, risks, and selected features.
controls to all persons involved with the entry into or working Δ 6.6.3 Placards and Markings. Placards and markings can
around a confned space. provide Entrants with warnings for specifc hazards.
Δ 6.5.1 Communications may be verbal or written through the Δ 6.6.4 Department of Transportation Emergency Response
use of permits, applicable programs, safe work practices, signs Guide. This guide, which provides information on many
and placards, or a job hazard analysis (JHA) form. All verbal hazardous substances, is available online at http://
notifcation of hazards should be documented in writing. phmsa.dot.gov/staticfles/PHMSA/DownloadableFiles/Files/
6.5.2 The authorization for entry procedure and permit Hazmat/ERG2012.pdf.
should outline how communication during the entry, work,
and exit stages will be conducted, ensuring that authorized Chapter 7 Atmospheric Monitoring
Entrants and Attendants can maintain contact during entry
and throughout the work shift. Where the potential exists for 7.1 General. The purpose of this chapter is to outline the
voice communications to be hampered by noise, PPE, distance, steps necessary for testing and evaluating confned space
space confguration, or other blockage, two forms of communi‐ atmospheres for gaseous hazards and to help determine the
cation should be used. equipment necessary for this task. This chapter does not cover
6.5.3 The risks and potential exposures of the entry as well as evaluating or testing for nongaseous hazards such as dusts,
the signs and symptoms of exposure need to be communicated particulates, or other potential atmospheric hazards. If poten‐
to the Entrant and the Attendant. The Entry Supervisor should tial for other nongaseous atmospheric hazards does exist, a
ensure that they are familiar with the equipment assigned, such qualifed person should be consulted regarding safe work prac‐
as PPE, atmospheric testing equipment, and the rescue equip‐ tices in these environments.
ment available, as well as alarms and means of communication. 7.2 Procedures for Atmospheric Monitoring. Atmospheric
6.5.4 Entrants and Attendants should have the ability to monitoring should be performed using the procedures de‐
witness and review any testing results conducted; if that is not scribed in this chapter prior to any confned space entry to
done, then the results need to be communicated to them. determine if the atmosphere within the space is safe for entry.
Atmospheric monitoring may not be necessary if the documen‐
6.5.5 The means of rescue or recovery as well as the means of ted initial hazard evaluation, as described in Chapter 6, has
egress should be communicated to all Entrants and Attendants. determined that there is no potential for atmospheric hazards
to exist in the space. Atmospheric monitoring is performed for
6.5.6 The Entry Supervisor needs to ensure that the Attend‐ the following two distinct purposes:
ant(s) has the means to notify the designated rescue team, the (1) Pre-entry testing
notifcation method is operable, and the rescue team is aware (2)* Continuous monitoring of the atmosphere within the
of the entry. space (see Section 7. 14)
6.5.7 All personnel involved need to be informed of other key 7.3 Pre-Entry Testing. The atmosphere of a confned space
information, given the circumstances of the particular confned should be tested for all potential hazardous atmospheric
space, to ensure employee safety. This information includes, contaminants as identifed in the initial hazard evaluation (see
but is not limited to, additional permits (e.g., hot work, electri‐ Chapter 6) before each entry by a Gas Tester. The appropriate
cal work, lockout/tagout), other work being performed in the testing equipment should be used to determine that the atmos‐
vicinity of the confned space, forecasted atmospheric condi‐ pheric concentrations at the time of entry are within the range
tions, and past concerns or issues with the space. of acceptable entry conditions required by the entry permit (see
Δ 6.6 Resources. The resources contained in 6.6.1 through also 7. 14). The results of the testing (e.g., actual gas concentra‐
6.6.4 are intended to provide guidance in identifcation of tions) should be recorded, along with the stipulated acceptable
hazards associated with confned spaces. entry conditions, according to the permit recommendations in
6.6.1 Safety Data Sheets (SDS). Safety data sheets (SDS) Chapter 13. All gas monitors should be equipped with the
should be available and reviewed for substances that were previ‐ proper sensors to detect the potential atmospheric hazards
ously or are currently stored or used in a confned space being being tested and certifed for use in the environment where
entered, have been used to purge a confned space being they are being used. Refer to the gas monitor manufacturer’s
entered, or are being brought into the space being entered. specifcations and hazardous location and intrinsic safety certif‐
ications according to the electrical code.
6.6.1.1 SDS should be reviewed or evaluated to determine, at 7.3.1 All portable gas monitors used for confned space atmos‐
a minimum, the fammability, combustibility, toxicity, asphyxia‐ pheric monitoring should be turned on and zeroed by the Gas
tion hazard, and reactivity of materials. Tester according to Section 7.9.
6.6.1.2 All hazards identifed during the SDS evaluation 7.3.2 All portable gas monitoring equipment used for
should be recorded on the confned space permit in accord‐ confned space atmospheric monitoring should be bump tested
ance with Chapter 13 and evaluated and controlled in accord‐ and calibrated according to Sections 7.8 and 7.10.
ance with Chapters 7, 8, and 9.

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-20 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

7.3.3 If atmospheric monitoring is done from outside the 7.3.7 As much of the confned space’s horizontal and/or verti‐
confned space, initial testing should be performed with all cal area as possible should be tested by use of a pump and
ventilation controls turned off to ensure testing of a static remote probe or sample hose from the outside before the
atmosphere and to determine the background gas concentra‐ space is entered for further testing.
tion levels in the event that ventilation fails during entry. 7.3.8 Testing should include all irregular areas of the con f ned
However, after initial testing is completed, the atmosphere space where atmospheric hazards could be present or could
should be continuously monitored with the ventilation controls accumulate. (See Section 7.13.)
turned on if ventilation is necessary as a means to mitigate the
hazard. Δ 7.3.9* If entry into the confned space is required to test the
7.3.4* Tests for atmospheric hazards should be conducted by entire area, the Gas Tester, equipped with all appropriate PPE
the Gas Tester simultaneously or in the following order: (e.g., breathing air, harness, lifeline), can enter the space to
complete the test, which would include irregular areas where
(1) Oxygen defciency and/or oxygen enrichment. An oxygen- pockets of gas could become trapped. An entry permit and an
defcient atmosphere represents the most common Attendant are required for this operation. Once the space has
atmospheric hazard in confned spaces. Most combustible been completely tested, it should be ventilated according to
gas sensors are oxygen dependent and might not provide Chapter 9 in order to ensure that any hazards identifed in the
reliable readings in oxygen-defcient atmospheres. There‐ testing are properly controlled. The Gas Tester must be trained
fore, oxygen concentrations should be the frst hazard and qualifed as an Entrant in order to conduct internal test‐
tested and the concentration recorded to ensure that ing.
suffcient oxygen is present for proper sensor operation
according to the equipment manufacturer’s recommen‐ 7.3.10 Where testing for entries involving a vertical descent,
dations. the atmosphere should be tested using a gas monitor with a
(2) Combustible or fammable mixtures. Combustible gases and remote sampling pump and hose according to Section 7.7. The
vapors present an immediate threat for fre and explosion atmosphere should be tested at 4 ft (1.2 m) intervals starting at
and are a common atmospheric hazard found in the opening of the space and working towards the bottom of
confned spaces. the space.
(3) Toxic gases and vapors. Testing should be done as necessary 7.3.11 If the con f ned space requires a horizontal entry, the
as determined by hazard identifcation (see Chapter 6). atmosphere should be tested using a gas monitor with a
7.3.5 The Gas Tester performing atmospheric monitoring sampling pump and rigid sampling probe according to
should be trained and knowledgeable according to Section 7.7. The atmosphere should be tested at 4 ft (1.2 m)
Section 7.10 and Chapter 11 with regard to the potential intervals working inward from the opening of the space.
atmospheric hazards and the specifc monitor being used to 7.3.12 The Gas Tester performing atmospheric monitoring
test the confned space. should document their initial results, including all gas read‐
7.3.5.1 The Gas Tester performing atmospheric monitoring ings, and sign the entry permit, which should indicate the date
should verify that the monitor is functioning properly (see and time of the gas test and the serial number of the gas moni‐
Sections 7.8 and 7.9), has the appropriate accessories (e.g., tor used to perform the test.
flters, tubing, and probes) and is equipped with the proper 7.3.13 Whereas the pre-entry test determines the initial air
sensors for the identifed and potential atmospheric hazards quality before the confned space is entered, it is important to
related to the confned space. In addition, the Gas Tester continuously monitor for changes in the atmosphere during
should have an understanding of the equipment specifcations, work operations inside the space to ensure that a safe atmos‐
including, but not limited to, response time, measurement phere is maintained. (See Section 7.13.)
range, and operating temperature (see Section 7.4).
7.3.14 If hazardous atmospheric conditions as described in
Δ 7.3.6 If the confned space has not been opened or the atmos‐ Section 7.14 are detected during pre-entry testing, entry should
phere is not immediately accessible for testing, the Entry be prohibited until corrective actions are taken and retesting
Supervisor should open the confned space just enough to verifes acceptable atmospheric conditions in accordance with
allow insertion of a probe for testing. Any potential hazard the applicable confned space program and entry permit. Entry
including, but not limited to, pressure and electric shock into the space using appropriate respiratory protection may be
should be eliminated, mitigated, or controlled prior to open‐ considered acceptable corrective action provided the atmos‐
ing the space. Some manhole covers may have a small opening phere does not contain fammable or combustible vapors in
or an existing ftting or connection to allow the insertion of a excess of the acceptable entry conditions.
sampling hose.
7.3.14.1 Although the acceptable entry conditions in
7.3.6.1 If the entrance to the con f ned space can be affected Section 7.14 are set as trigger points for limiting entry into a
by wind or ambient air fow, the Gas Tester should remain on space, any atmospheric conditions found to be outside the
the upwind side of the entrance. normally expected readings should be evaluated the Gas Tester
7.3.6.2 The purpose of testing before completely opening the and Entry Supervisor to determine if a potential hazard exists.
confned space is to prevent the creation of an immediately For example, an oxygen reading of 20.5 percent should be
hazardous atmosphere either inside or outside the confned investigated to determine if an unidentifed hazard has caused
space, or to prevent dilution of the atmosphere inside the oxygen depletion from the normal concentration or if the
space with outside air, and to protect the personnel outside the oxygen reading has been infuenced by relative humidity or
space. atmospheric pressure in the space.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 ATMOSPHERIC MONITORING 350-21

7.3.1 5 Any change in atmospheric measurements that occur 7.4.5 Limits of Detection. The minimum detection limit
during entry operations should be reported immediately to the (MDL), which is the smallest level of a gas that can be detected
Entry Supervisor. The new test results should be recorded to within the specifed accuracy or repeatability of the monitor,
document the change in concentration and the time the should be less than 2 percent for oxygen, 2 percent LEL for
change occurred. combustible gases, and at least one order of magnitude lower
7.3.1 5.1 If any results from atmospheric monitoring exceed
than the published occupational exposure limit (OEL) or
the acceptable limits for entry required by the entry or hot threshold limit value (TLV), whichever is lower, for toxic gases.
work permit (see Section 7. 14), all work within the confned The levels can be determined from manufacturers’ specifca‐
space should cease and the space should be evacuated immedi‐ tions. For example, the current OSHA OEL for chlorine (Cl2)
ately. is a ceiling limit of 1.0 ppm. The MDL for a chlorine monitor
should be less than or equal to 10 percent of 1.0 ppm, or 0.1
7.4 Selection and Types of Monitors. ppm. Lower MDLs provide for greater reading stability and
confdence around gas concentration action points and reduce
7.4.1 General. A gas monitor should be selected based on the or eliminate false or nuisance alarms due to detector or sensor
potential hazards identifed during the initial hazard evaluation instability.
of the confned space. The potential atmospheric hazards
should be defned in accordance with Chapter 6. Once the 7.4.6 Measuring Range. The gas monitor measuring range for
atmospheric hazards prior to entry and in or around the space detecting targeted gas hazards should be known and verifed to
are determined, the proper monitor can be selected. properly evaluate all potential hazards. Gas monitor and sensor
measuring ranges should be a minimum of 0 percent to
7.4.2 Selection of Monitor. Con f ned space monitors should 25 percent for oxygen, 0 percent to 100 percent LEL for
be calibrated, direct-reading, continuous-monitoring gas moni‐ combustible gases, and a minimum of zero to a value greater
tors. The monitor should detect for oxygen (O2) content, fam‐ than or equal to the IDLH level for toxic gas hazards when
mable gases and vapors (LEL), and potential toxic gases, all of possible. These levels can be determined from manufacturers’
which are minimum requirements. The hazard evaluation will specifcations. It is preferable to use gas monitors with broader
determine if it is necessary to monitor for specifc gases, includ‐ measuring ranges so that atmospheres with contaminants that
ing, but not limited to, carbon monoxide (CO), hydrogen are outside normal limit values can be properly evaluated,
sulfde (H2S), ammonia (NH 3), or VOCs such as benzene. Each proper mitigation procedures can be established and followed,
of these hazardous gases can require unique sensor technology and proper PPE can be issued and used.
to be detected properly. In addition, real-time and integrated
monitoring of other potential atmospheric hazards, such as 7.4.7 Interferences.
welding fumes and particulates, might be necessary per the 7.4.7.1 The Gas Tester should be aware of gases, other than
hazard identifcation and hazard evaluation. the targeted sensor gas, that can interfere with the gas monitor
7.4.3 Portable vs. Fixed Monitors. Portable gas monitors and cause erroneous sensor readings. For example, typical
should be used for confned space entry atmospheric monitor‐ carbon monoxide sensors will produce an erroneous response
ing. In confned spaces where fxed gas detectors are installed, when exposed to hydrogen. It is important that the Gas Tester
portable gas monitors should be used for pre-entry testing and understand all known potential atmospheric contaminants in
either carried into or worn by the Entrant in the space. the space, whether or not they present a hazard to the Entrant,
and the effect the particular contaminant might have on the
7.4.4 Monitor Accuracy. gas monitor. The gas monitor’s performance with regard to
Direct-reading gas monitors used to evaluate or verify interfering gases should be verifed by the Gas Tester with the
7.4.4.1
confned space atmospheres should provide a reading accuracy gas monitor or sensor manufacturer.
of ±20 percent or better of the actual gas concentration in all 7.4.7.2 The Gas Tester should be aware that certain
use conditions that are covered within the monitors’ operating compounds can positively interfere with gas monitor or sensor
specifcations. readings in such a way that readings appear greater than actual
Δ 7.4.4.2 The Gas Tester should verify that gas monitors using target gas concentrations. Unless the presence and concentra‐
correlation or response factors to determine the level of a gas tion of a positively interfering gas can be defnitively identifed
or vapor concentration different from that for which the sensor and confrmed, appropriate action should be taken by the
or gas monitors is calibrated have an accuracy of ±30 percent Entry Supervisor to address the situation and determine the
or better with the correlation factor applied. For example, a true contents and concentration of hazards in the atmosphere
monitor equipped with a Photoionization Detector (PID) cali‐ being tested.
brated to isobutylene can be used to detect the level of 7.4.7.3 The Gas Tester should be aware that certain
trichloroethylene in a confned space. The monitor reading compounds can negatively interfere with gas monitor or sensor
should be multiplied by a correlation or response factor, speci‐ readings in such a way that readings appear lower than actual
fed by the manufacturer, to determine the relative concentra‐ target gas concentrations. In the event that a known negatively
tion of trichloroethylene in the space. The accuracy of the interfering gas is believed to be present, the resulting reading
value after the reading has been multiplied by the correlation from the concentration of that interfering gas should be added
factor should be better than ±30 percent. The gas monitor to the gas monitor reading for the target gas by the Gas Tester
manufacturer should be consulted for information related to and the sum of the two values accepted as the actual concentra‐
response factors and gas monitor performance. tion of the target gas present. The Entry Supervisor should
7.4.4.3 In addition to the accuracy stated in 7.4.4.1 and
then determine the proper actions and procedures to be
7.4.4.2, the Gas Tester should be aware of the specifc gas moni‐ followed as a result.
tor’s capabilities as discussed in 7.4.5 through 7.4.9.

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-22 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

7.4.7.4 Alternative or additional test methods as determined (2) Low fow — for gas monitors that have remote sampling
by the Entry Supervisor and Gas Tester, including, but not limi‐ pumps
ted to, colorimetric tubes and grab bag sampling, should be (3) Calibration failure/past due
used in conjunction with a gas monitor to identify other (4) Bump test past due
contaminants in the space and verify the actual concentration 7.5 Other Monitor Types. If the con f ned space could poten‐
of the targeted hazards. (See Section 7. 5. ) tially have atmospheric hazards that current gas-monitoring
7.4.7.5 Commonly known reasons for sensor interference technology cannot detect, other types of detection equipment
should be listed in the gas monitor user’s manual or otherwise should be utilized to assess the atmosphere. Such potential air
provided by the gas monitor’s manufacturer. contaminants could include uncommon chemicals, particu‐
7.4.7.6 Gas monitor or sensor readings can be affected by
lates, and, in some cases, unknown air contaminants. Colori‐
radio frequency interference (RFI) or other electromagnetic metric detector tubes and industrial hygiene sampling are two
interference (EMI). methods that can be utilized to determine the level of hazards
that currently available electronic monitors cannot detect. Also,
7.4.7.6.1 Gas monitors used to evaluate or verify con f ned real-time particulate monitors may be used to determine the
space atmospheres should be certifed by the manufacturer to levels of inhalable and respirable particulates in the space. In
test and perform in accordance with relevant guidelines for other cases, integrated air sampling may be required for activi‐
RFI and EMI. ties such as welding, sanding, and grinding.
7.4.7.6.2 Care should be taken to keep gas monitors isolated N 7.5.1 Photoionization Detectors (PIDs) . Broadband sensors
from potential sources of RFI and EMI as much as possible are able to respond to more than one toxic chemical in real
during use. As a rule, portable electronic gas monitors should time. Photoionization detectors (PIDs) are a common example
not be used within 18 in. (0.47 m) of the antenna of a transmit‐ of this technology. They provide a single cumulative reading
ting mobile or handheld radio. for all chemicals that they detect, and are unable to isolate the
constituents of an atmosphere containing a mixture of gases or
7.4.8 Environmental Factors. Portable gas monitors can be to determine the identity of an otherwise unidentifed chemi‐
affected by environmental factors, including, but not limited cal. However, they can alert the gas tester to the presence of
to, temperature, relative humidity, and atmospheric pressure. some chemicals and many VOCs that would otherwise go unde‐
7.4.8.1 All gas monitors or sensors used for evaluation or veri‐
tected by a standard multi-gas monitor.
fcation should compensate for the effects of temperature on 7.5.2 Colorimetric Detector Tubes. Colorimetric detector
the readings throughout the full measuring range of the sensor tubes that are selected for particular chemicals can sometimes
and the full operating temperature range of the gas monitor. be used for screening purposes. These tubes, which are usually
7.4.8.2 The effects of temperature as well as the effects of
made of glass, change color according to the concentration
changes in relative humidity and atmospheric pressure on gas level of the measured contaminant. Air is drawn through the
monitor readings should be identifed and understood in tube with a bellow or manual aspiration pump.
accordance with the manufacturer’s product recommenda‐ 7.5.2.1 Detector tubes, when used, should be used by the Gas
tions. Tester according to the manufacturers’ specifcations and
instructions. Most detector tube manufacturers require that
7.4.9 Alarm Indications.
only their brand of pump be used in conjunction with the
7.4.9.1 Gas monitors should have simultaneous, multiple detector tube to obtain accurate measurements.
alarm indicators, including audible, visible, or vibrating alarms 7.5.2.2 Prior to use, detector tube pumps should be leak-
to indicate the conditions in 7.4.9.2 through 7.4.9.6. checked by the Gas Tester. This is typically done by compress‐
7.4.9.2 Portable gas monitors should have not only preset ing the bellows fully, then inserting an unbroken tube and
alarm values but also manual alarm values that allow the user to releasing the bellows to see if they expand. If there are no
set alarms at specifc levels. It is critical that a qualifed health leaks, the bellows will remain fully compressed.
and safety professional be consulted to determine the level at 7.5.2.3 If remote measurements to a con f ned space are made
which gas monitor or sensor alarms should be set for specifc from outside the space, the detector tube should be attached to
applications. the end of the sampling hose and not near the pump. Other‐
7.4.9.3 Portable gas monitors should have at least two levels of wise, the air in the tubing will be measured rather than air in
instantaneous alarms for all sensors, including oxygen, LEL, the confned space, resulting in erroneous measurements.
and toxics. 7.5.2.4* Most colorimetric test methods are best used for
7.4.9.4 Portable gas monitors should have alarms to indicate screening purposes because they are typically only accurate to
that the short-term exposure limit (STEL) for toxic gases has within ± 25 percent. To ensure safety, 25 percent should be
been exceeded. added to the reading to determine the level of toxic gas in the
7.4.9.5 Portable gas monitors should have time weighted aver‐
confned space.
age (TWA) alarms for toxic gases — typically an 8-hour aver‐ 7.5.3* Industrial Hygiene Monitoring. If direct-reading gas
age. monitors or colorimetric tubes are not available to assess the
7.4.9.6 Gas monitors should have alarms to alert the Gas
potential hazard, laboratory-based industrial hygiene monitor‐
Tester to other conditions, including, but not limited to, the ing with intrinsically safe battery-operated pumps and various
following: air-contaminant collection flters, tubes, impingers, or other
devices, such as vacuum canisters, should be used. They might
(1) Low battery be the only means available to measure air contaminants.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.

EDUFIRE.IR
 ATMOSPHERIC MONITORING 350-23

• 7.6 Intrinsic Safety. The Gas Tester should ensure that all can be made whether or not to stop operations and vacate the
monitors used to test for atmospheric hazards within a space.
confned space should be certifed by a nationally recognized
testing laboratory (NRTL) as intrinsically safe for use in the 7.8 Monitor Calibration

space according to the classifcation of hazardous atmospheres 7.8.1 A calibrated, direct-reading gas monitor should be used
in NFPA 70. (See Chapter 8.) for entry into a confned space. A calibrated gas monitor is one
7.7 Personal Monitoring Versus Remote Sampling. Direct-
that has completed a span calibration function before it is put
reading gas monitors can be used in different confgurations. into service. Executing a span calibration is the best way to
Diffusion or passive (personal) monitors work based on unassis‐ ensure the unit is reading concentrations as designed and is
ted exposure of the gas sensors to the ambient environment. conducted by exposing a direct-reading gas monitor (or
The sensors sense the immediate ambient environment sensors) to a defned concentration of calibration gas. Prior to
surrounding the gas monitor. Remote sampling or a sample starting a span calibration, the direct-reading gas monitor
draw mode utilizes either a manual or an automatic pump. The should have a zero calibration performed in a clean-air envi‐
pump, attached or internal to the gas monitor, draws air ronment, preferably outdoors and upwind from any sources of
through a probe and tubing into the gas monitor and directly air contaminants.
onto the sensors, which allows the gas monitor to sense the 7.8.1 .1 The gas monitor should be programmed to detect a
environment away from where the gas monitor is located. set concentration of specifc gases aligned to the confguration
7.7.1 * In all cases, remote sampling should be done prior to
of the gas monitor for calibration purposes. For example, the
entering a confned space. The gas monitor and its display gas monitor might be programmed to read 20.9 percent
should be in direct sight of the Gas Tester at all times during oxygen (O 2), 32 percent methane (LEL), 25 ppm hydrogen
testing. The Gas Tester should remain outside the confned sulfde (H2S), and 50 ppm carbon monoxide (CO) during the
space with the gas monitor connected to a pump, a defned calibration process. The gas monitor is then exposed to a blend
length of tubing, and a probe. The Gas Tester should insert the of the same calibration gases with identically defned concen‐
probe and tubing into the confned space to the point farthest trations. The gas monitor then “calibrates” what it is program‐
from the entry. med to see against what it is being exposed to. This is a span
calibration. Through this process, the gas monitor will either
7.7.1 .1 * Tubing Length and Response Times. The Gas Tester pass or fail the span calibration. If the calibration or the gas
should ensure that adequate time is allowed to completely monitor fails, the unit should be removed from service and
purge the sample tubing of all residual air and ensure that a tagged for maintenance. If the gas monitor passes, it is ready
full reading is obtained during remote sampling operations. for confned space monitoring.
Most automatic pumps draw at approximately 2 sec/ft
(7 sec/m) of sample tubing. Therefore, the Gas Tester should Δ 7.8.1 .2 The gas monitor instruction manual or manufacturer
allow 2 sec for every foot (7 sec for every meter) of sample should be consulted to determine the proper gases and
probe and tubing used, plus the normal gas monitor response concentrations to be used for monitor calibration. Calibration
time for the air from the sampling area to be tested by the gas can vary depending on its manufacturer. There are differ‐
sensors. The gas monitor manufacturer should be consulted ent types of combustible gases used in calibration gas blends
for instructions on remote sampling and gas monitor response (e.g., pentane, propane, and methane). Each gas monitor
time. differs on which type of combustible gas should be used to
most accurately calibrate its combustible sensors. The manufac‐
7.7.1 .2 The Gas Tester should consult the gas monitor manu‐ turer’s recommendations should always be followed. If a gas
facturer’s instructions to determine the proper type of sample monitor manufacturer provides its own calibration gas for the
tubing or probe to be used to detect specifc hazards because monitor, that gas should be used. This ensures that the calibra‐
some gases can be absorbed into specifc types of tubing, which tion gas cylinders have gone through a quality assurance
would produce erroneous readings. program in alignment with the gas monitor.
7.7.2 Gas monitors used by con f ned space personnel for Δ 7.8.2 Calibration results should be documented. Some direct-
personal monitoring may be used in either diffusion or aspira‐ reading gas monitors have a data-logging feature that docu‐
ted mode. ments the calibration process, which can be downloaded from
7.7.2.1 Con f ned space Entrants should wear a gas monitor at
the gas monitor and stored electronically. Otherwise, the
all times during entry. It is critical that the monitor or sample following monitor calibration data should be documented
input does not get covered by clothing or PPE to ensure that manually:
the atmosphere is measured properly. (1) Date of test
7.7.2.2 A direct-reading gas monitor should either be worn by
(2) Serial number of gas monitor and sensors tested
the confned space Attendant or placed in the area outside the (3) Serial number of any docking/calibration station used to
confned space. This would allow the Attendant to monitor the perform the test or name of individual conducting a
environment outside the confned space to make sure it is not manual test
changing. If ventilation is exhausting toxic materials outside (4) Type and concentration of each gas used to conduct the
the space, it could affect the area immediately outside the test
space, including the Attendant, even if the confned space itself (5) The result of the test for each sensor in the gas monitor
is not showing elevated readings. Likewise, if a toxic or combus‐ tested
tible atmosphere develops outside the confned space, it could
affect the environment in the confned space. The sooner the
Attendant can be made aware of changes, the sooner a decision

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
350-24 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

7.8.3 The qualifed person performing calibration should 7.10.4 The concentration of gas used to conduct a gas moni‐
ensure that the gas monitor is programmed to sense the gas tor bump test should be greater than the lowest alarm set point
concentrations listed on the cylinder label. for each sensor.
7.8.4 The qualifed person performing the calibration should Δ 7.10.5 The Gas Tester may use surrogate gases (gases different
ensure that the calibration gas cylinder has not expired. Gas from the explicit target gas for the sensor) to conduct a bump
cylinders typically have a shelf life of 2 years or less — depend‐ test of the sensor provided that the concentration of gas used
ing on the type of gas in the cylinder. The qualifed person produces a response equivalent to or greater than the concen‐
should understand that calibrating with expired gas may result tration of the target gas required to exceed the lowest alarm set
in inaccurate calibration and is not acceptable. point for each sensor. This should be done in accordance with
7.8.5 When a manual span calibration is conducted, the quali‐ the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations.
fed person performing the calibration should ensure that the 7.10.6 Any gas monitor that fails to respond properly during a
regulator and tubing meet the gas monitor manufacturer’s functional bump test should be successfully recalibrated by the
recommendations for the gases being calibrated. Regulators Gas Tester prior to further use.
can come in a variety of materials and fow rates. If the manu‐ 7.10.7 Bump test results should be documented by the Gas
facturer specifes a 0.5 liters per minute (LPM) fow rate, a Tester and include the following data:
regulator with that fow rate should be used. If the manufac‐
turer of the gas monitor supplies regulators, a regulator from (1) Date of test
that manufacturer should be used. A manufacturer that runs (2) Serial number of gas monitor and sensors tested
the quality assurance programs for all of its components helps (3) Serial number of the docking/bump station used to
ensure a more accurate calibration process and results in fewer perform the test or the name of individual conducting a
troubleshooting questions. manual test
7.8.6 The qualifed person can perform gas monitor span cali‐ (4) Type and concentration of each gas used to conduct the
bration utilizing an automated docking or calibration station. test
The qualifed person should be aware that a docking station (5) The result of the test (pass/fail) for each sensor in the gas
made by one manufacturer should not be used to calibrate monitor tested
another manufacturer’s gas monitor. The qualifed person 7.11 Clearing Peak Values. Prior to any atmospheric monitor‐
should either ensure that the calibration is documented by the ing, the gas monitor’s stored peak reading values should be
docking station automatically or manually document the cali‐ reset by the Gas Tester according to the manufacturer’s recom‐
bration. mendations and specifcations.
7.9 Zeroing. Prior to conducting any atmospheric monitor‐ 7.12 Training and Competency. All Gas Testers should be
ing, the Gas Tester should zero the gas monitor in a known trained in the proper use of the assigned gas monitor accord‐
clean-air environment according to the manufacturer’s recom‐ ing to the manufacturer’s recommendations and in accordance
mendations and instructions. with the requirements of Chapter 11.
7.10 Bump Testing. 7.13 Continuous Atmospheric Monitoring.
7.10.1 Gas monitors used for atmospheric monitoring of Δ 7.13.1 The atmosphere in and around a confned space
confned spaces should be bump tested by the Gas Tester prior should remain safe during entry operations. Atmospheric
to each day’s use. A bump test is a brief exposure of the gas conditions can change quickly or gradually over time; without
monitor/sensors to specifed target gas(es) to verify sensor and continuous atmospheric monitoring, air contaminants may
alarm functionality. It is not intended to measure the accuracy increase or the oxygen percentage may decrease or increase,
of the gas monitor/sensors. The only way to ensure that a port‐ creating dangerous confned space atmospheric conditions.
able gas monitor will respond to the targeted gas is to test it Entrants, Attendants, and other personnel may be unaware of
with a known concentration of that gas or an acceptable surro‐ changing conditions if the air quality was only initially moni‐
gate gas (i.e., a gas different from the explicit target gas for the tored and determined to be acceptable. The atmosphere
sensor). A typical bump test takes 30 to 45 seconds and is a crit‐ within and outside the confned space should be monitored
ical step to ensuring the gas monitor is functioning since it was continuously to ensure continued safe working conditions.
last used or calibrated. 7.13.2 Entry Supervisors, Gas Testers, Attendants, and
7.10.2 A gas monitor bump test should be performed by the Entrants should be aware that there are many reasons why air
Gas Tester prior to daily use using an automated docking or quality may deteriorate in and around confned spaces, includ‐
bump test/calibration station or by manual application of gas ing, but not limited to, air contaminants generated by activities
to the sensors. inside or outside the space, increased temperatures causing
7.10.3 The Gas Tester should perform the test by applying a additional chemical vaporization, and existing or new hazards
known concentration of each of the target gases to the gas that have not been adequately eliminated, mitigated, or
monitor/sensors individually or in combination and verifying controlled.
that each sensor responds in a positive manner and that all gas 7.13.3 Continuous atmospheric monitoring is the best
monitor alarms are activated accordingly. The Gas Tester method to ensure that air quality remains acceptable through‐
should refer to the manufacturer’s instructions and recommen‐ out entry operations.
dations for performing a bump test.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 HAZARD ELIMINATION, MITIGATION, OR CONTROL 350-25

7.1 4 Acceptable Atmospheric Limits for Entry. Where levels 8.2 General. Entry Supervisors should ensure that all identi‐
are outside the following parameters, entry is allowed only after fed inherent, introduced, and adjacent hazards in and around
control measures as indicated in Chapter 8 are applied: confned spaces are eliminated, mitigated, or controlled to the
(1) Oxygen content is between 19.5 percent and extent possible prior to entry and that the corrective actions
22.0 percent. taken are documented on the confned space permit. Hazards
(2) Flammable gases and vapors are below 10 percent of the that cannot be eliminated, mitigated, or controlled should be
LEL of the material involved. noted on the permit by the Entry Supervisor, who should make
(3)* Potential toxic air contaminants are at or below one-half sure that required personal protection is used or other appro‐
the OEL — typically the action level — as determined by priate measures are taken to ensure safe entry. Chapter 6
the written confned space program. provides hazard identifcation and risk assessment criteria.
8.3 Controls for Other Identif ed Hazards. The hazard identi‐
fcation and risk assessment process as specifed in Chapter 6
7.1 5 Gas Monitor Maintenance.

Δ 7.1 5.1 Gas monitors used for atmospheric monitoring of requires that hazards be eliminated, mitigated, or controlled to
confned spaces need to be maintained by a qualifed person a safe level. This chapter addresses common confned space
according to the manufacturers’ specifcations to ensure that hazards. Confned spaces, however, may have unique hazards
they operate properly, to maximize their longevity, and to that are not addressed in this best practices guide. Nonetheless,
maintain their warranties. All maintenance other than routine the hazards need to be either eliminated, mitigated, or control‐
inspection for damage, cleaning, proper battery charging, and led using appropriate and effective methods.
periodic sensor replacement should be performed by the 8.3.1 Hierarchy of Controls. A hierarchy of controls, which is
manufacturer. Gas monitors should be cleaned and maintained a system used to minimize or eliminate exposure to hazards,
according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. should be used as a means of determining the most effective
7.1 5.2 Qualif ed personnel responsible for maintaining gas controls. The controls in 8.3.1.1 through 8.3.1.5 are presented
monitors should be aware that sensors have limited service life, from the most effective to the least effective.
even when the meters are used infrequently. The oxygen 8.3.1 .1 Elimination controls seek to remove the hazard before
sensor typically has the shortest life, usually 2 to 3 years. The entry is made.
majority of gas monitors used for atmospheric monitoring of
confned spaces have rechargeable batteries that should 8.3.1 .2 Substitution controls seek to replace a hazardous mate‐
provide years of service as long as they are charged according rial, equipment, or process for a much less hazardous one.
to the manufacturers’ procedures.
8.3.1 .3 Engineering controls are used to isolate, prevent,
7.1 6 Training. contact, or otherwise control a hazard.
7.1 6.1The Owner/Operator or Entry Supervisor should 8.3.1 .4 Administrative controls involve actions such as restrict‐
ensure that the Gas Tester has been trained to complete the ing access to hazardous areas or training employees to work
duties and responsibilities of the role in accordance with Chap‐ safely with hazardous chemicals, machinery, and other hazards.
ter 11.
8.3.1 .5 PPE controls provide a last line of defense to minimize
7.1 6.2 The Owner/Operator or Entry Supervisor should the risk of exposure. It is the least desired control as it does not
ensure that the Gas Tester has completed a training program eliminate or reduce the hazard. PPE requires proper selection,
covering use, operation, maintenance, calibration, bump test‐ training, and use.
ing, and other aspects of the specifc gas monitor to be used for
atmospheric monitoring according to the recommendations of 8.4 Chemical and Atmospheric Hazards. Entry Supervisors
the gas monitor manufacturer. should ensure that atmospheric hazards identifed during
atmospheric monitoring have been eliminated, mitigated, or
7.1 6.3 The Owner/Operator or Entry Supervisor should controlled prior to entry. Methods to remove hazardous atmos‐
ensure that all personnel designated to perform maintenance pheres from confned spaces include, but are not limited to,
(e.g., calibration and sensor replacement) on the portable gas cleaning, displacement or dilution via ventilation or inerting
monitor have completed a training program on the mainte‐ (which could create additional hazards, such as low oxygen),
nance of the specifc gas monitor according to the recommen‐ purging, or removal by other approved methods (see 8.4.1
dations of the gas monitor manufacturer. through 8.4.3). Prior to entry, a Gas Tester should perform
Δ 7.1 7 Record Retention. Entrant Employers should maintain atmospheric monitoring in accordance with Chapter 7 to
records pertaining to gas monitor calibration, bump testing, confrm the space is safe to enter.
maintenance, and confned space atmospheric monitoring 8.4.1 Removal of Hazardous Materials and Vapor Freeing.
results for a minimum of 1 year or for an amount of time in Prior to entry, Entry Supervisors should ensure that harmful or
accordance with applicable industry standards and regulations. potentially harmful vapors, gases, toxics, and other residual
materials have been removed from the confned space to the
greatest extent possible in accordance with the entry permit
Chapter 8 Hazard Elimination, Mitigation, or Control
requirements. This can be accomplished from outside the
8.1 Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to provide best
space without bodily entry by ventilating with fresh air or purg‐
practices for eliminating, mitigating, or controlling hazards ing with inert gas, water, or steam. If this is not possible,
that either already exist in or around confned spaces or are controls are needed to ensure that removal during entry does
created during entry into and/or working in or around not create additional hazards. Caution: The use of steam to
confned spaces. purge fammable atmospheres without using proper precau‐

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-26 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

tionary measures may result in fre, explosion, or an oxygen- atmospheric testing, wipe testing, or testing with pH paper,
defcient atmosphere. which can help determine if additional cleaning is needed and
8.4.1 .1 * Whenever possible, workers should clean the the type of PPE required. Entry Supervisors should ensure that
confned space from outside, without the need for entry. any required testing is performed by a suitably protected and
qualifed person prior to issuing an entry permit. The Entry
8.4.1 .2* Entry Supervisors should ensure that all vapors and Supervisor may require continuous or periodic testing if addi‐
toxic gases are exhausted from the confned space to eliminate tional interior cleaning or work can result in harmful releases.
hazards prior to issuing a permit for entry. This can be accom‐ Δ 8.4.2 Combustible Dusts. Entry Supervisors should ensure
plished by Ventilation Specialists using blowers or exhaust that combustible dust residue is removed using intrinsically safe
eductors in accordance with Chapter 9. Entry Supervisors vacuums, manual cleaning methods, or approved water wash‐
should make sure that intrinsically safe blowers and eductors down methods that do not place dust in suspension in spaces
are used for fammable, toxic, or combustible gas and vapor where ignition sources could be present. The Entry Supervisor
removal. Ventilation of fammable, combustible, or toxic gases should confrm that vacuum equipment is grounded and
and vapors should exhaust a minimum height of 12 ft (3.7 m) bonded to the space being cleaned. Compressed air should not
above ground level to provide for proper dissipation. The Entry be used to move or clean combustible dust. In these situations,
Supervisor should confrm there are no sources of ignition or safety procedures should be followed and equipment shut
personnel in the path (downwind) of hazardous exhausts. down in the area to eliminate potential sources of ignition.
8.4.1 .3 Methods such as purging with an inert gas, water, or Additional information on compressed air and water cleaning
steam can be used to remove residual vapors. (See 8.4.3 and of combustible dust can be found in NFPA 652.
9.5.9.) Δ 8.4.3 Inerting. Entry Supervisors should be aware that ventila‐
8.4.1 .4 Regulations and Standards for Tank Cleaning. tion may not always eliminate all of the atmospheric hazards
within a confned space. If hot work is to be conducted within a
8.4.1 .4.1 Con f ned space entries of petroleum storage tanks confned space that contains fammable or combustible vapors
should be in accordance with API STD 2015, Requirements for or liquids, one method to control the ignition hazard is to
Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petroleum Storage Tanks, and API RP displace any oxygen in the atmosphere within the space with an
2016, Guidelines and Procedures for Entering and Cleaning Petroleum inert gas. Inert gas can also be used to displace oxygen where
Storage Tanks. Entry into inerted confned spaces should be in fammable materials or atmosphere cannot be removed prior
accordance with API STD 2217A, Guidelines for Safe Work in Inert to entry. Entry Supervisors should not permit entry into
Confned Spaces in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries. These confned spaces with inert atmospheres except in limited
standards provide detailed safety requirements for above‐ circumstances in accordance with the Owner’s/Operator’s or
ground petroleum storage tanks. Entrant Employer's confned space and respiratory protection
Δ 8.4.1 .4.2 Entry Supervisors should ensure that confned space programs. Persons engaged in inert entry operations, including
entry into and work within petroleum storage tanks are Entry Supervisors, Entrants, Attendants, Rescuers and others
conducted in accordance with all applicable Owner/Operator should be trained, experienced, and qualifed in this specifc
and Contractor programs, industry standards, and regulatory activity.
requirements. For detailed safety requirements for confned 8.4.3.1 Entry Supervisors should require Entrants to use
space entry into and work within aboveground petroleum stor‐ approved supplied air respirators (SARs) with an escape cylin‐
age tanks, see API STD 2015, Requirements for Safe Entry and der or SCBAs for entry into inert atmospheres. It is critical that
Cleaning of Petroleum Storage Tanks; API RP 2016, Guidelines and respirators worn in inert environments be securely fastened to
Procedures for Entering and Cleaning Petroleum Storage Tanks; and the face since even a small breach in a standard facepiece seal
API STD 2217A, Guidelines for Safe Work in Inert Confned Spaces will expose the entrant to a fatal environment. There are
in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries. special respiratory redundant air systems available for this type
8.4.1 .4.3 Entry Supervisors should be aware that cleaning and
of environment.
entry of tanks, vessels, and containers other than petroleum 8.4.3.2 A means of rescue should be provided in accordance
tanks should be in accordance with all applicable Owner/ with Chapter 10.
Operator and Contractor programs, industry standards, and
regulatory requirements. NFPA 326 provides detailed safety 8.4.3.3 Following the use of inert gas, the Entry Supervisor
requirements for all types of tanks, vessels, and containers. should have the confned space purged with water or ventilated
with fresh air in accordance with Chapter 9 and make sure the
8.4.1 .4.4 Entry Supervisors should be aware that entry and entry conditions are in accordance with Section 8.4 before a
work inside marine vessel confned spaces should be in accord‐ permit for entry without respiratory protection is issued.
ance with all applicable Owner/Operator programs, industry
practices, and government regulations. NFPA 306 provides 8.4.3.4 Entry Supervisors should be aware that tanks, vessels,
guidance for entry into confned spaces on marine vessels. containers, and equipment adjacent to a confned space entry
and/or a confned space work area are potential sources of
8.4.1 .5* Chemical Residues. Entry Supervisors, Entrants, and fammable, combustible, or toxic vapors, gases, or hazardous
Attendants should be aware that even after cleaning is comple‐ materials. If the Entry Supervisor deems such conditions as
ted, harmful residues might remain within the confned space. potentially harmful to the confned space, the hazard should
The Entry Supervisor should review the applicable SDS to be eliminated, mitigated, or controlled prior to permitting
determine if these residues could be harmful to Entrants entry and/or any work or hot work in the space or adjacent
through breathing or by absorption through the skin, or if they areas.
are corrosive. Entry Supervisors should be familiar with testing
methods for harmful residues, including, but not limited to,

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 HAZARD ELIMINATION, MITIGATION, OR CONTROL 350-27

8.4.3.5 Whenever inert gases are used to purge a space, the 8.4.3.8.2 After cylinders and racks are in place at the job site
Ventilation Specialist and Entry Supervisor should consider the and prior to each day's (or shift's) use, a qualifed person
discharge point for the evacuated atmosphere in relation to should test each breathing air cylinder (to be used) to assure
personnel and any sources of ignition outside or adjacent to the proper oxygen content and that there is no contamination.
the space. The Entry Supervisor may require atmospheric test‐ 8.4.3.8.3 The Entry Supervisor should assure that respiratory
ing in the adjacent areas and barriers placed at appropriate protective equipment (racks, cylinders, hoses, retrieval gear,
distances to ensure that exhausted contaminants are within helmets, and masks) is designed, supplied, and used to mini‐
acceptable levels as defned in Section 8.4. The Entry Supervi‐ mize risk and human error during entry work and in emer‐
sor can use a hot-, warm-, and cold-zone system to delineate gency situations by checking critical respiratory protection
areas and degrees of hazard and controls. components prior to permitting entry.
8.4.3.6 Whenever inerting is performed, the atmosphere
within 35 ft (10.7 m) outside of the opening should be tested as Δ 8.4.3.8.4 Owners/Operators and Entrant Employers should
determined by the Entry Supervisor to be sure it is safe for develop and implement respiratory protection programs that
breathing. In outside environments, the Entry Supervisor meet applicable regulatory requirements and include medical
should consider humidity, wind direction, and wind speed and evaluation, training, and ft testing before providing Entrants
extend the testing area, if necessary. with respiratory equipment.
8.4.3.7 The Entry Supervisor should ensure that inerted
8.4.3.9 Regulations and Standards for Inerting.

confned spaces are posted as follows: Δ 8.4.3.9.1 * Entry Supervisors in the maritime industry should
conduct inerting in accordance with NFPA 306, which includes
a section on inerting procedures for marine vessels, and in
accordance with the International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and
DANGER DO NOT ENTER Terminals (ISGOTT). A Certifed Marine Chemist may be
required to oversee the inerting operation if hot work will be
INERT GAS ENVIRONMENT ATMOSPHERE UNSAFE FOR conducted.
WORKERS
8.4.3.9.2 Entry into inerted con f ned spaces in the petroleum
INSUFFICIENT OXYGEN FOR BREATHING and petrochemical industries should be in accordance with API
PERMIT REQUIRED FOR ENTRY 2217A, Guidelines for Safe Work in Inert Confned Spaces in the Petro‐
leum and Petrochemical Industries.
Δ 8.4.3.8* Entry into inert atmospheres should not occur except 8.4.3.9.3 Entry into other inert spaces should be in accord‐
in well-controlled situations where no other option for entry is ance with NFPA 326 and other applicable standards and regula‐
available. If entry into an inert atmosphere is needed, special‐ tions.
ized breathing apparatus units that commonly include redun‐ • 8.5
dant air supply and facepiece securement systems should be Hot Work.
utilized. Standard atmosphere-supplying respirators (SCBAs
and SARs) do not provide the level of protection necessary to 8.5.1 General. All confned space personnel should be aware
assure the safety of Entrants. Entry Supervisors, Attendants, that hot work is any work that can produce a source of ignition,
and Entrants should be aware that leakage or exhaust of including, but not limited to, open fames, sparks, static electri‐
breathing air into an inert (or fammable) atmosphere may cal charges, or heat producing activity and is typically associ‐
create a hazard by reducing the effectiveness of the inert ated with cutting, welding, grinding, drilling, abrasive blasting,
concentration and by possibly increasing the oxygen level (thus burning, heating, and brazing operations as part of repair,
affecting the explosive limits of a fammable atmosphere).In maintenance, or construction work. Hot work also includes the
confned spaces where oxygen-defcient environments exist use of potential spark-producing equipment, including, but not
that are not associated with the intentional and complete inert‐ limited to, nonapproved electrical equipment, internal-
ing of the environment (e.g., low oxygen due to hot work combustion-powered equipment, and electric- and/or battery-
within the space), a combination full facepiece pressure- powered tools and equipment. There is also potential for
demand SAR with auxiliary SCBA escape mechanism or a full incidents to occur in areas adjacent to confned spaces that
facepiece pressure-demand SCBA with a minimum 30-minute were not considered during the initial or subsequent confned
cylinder may be suffcient to protect Entrants and should be space evaluation.
utilized. 8.5.2 Cold Work Options. Wherever possible, Entry Supervi‐
8.4.3.8.1 Where any entry requires supplied breathing air, the sors should provide alternatives other than hot work in or
Owner/Operator or Entrant Employer should assure that the around confned spaces during a confned space entry. The
respiratory breathing-air supplier adheres to practices that Entry Supervisor should consider alternative cold work meth‐
eliminate both the potential for insuffcient oxygen content in ods, including, but not limited to, mechanical cutting, cold
an air supply cylinder and the possibility of cross contamina‐ cutting, scraping, hand grinding, and fling with equipment
tion of the cylinder air with other gases. They should assure that minimizes the potential for sparks and heat. For example,
that only certifed compressor sourced breathing (Grade D or cutting can be done with hand saws, hydraulic shears, pneu‐
better quality per CGA G-7.1, Commodity Specifcation for Air) is matic chisels, or pipe cutters. Mechanical joining methods such
used for SAR-required entries. Air supply cylinders should be as nuts and bolts, screwed fttings, or couplings can be used.
dedicated to breathing air service and be secured with sealed Hand fling can be done instead of mechanical grinding, and
valves (and racks) and controlled to prevent cross contamina‐ threaded pipe might be used instead of welded or soldered
tion. pipe. Personnel should be aware that sparks can be generated

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition

EDUFIRE.IR
 350-28 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

by some of these techniques, but the risk is greatly reduced as Δ 8.5.5 Controls. Entry Supervisors should confrm that tanks,
the sparks are typically not hot enough to cause ignition. vessels, and containers that contained fammable or combusti‐
Δ 8.5.3 Hot Work Permit. When hot work is required in or adja‐ ble liquids, gases, or materials are free of vapor, gas, and dust
cent to a confned space, the Entry Supervisor should issue a and are cleaned or inerted prior to beginning hot work within
separate hot work permit attached to the confned space the confned space. Precautions should be taken by Entry
permit. Either the Owner/Operator of the location where the Supervisors and Ventilation Specialists to ensure that no igni‐
hot work is to occur or the Contractor/Subcontractor conduct‐ tion sources are adjacent to or downwind from the confned
ing such work should have a hot work program and hot work space because inerted vapors exiting the space may be famma‐
permit procedures. The Entry Supervisor should ensure that, ble or combustible.
in addition to all of the requirements on the entry permit, the 8.5.5.1 Where performing hot work above a tank, container
hot work permit contains information including, but not limi‐ equipment, vessel, sewer, pit, pipeline, drainage ditch, or simi‐
ted to, the following: lar areas containing, or having the potential to contain, fam‐
(1) Conditions under which hot work permit authorization is mable or combustible materials, or where an entry is being
to start/stop or be cancelled made, Entry Supervisors should make sure that precautions are
(2) Requirements for ventilation, inerting, or other atmos‐ taken to shield the area below from falling sparks and hot
pheric precautions materials (e.g., slag). In addition, precautions should be taken
(3) Requirements for PPE and respiratory protection in addi‐ to ensure that vapors from these spaces cannot reach the hot
tion to that required by the entry permit work area.
(4) Requirements for continuous atmospheric monitoring 8.5.5.2 Entry Supervisors should also give consideration to
within the confned space — unless Entry Employer can adjacent spaces above and below the hot work being conduc‐
demonstrate that equipment for continuous monitoring ted. Where welding takes place on an elevated surface, all
is not commercially available or that periodic monitoring surfaces below the elevated platform in the vicinity of the weld‐
is suffcient — and, when necessary, outside of the ing are potentially at risk. A wet fre blanket or a welding blan‐
confned space as determined by the Entry Supervisor in ket can be used to protect sewer openings, open confned
accordance with the confned space program and hot space manways, ditches, and piping containing fammable or
work program combustible liquids or vapors from sparks and slag.
8.5.4 Evaluation of Hazards. 8.5.5.3 Prior to issuing a hot work permit, Entry Supervisors
N 8.5.4.1 Wherever hot work is performed, the Entry Supervisor should ensure that Gas Testers conduct atmospheric monitor‐
should evaluate all locations and adjacent spaces where fam‐ ing in adjacent open confned spaces within 50 ft (15 m) hori‐
mable or combustible liquids, gases, or materials may be zontally of the hot work area to confrm that there are no
present or may occur. If such hazards exist, measures should be adjacent hazards that could impact or be impacted by the hot
taken by the Entry Supervisor to control, remove, or clean work. Entry Supervisors should ensure that hot work is not
them prior to issuing the hot work permit. Entry Supervisors authorized or performed unless atmospheric testing indicates
should ensure the following: that oxygen levels are less than 22 percent by volume and the
LEL (if applicable) is less than 10 percent, or where oxygen
(1) Hot work is not conducted in areas adjacent to tanks or and fammable levels are permitted to meet other require‐
lines containing fammable or combustible materials, ments established by the applicable confned space and hot
unless there is no other alternative work programs. In such cases, the Entry Supervisor should indi‐
(2) Safety measures have been implemented cate the specifc requirements on the hot work permit and
(3) A hot work permit covering such activity has been check that appropriate permit precautions are taken.
approved
8.5.5.4 Entry Supervisors should also consider testing and
N 8.5.4.2 When hot work on tanks, vessels, containers, lines, and implementing precautionary measures to adjacent spaces that
equipment containing fammable and combustible liquids or are above and below the hot work area. Entry Supervisors
gases is to be performed, Entry Supervisors should refer to API should be aware that where welding takes place at an elevated
RP 2201, Safe Hot Tapping Practices in the Petroleum and Petrochemi‐ location, all areas below the vicinity of the welding are poten‐
cal Industries, and API RP 2009, Safe Welding, Cutting, and Hot tially at risk from falling sparks and slag.
Work Practices in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries, for
guidance. 8.5.5.5 The Entry Supervisor should provide fre protection as
required by the hot work permit, including, but not limited to,
8.5.4.3 The Entry Supervisor should ensure that tanks appropriate portable fre extinguishers (see NFPA 10) located
containing oxygen (excluding breathing-air cylinders), famma‐ within 10 ft (3 m) of the hot work area.
ble gas, and inert gas remain outside a confned space, if possi‐
ble. Entry Supervisors, Attendants, and Entrants should be 8.5.5.6 Entry Supervisors should ensure that all electrical
aware that leaking oxygen lines can create an oxygen-enriched welding equipment used in fammable and combustible atmos‐
environment and leaking acetylene can create a fammable pheres is as follows:
atmosphere, both of which can lead to increased fre and (1) Inspected and approved prior to use by a qualifed person
explosion hazards. (2) Intrinsically safe
8.5.4.4 Entry Supervisors should ensure that all hoses and (3) Properly grounded
torches associated with oxygen and gas cylinders are disconnec‐ (4) Where necessary, bonded to the tank, vessel, equipment,
ted and the gas and oxygen supply shut off during unattended or confned space
or extended breaks and at the end of the work period. 8.5.5.7 Entry Supervisors should ensure that ordinary combus‐
tible materials are not located within 35 ft (10.7 m) of the hot

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 HAZARD ELIMINATION, MITIGATION, OR CONTROL 350-29

work area. If such materials are present and cannot be NFPA 326 contains minimum procedures that permit
8.5.6.2.3
removed, the Entry Supervisor should indicate appropriate repair, hot work, or other operations that could potentially
preventive measures on the hot work permit and make sure create a fre, an explosion, or other hazard wherever hot work
they are implemented to eliminate, mitigate, or control the is performed on tanks or containers containing fammable,
potential hazards before work begins. combustible, or other hazardous substance vapors, liquids, or
8.5.6 Regulations and Standards for Hot Work. Entry Supervi‐
solid residues.
sors should be aware of welding and hot work, and ensure that Δ 8.5.6.3 Shipyard/Maritime. In shipyard/maritime settings,
it is conducted in accordance with Owner/Operator or 29 CFR 1915.11–1915.16, 29 CFR 1915.51–1915.57, and
Contractor programs and procedures, industry practices, and NFPA 306 contain information on hot work performed in the
regulations applicable to the specifc industry or operation maritime industry. In addition, the International Safety Guide for
being performed. Owners/Operators, Contractors, and Entry Oil Tankers and Terminals (ISGOTT) provides considerable guid‐
Supervisors should be aware of the most current regulations, ance for confned space and hot work activity in oil tankers and
codes, and practices, including, but not limited to, those refer‐ terminals.
enced in 8.5.6.1.1 through 8.5.6.4.9. Δ 8.5.6.4 Petroleum Industry. In addition to the applicable
8.5.6.1 General Industry. OSHA, NFPA, and ANSI regulations listed in 8.5.6.4.1 and
8.5.6.1 .1 General industry workplaces covered by OSHA
8.5.6.4.2, API standards, including, but not limited to, those
should follow the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.251–1910.255, listed in 8.5.6.4.1 through 8.5.6.4.9, contain information rela‐
as a minimum. 29 CFR 1910 provides both general and specifc ted to hot work in the petroleum industry.
requirements for oxygen–fuel gas welding and cutting, arc 8.5.6.4.1 API STD 653, Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and
welding and cutting, and resistance welding. In addition to the Reconstruction. This document covers the inspection, repair,
OSHA general industry requirements, additional industry- alteration, and reconstruction of steel aboveground storage
specifc standards should be considered as applicable. Regula‐ tanks used in the petroleum and chemical industries. It
tory requirements for other countries and jurisdictions should provides the minimum requirements for maintaining the integ‐
also be followed. rity of welded or riveted, nonrefrigerated, atmospheric pres‐
8.5.6.1 .2 ANSI Z49.1, Safety in Welding, Cutting, and Allied
sure, aboveground storage tanks after they are placed in
Processes, provides for safe welding and cutting operations and service.
the setup and use of welding and cutting equipment. ANSI Δ 8.5.6.4.2 API RP 2009, Safe Welding, Cutting, and Hot Work Prac‐
Z49.1 contains specifc provisions for oxygen–fuel gas welding tices in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries. This docu‐
and cutting, arc welding and cutting, resistance welding, elec‐ ment provides guidelines for safely conducting welding,
tron beam welding, laser beam cutting and welding, and braz‐ cutting, or other hot work activities in refneries, gas plants,
ing and soldering. The standard is generally applicable to other petrochemical plants, and other facilities in the petroleum and
welding processes such as submerged arc welding and allied petrochemical industries. It provides specifc guidance on eval‐
processes. uating procedures for certain types of work on equipment in
8.5.6.1 .3 NFPA 51B provides guidance for those who manage,
service. It does not cover regulation or code compliance, hot
supervise, and perform hot work. tapping, welding techniques, normal “safe work” practices, or
entry into or work in inert environments.
8.5.6.1 .4 NFPA 326, Standard for the Safeguarding of Tanks and Requirements for Safe Entry and Clean‐
Containers for Entry, Cleaning, or Repair. This NFPA standard 8.5.6.4.3 API STD 201 5,
ing of Petroleum Storage Tanks. This standard contains safety
outlines procedures for safeguarding tanks or containers, oper‐ practices for preparing, emptying, isolating, ventilating, testing,
ating at normal atmospheric pressure, that contain or have cleaning, entering, and hot work and recommissioning activi‐
contained fammable or combustible liquids or other hazard‐ ties in, on, and around atmospheric and low-pressure [up to
ous substances before entry, cleaning, repair, or other activities and including gauge pressure of 15 psi (103 kilopascals)]
can be performed. aboveground storage tanks that contained fammable, combus‐
N 8.5.6.1 .5 API RP 2009, Safe Welding, Cutting, and Hot Work Prac‐ tible, or toxic materials. This standard directs users from
tices in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries. This API decommissioning (removal from service) through recommis‐
recommended practice provides guidance for hot work in the sioning (return to service). This standard applies to stationary
petroleum and petrochemical industries. tanks used in all sectors of petroleum and petrochemical plants
and terminals.
N 8.5.6.1 .6 AWS Safety and Health Fact Sheet Bundle for Chemical
Industry Welding. These American Welding Society fact sheets Δ 8.5.6.4.4 API RP 201 6, Guidelines and Procedures for Entering
provide information regarding hot work, including performing and Cleaning Petroleum Storage Tanks. This recommended prac‐
hot work within confned spaces. tice supplements the requirements of API 2015, Requirements for
Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petroleum Storage Tanks. API 2016
8.5.6.2 Construction Industry. provides guidance and information on the specifc aspects of
8.5.6.2.1 In construction settings, 29 CFR 1926.350 to
tank cleaning to assist in conducting safe tank cleaning opera‐
1926.354 provides information on gas welding and cutting; arc tions in accordance with the requirements of API 2015.
welding and cutting; fre prevention; ventilation for welding, 8.5.6.4.5 API RP 2027, Ignition Hazards and Safe Work Practices
cutting, and heating; and welding, cutting and heating preser‐ for Abrasive Blasting of Atmospheric Storage Tanks in Hydrocarbon
vative coatings. Service. This document identifes the ignition hazards involved
8.5.6.2.2 NFPA 51B provides guidance for those who manage,
in abrasive blasting of the exterior of hydrocarbon storage
supervise, and perform hot work in the construction industry. tanks that contain a fammable mixture or a mixture that can

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-30 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

become fammable when mixed with air. It also provides opera‐ isolated as indicated in 8.6.3 provided that the Entry Supervisor
tional guidelines for procedures that signifcantly reduce igni‐ determines that the materials in these lines are not impacted
tion risks during abrasive blasting of hydrocarbon tanks that by the work being done in the space and do not create a hazard
may contain a fammable vapor space. to workers in the space.
8.5.6.4.6 API PUBL 2202, Dismantling and Disposing of Steel 8.6.6* Where it is necessary for equipment to continue to
from Aboveground Leaded Gasoline Storage Tanks. This docu‐ operate (not be isolated) in order to perform work within the
ment outlines precautions to protect personnel from hazard‐ space, the Entry Supervisor should ensure that the work is
ous exposure to lead antiknock compounds where dismantling performed using approved alternative methods or that control
and disposing of tanks that contained leaded gasoline. measures provide effective protection for workers in the space.
8.5.6.4.7 API RP 2207, Preparing Tank Bottoms for Hot Work. 8.6.7 Regulations and Standards for Energy Control.
This publication addresses the safety aspects of hot work on 8.6.7.1 In the United States, OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.147
petroleum storage tank bottoms. It discusses safety precautions covers the prevention of accidental startup of equipment and
for preventing fres, explosions, and associated injuries. machinery or release of stored energy. 29 CFR 1910.333
Δ 8.5.6.4.8 API RP 2201 , Safe Hot Tapping Practices in the Petro‐ contains specifc requirements for de-energizing and locking
leum and Petrochemical Industries. This publication provides out electrical equipment. OSHA electrical safe work practices
information for conducting hot tapping operations on in- requirements were derived from NFPA 70E, which provides
service equipment in the petroleum and petrochemical indus‐ comprehensive electrical safety information to prevent shock,
tries. Hot tapping is usually performed where it is not feasible, arc, and other electrical safety hazards.
or is impractical, to take the equipment or piping out of service 8.6.7.2 ANSI/ASSE Z244.1, Control of Hazardous Energy — Lock‐
or to purge or clean it by conventional methods. out/Tagout and Alternative Methods, also establishes requirements
N 8.5.6.4.9 API STD 221 7A, Guidelines for Safe Work in Inert for the control of hazardous energy associated with machines,
Confned Spaces in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries. equipment, or processes that could cause injury to personnel.
This publication provides guidance for safely entering and 8.6.7.3 Entry Supervisors should ensure that hot tapping on
working within confned spaces that have been intentionally tanks, vessels, and lines containing products in the petroleum
purged with an inert gas until the oxygen level in the space is and petrochemical industries is in accordance with the proce‐
too low to support combustion. dures and safe practices provided in API RP 2201, Safe Hot
8.6 Energy Sources. All sources of energy — mechanical, elec‐ Tapping Practices in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries.
trical, hydraulic, chemical, or stored energy — in confned
spaces that could impact worker safety should be eliminated 8.7 Portable Electrical and Mechanical Equipment Used in and
f Entry Supervisors should ensure
using the appropriate isolation or lockout/tagout procedures Adj acent to Con ned Spaces.
that electrical and mechanical equipment used in confned
in accordance with regulatory requirements and the Owner’s/ spaces is approved, listed, labeled, and authorized as applicable
Operator’s or Contractor’s/Subcontractor’s isolation program for its intended use. All approved equipment, including, but
prior to issuance of an entry permit. not limited to, the following should be inspected by a qualifed
8.6.1 All workplaces with con f ned spaces that contain energy person prior to use to be sure that it is in safe operating condi‐
sources requiring isolation and/or lockout/tagout should have tion:
an energy control program developed and implemented by the (1) Lighting (low voltage and/or approved)
Owner/Operator or by the Contractor/Subcontractor respon‐ (2) Communication equipment, including approved cell
sible for isolation. phones, pagers, and two-way radios
Δ 8.6.2* The Isolation Specialist or Entry Supervisor should (3) Battery-operated tools
(4) Ventilation equipment and systems
verify that all energy sources that could potentially impact oper‐
ations within and around the confned space have been isola‐ (5) Portable electric and pneumatic tools
ted, locked out/tagged out, or otherwise safeguarded prior to (6) Welding and cutting equipment
the issuance of an entry permit. If there is a need to enter the (7) Mechanical equipment
space to verify that sources have been de-energized, the entry (8) Extension cords
should be performed by an Isolation Specialist, who also quali‐ (9) Compressors, pumps, and hoses
fes as an Entrant, following the permit process and entry (10) Lifting equipment, including hoists, pulleys, and ropes
procedures provided in this guide. (11) Rescue equipment
Δ 8.6.3 Pipes and lines containing materials that could enter 8.7.1 Wet and Damp Locations. Entry Supervisors should
make sure that all electrical equipment for use in wet or damp
into the confned space should be disconnected and drained.
Pipes and lines should also be double blocked, blanked, bled, locations is equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters and
fushed, purged, or otherwise isolated by the Isolation Special‐ inspected by a qualifed person prior to use to confrm it is in
ist prior to issuing an Entry Permit. good condition and intrinsically safe.
8.6.4 Pipes and lines that run through a con f ned space that 8.7.2 Hazardous Locations.
will be worked on from inside the space need to be disconnec‐ Entry Supervisors should ensure that all electrical
ted and drained. Pipes and lines should also be double 8.7.2.1 *
and mechanical equipment for use in fammable or potentially
blocked, blanked, bled, fushed, purged, or otherwise isolated fammable atmospheres is approved and inspected by a quali‐
by the Isolation Specialist prior to issuing an Entry Permit. fed person prior to use to confrm that it is in good condition,
8.6.5 Pipes and lines that run through but do not terminate is intrinsically safe, and will not create a source of ignition.
within a confned space do not need to be disconnected or

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 HAZARD ELIMINATION, MITIGATION, OR CONTROL 350-31

8.7.2.2* Entry Supervisors should make sure that all electrical (1) Vapor- and gas-freeing, degassing, fushing, and ventila‐
and mechanical equipment for use in areas where combustible tion equipment and appurtenances, such as blowers and
dusts may be present should be approved and inspected by a eductors; inert gas piping and connections; water, fuel,
qualifed person prior to use to confrm it is in good condition, oil, and steam piping, hoses, nozzles, and connections;
is intrinsically safe, and will not create a source of ignition. f ame and detonation arrestors; and f exible vapor intake
8.7.2.3* Entry Supervisors should ensure that all electrical
and exhaust ducting
and mechanical equipment for use in areas where easily ignita‐ (2)* Vacuum trucks used for removing materials and, degass‐
ble fbers or fyings may be present is approved and inspected ing and exhausting vapors from a confned space (truck
by a qualifed person prior to use to confrm it is in good condi‐ suction and discharge hoses should be electrically
tion, is intrinsically safe, and will not create a source of igni‐ bonded to both the truck and the space, and grounded)
tion. (3) Hoses and nozzles used to inject product, steam, chemi‐
cals, solvents, or water into a tank to dislodge and fush
8.7.2.4 Entry Supervisors should make sure that equipment residue and sludge or wet down pyrophoric deposits
brought into confned spaces is approved and inspected by a (hoses and nozzles should be bonded to the space and
qualifed person to confrm there are no exposed electrical equipment should be grounded)
components that could cause harm or be a source of ignition, (4) Abrasive blasting hoses, nozzles, and equipment (bonded
and that moving parts are appropriately guarded or designed to the space and grounded)
to prevent damage, injury, or death from contact, entangle‐ (5) Mechanized portable and robotic cleaning equipment
ment, or entrapment. (bonded to the space and grounded)
(6) Welding, cutting, grinding, and hot tapping equipment
8.7.3 Regulations and Standards. Owners/Operators and (bonded to the work and grounded to dissipate stray
Contractors/Subcontractors should ensure that designated currents)
Entry Supervisors are aware of all standards and regulations
applicable to classifed areas within facilities where work in 8.8.2 Grounding (Earthing) . Entry Supervisors should ensure
confned spaces is to be performed. that equipment is properly bonded to the power source and
that the power source is properly grounded. Where power is
8.8 Bonding and Grounding for Flammable and Combustible provided by power lines, the electrical ground should be tied in
Materials. All confned space personnel should be aware that at the breaker box. For portable generator sets, the unit should
static electricity can be generated in several ways, most typically be bonded to the frame. Portable generator sets can be staked
when two dissimilar materials, which could be solids, liquids, or to form an earth grounding system or grounded to a facility
gases, rub against one another. The accumulation of a static ground system. Grounding should be consistent with the equip‐
charge creates a potential safety hazard in that the charge can ment manufacturer’s instructions and applicable national and
be quickly dissipated, creating a spark. If the spark is hot local electrical wiring codes.
enough it can become the source of ignition for a fre or explo‐
sion if there are fammable or combustible gases, vapors, or 8.8.3* Regulations and Standards for Bonding and Grounding.
dusts present in the atmosphere within a fammable range. The Owners/Operators and Contractors/Subcontractors should be
following are ways to prevent static discharges: aware of all standards and regulatory requirements applicable
(1) Objects can be grounded, which is a means for static elec‐ to grounding and bonding and provide appropriate safe practi‐
tricity that may have accumulated on one or more insula‐ ces in their confned space programs.
ted objects to safely dissipate to the ground. Δ 8.9 Ignition Sources. Entry Supervisors should be aware that
(2) Objects can be bonded, which provides for equalization fammable or combustible liquids, vapors, and gases or
of the static electric charge on two objects so that there is combustible dusts and fbers may be released both in and
no need for a spark to jump from one to another. around a confned space during working, ventilation, inerting,
(3) Objects can be both grounded and bonded (e.g., one or gas freeing, or when removing, agitating, or cleaning resi‐
object is grounded to the earth and then bonded to due inside the space. All confned space personnel should be
another object with a conductive material, such as copper aware that in addition to hot work (see Section 8. 4), ignition
wire). sources that should be eliminated, mitigated, or controlled
8.8.1 * Bonding. Entry Supervisors, Attendants, Entrants, and
include, but are not limited to, the following:
all workers in and adjacent to confned spaces should be aware (1) Internal combustion engines located within an unsafe
that equipment, accessories, and appurtenances used in area, such as less than 50 ft (15.2 m) downwind from,
confned space entry, ventilation, cleaning, and other opera‐ near, or adjacent to the space
tions may be capable of generating an electrostatic charge. (2) Nonexplosionproof electrical equipment and electrical
Entry Supervisors should ensure that such objects are electri‐ equipment not rated for the location or proposed opera‐
cally bonded to the confned space to avoid generating static tion
electric sparks. (3) Nonbonded/nongrounded electrostatic generating
equipment, such as welding machines, fans and educ‐
Δ 8.8.1 .1 Requirements. Before use, the Entry Supervisor tors, vacuum trucks, portable generators, and pumps
should make sure that a qualifed person thoroughly inspects (4) Nonapproved lighting equipment
all cleaning equipment, nozzles, hoses, couplings, and accesso‐ (5) Smoking or open fames
ries that could potentially create an electrical static charge to (6) Blast cleaning equipment and blasting operations
ensure that they are properly bonded and grounded, if neces‐ (7) Grinding and cutting equipment and operations
sary. Inspections should include, but not be limited to, the (8) Unprotected pyrophoric iron sulfde deposits within the
following: space

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-32 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

(9) Nonapproved heating equipment, such as space heaters point able to withstand 5000 lb (2268 kg) of force or engi‐
and hot plates neered with a 2:1 safety factor.
(10) Vacuum trucks and vacuum operations 8.1 0.2.2 Where utilizing portable ladders, three points of
(11) Nonapproved communication devices, including cell contact should be maintained at all times.
phones, two-way radios, and pagers
8.1 0.2.3 Where Entrants need to be lowered vertically into a
8.9.1 Entry Supervisors should ensure that ignition sources
inside and adjacent to confned spaces are eliminated, confned space, a secondary form of protection should be used,
removed, or controlled. such as a self-retracting device or a belay line attached to a suit‐
able anchor point able to withstand 5000 lb (2268 kg) of force
8.9.2 Entry Supervisors should identify and evaluate ignition or engineered with a 2:1 safety factor.
sources regardless of whether or not there is potential for 8.1 0.3 Fall protection for vertical rescue descents should be in
combustible materials or a fammable or combustible atmos‐ accordance with Chapter 10.
phere in or around the space.
8.1 0 Fall Protection. Fall protection should be maintained for
8.1 1 Slip, Trip, Ingress, Egress, and Entanglement Hazards.

all those working in and around confned spaces where falls 8.1 1 .1 Entry Supervisors should ensure that walking surfaces
greater than 4 ft (1.2 m) could occur. Confned space fall are cleaned and dried to eliminate slip hazards (e.g., deicing,
hazards should be managed using the following fall protection removal of oil). Where this cannot be initially achieved, Entry
hierarchy: Supervisors should ensure that Entrants use nonslip footwear.
(1) Elimination. Removal of the hazard by covering all vertical Δ 8.1 1 .2 Entry Supervisors and Entrants should ensure that trip
entry points until entry is required hazards are clearly identifed and/or fagged or marked and
(2) Protection. Use of approved guardrail systems to provide a that cords, lines, tubing, ducting, and hoses brought into the
controlled access zone around all vertical entry points space are placed and secured to minimize trip hazards in work
(3) Restriction. Use of positioning or restraint devices to elimi‐ areas and pathways of travel.
nate the possibility of a fall for all personnel outside of
the immediate vertical entry point 8.1 1 .3 Entry Supervisors should make sure that non f xed
(4) Fall arrest. Use of approved fall arrest/belay devices to entanglements not required for entry and/or work are
limit the maximum arresting forces to below 1800 lb removed from the space to minimize hazards where necessary.
(816 kg) for a fall greater than 4 ft (1.2 m) above the Fixed entanglements should be recognized and appropriate
lower level of the vertical entry point for all personnel precautions should be implemented by the Entry Supervisor to
exposed to a fall hazard during confned space opera‐ control the potential hazard.
tions 8.1 1 .4 Entry Supervisors should ensure that approved in-space
8.1 0.1 Guarded Openings. Falls into con f ned spaces can lighting used in accordance with Section 8.5 provides enough
occur when entering, working inside of, or working outside a illumination so that all surfaces and obstructions are clearly
confned space. Floor and wall openings that lead into or may visible to those working in the space. Portable lighting should
be within confned spaces should be protected to prevent falls be approved for the location in which it is used in accordance
from occurring. There are a number of ways to do this as listed with the applicable confned space program and permit
in 8.10.1.1 through 8.10.1.3. requirements.
8.1 0.1 .1 Controlled access zones can be used during con f ned 8.1 1 .4.1 Pathways into (ingress) and out of (egress) the
space operations to limit exposure to any open spaces or lead‐ confned space should be illuminated suffciently for rescue
ing edges where persons can accidentally walk. This can personnel.
include an Attendant warning of potential fall hazards or erect‐ 8.1 1 .5 Wherever surfaces remain slippery or wet, Entry Super‐
ing a barricade around the space. visors should consider the use of noncombustible portable
8.1 0.1 .2 Restraint systems can be used during con f ned space f oor mats or duck boards to raise the entry base above the
operations where a worker needs to work near an opening or level of the liquid surface inside the confned space.
leading edge. A properly ftted full-body harness can be 8.1 2 Lighting. Entry Supervisors can use approved, safe light‐
attached to a short lanyard and secured to a suitable anchor ing in accordance with the applicable confned space program.
point able to withstand 5000 lb (2268 kg) of force. The lighting selection should consider any hazards presented
8.1 0.1 .3 Fall arrest systems can be used during con f ned space by the presence of fammable or combustible liquids, vapors, or
operations where the risk of a fall cannot be eliminated via gases in accordance with Section 8.7. Additional lighting
controlled access or restraint systems. A properly ftted full- options include, but are not limited to, approved helmet lights,
body harness with a self-retracting device or belay line system approved low-voltage portable lighting, approved fashlights,
can be attached to a suitable anchor point able to withstand and other approved lighting sources. Entry Supervisors and
5000 lb (2268 kg) of force or engineered with a 2:1 safety workers should also be aware that cyalume lights (i.e., glow
factor. sticks) can be used as backup lighting should the primary light‐
ing fail and can also be used to mark a means of ingress and
8.1 0.2 Access.
egress in poorly lit or extended confned spaces.
8.1 0.2.1 Where utilizing f xed ladders, Entrants should main‐
8.1 3* Animals. The con f ned space should be visually inspec‐
tain three points of contact at all times. Ladders extending ted by the entry supervisor prior to entry, and any potentially
beyond 20 ft (6.1 m) should be equipped with a ladder climb‐ dangerous animals or insects should be removed or eliminated.
ing system or a secondary form of protection, such as a self- If an extermination chemical is used, it might be necessary to
retracting device or a belay line attached to a suitable anchor

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.

EDUFIRE.IR
 VENTILATION 350-33

have the environment in and around the space reassessed prior 9.1.2 Ventilation needs should be determined initially by the
to permitting entry. The Gas Tester should include the pesti‐ Entry Supervisor and Ventilation Specialist via a hazard evalua‐
cide hazard when retesting. The Entry Supervisor should deter‐ tion and risk assessment conducted in accordance with Chap‐
mine if the space needs to be ventilated and if respiratory ter 6.
protection and/or protective clothing and gloves should be 9.1.3* Where considering ventilation, the Entry Supervisor
worn by the Gas Testers and workers to prevent skin exposure and Ventilation Specialist should understand the differences
to the chemicals. between ventilation and purging. These terms are often used
8.14* Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Entry Supervi‐ interchangeably, but actually apply to different atmospheric
sors should ensure that PPE is worn in accordance with the hazard control methods. Ventilation provides a means to intro‐
requirements of the entry permit where engineering or admin‐ duce breathing quality air to enter a space and control contam‐
istrative controls cannot fully eliminate hazards to workers. inants in that space through mixing and dilution. Purging is
Δ 8.14.1 Entry Supervisors should make sure that all confned the use of air, water or another safe liquid, steam, or an inert
space workers wear approved PPE including, but not limited to, gas to displace a hazardous atmosphere within the space. (See
Section 9.3.)
eye protection, head protection, foot protection, hand protec‐
tion, protective clothing, respiratory protection, and hearing 9.2 Ventilation Types. There are two types of ventilation that
protection as required by the entry or hot work permit. Work‐ can be used in confned space applications — natural and
ers should be aware that injuries can be prevented or mitigated mechanical.
by the use of PPE . The Entry Supervisor might consider addi‐ 9.2.1* Natural Ventilation. Natural ventilation is when breath‐
tional PPE including, but not limited to, knee and elbow pads ing quality air outside a confned space is allowed to enter and
for crawlspaces and cooling vests for hot environments. mix with the atmosphere in a confned space through natural
8.14.2 The Entry Supervisor should list all required PPE on pressure differentials without mechanical assistance.
the entry permit in accordance with the facility and/or 9.2.1.1 Natural ventilation should only be used when a docu‐
Contractor confned space entry program, industry standards, mented hazard evaluation and risk assessment demonstrates
and regulatory requirements. that its use will naturally supply adequate breathing quality air
8.14.3 The Entry Supervisor should ensure that PPE selection to control atmospheric contaminants to acceptable levels
is based on the risk/hazard assessment and that the equipment within the confned space.
is used in accordance with the Owner/Operator or Contrac‐ Δ 9.2.1.2* Where natural ventilation is used, the Entry Supervi‐
tor/Subcontractor PPE program, industry standards, and appli‐ sor should ensure the atmosphere is continuously monitored to
cable regulations. ensure safe entry is maintained in accordance with the entry
8.14.3.1* Owners/Operators and Entrant Employers should conditions specifed on the entry permit.
consider the general PPE requirements, including, but not 9.2.2 Mechanical Ventilation. Mechanical ventilation is the
limited to, hazard assessments, maintenance, and training, use of one or more powered air-moving devices (e.g., fan,
provided in applicable regulations and standards. blower, eductor) to either push air into or pull air out of a
8.14.3.2 Entry Supervisors should be aware that wherever skin confned space to create a slight vacuum that allows breathing
exposure to chemicals is a concern, appropriate protective quality air to enter and circulate in the space. This process
clothing should be worn by confned space personnel. When introduces breathing quality air, removes contaminants or
developing and implementing PPE programs, Owners/Opera‐ mixes, and dilutes contaminated air within a space. There are
tors and Contractors/Subcontractors should be aware that two types of mechanical ventilation: general (or dilution) and
there is no single source of information for chemical protective local exhaust.
clothing; however, chemical protective clothing manufacturers 9.2.2.1* General (Dilution) Ventilation. General ventilation
can often provide information on the proper protective cloth‐ can be achieved via the introduction of breathing air into a
ing for specifc chemicals. (See also NFPA 1991 and NFPA 1992.) confned space or by exhausting air from within the confned
space using powered air-moving devices, or a combination of
Chapter 9 Ventilation both techniques.
9.1 General. The purpose of this chapter is to specify the 9.2.2.1.1 Supply ventilation uses one or more powered air-
minimum recommended practices for ventilation to protect moving devices oriented so that outside uncontaminated air is
workers who inspect, test, or work in confned spaces. pushed into the confned space. Depending upon the size and
confguration of the space and capacity of the air-moving devi‐
Δ 9.1.1* Ventilation is used to supply adequate breathing quality ces, ducting might be necessary to direct the supply air a
air to an oxygen-defcient atmosphere or a potential oxygen- greater distance into the space to reach areas where Entrants
defcient atmosphere, remove or control atmospheric contami‐ will work.
nants, and control temperature for comfort. However, in most 9.2.2.1.1.1 The Entry Supervisor and Ventilation Specialist
confned space applications, supplying breathing air and should ensure that the source of supply air is from a known
controlling atmospheric contaminants are the primary purpose contaminant-free location.
of ventilation. Ventilation is used to establish initial safe condi‐
tions (prior to initial entry) and may be necessary to maintain 9.2.2.1.1.2 Supply ventilation can be less effective for control‐
safe conditions during entry where there is a potential for ling highly toxic contaminants as contaminants could be
changing atmospheric conditions within a space (e.g., presence spread before dilution becomes effective. Where highly toxic
of residues or hot work). contaminants are present in a confned space, the Entry Super‐
visor and Ventilation Specialist should determine if a different

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-34 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

control method (e.g., local exhaust, purging, or inerting) is (4) If the confned space was used to store or contain one or
appropriate to ensure the safety of Entrants. more hazardous materials
9.2.2.1.2* Exhaust ventilation uses an air-moving device orien‐
(5) The current use of the confned space, which might
ted so that air is pulled from within the confned space to contribute to the existence of hazards within the space
create a vacuum that allows outside air to enter the space. (6) Whether work processes in or adjacent to the space could
introduce atmospheric hazards into the confned space
Δ 9.2.2.1.2.1* The Entry Supervisor should determine if the (7) The type of ventilation equipment available
area or location where exhaust ventilation is discharged from 9.3.1.2* Based upon the volume of the confned space, the
the confned space should be tested or monitored to ensure capacity of the air-moving device(s), and the nature of the
contaminants are dissipating to the atmosphere upon hazardous atmosphere within the space (see 9. 3. 2), the Ventila‐
discharge and that contaminants do not create a hazard for tion Specialist should determine the required time for a single
workers outside the confned space. air change and the number of air changes that are necessary to
9.2.2.1.2.2 The Entry Supervisor and Ventilation Specialist ensure a stable atmosphere within the confned space. The
should ensure the area or location where exhaust ventilation is required time and volume of air should be based upon the
discharged from the confned space is located such that ventilation equipment manufacturer’s specifcations and in
contaminants do not re-enter the space through the ventilation accordance with the written confned space entry program and
supply air source. (See Section 9. 5. ) any applicable regulatory requirements or consensus standards.
9.2.2.1.2.3 The Entry Supervisor and Ventilation Specialist 9.3.2 Contaminant Characterization. When selecting and
should ensure the source for the makeup or replacement air is designing a ventilation system, the Ventilation Specialist should
free of contaminants. consider the physical and chemical properties of gases, vapors,
dusts, and all other contaminants that might be present in a
9.2.2.1.3 The Entry Supervisor and Ventilation Specialist confned space. Considerations should include, but not neces‐
should consider using supply and exhaust ventilation together sarily be limited to, the following:
wherever suffcient openings into the confned space enable (1) Characteristics of air, vapor, gas, and dust movement
such an arrangement. within the space
9.2.2.1.4* Ventilation equipment can generate and accumu‐ (2) Density for gases and vapors
late static electrical charges, so the Ventilation Specialist should (3) Specifc gravity of liquids or residues
ensure that all equipment used in the ventilation system is (4) Vapor pressure and emission rate
properly bonded and/or grounded wherever a fammable or (5) Effect(s) of space temperature on air contaminants
combustible contaminant exists within a confned space. (6) Flammability characteristics, such as fammable range
9.2.2.2 Local Exhaust Ventilation.
for gases and vapors or MEC for dusts
(7) Flash points
9.2.2.2.1* The Ventilation Specialist should use local exhaust (8) Boiling points
ventilation to capture and collect point source (localized or (9) Toxicity of contaminants and any OELs, such as PELs,
locally-created) atmospheric contaminants generated from RELs, and TLVs
specifc work activities or residues to limit the release of the (10) Stability characteristics of contaminants
contaminants to the confned space and prevent further 9.3.3 Ventilation Design Considerations.
contamination of the entire space.
9.3.3.1 The Ventilation Specialist should use supply ventila‐
9.2.2.2.2* Entry Supervisors and Entrants should be aware tion when ventilating a confned space to return atmospheric
that local exhaust is effective only when it is located and main‐ conditions to normal oxygen levels or to maintain safe atmos‐
tained as close as possible to the source of the contaminants. pheric concentrations within the established acceptable range.
9.2.3 Comfort Ventilation. The Entry Supervisor should 9.3.3.1.1 There are situations when the Ventilation Specialist
perform a hazard evaluation and risk assessment to determine should use exhaust ventilation instead of supply ventilation.
if heat or cold stress conditions exist and provide for heated or Examples of these types of situations include, but are not limi‐
cooled ventilation as necessary to avoid the effects of ted to, the following:
prolonged exposure to extreme temperature conditions.
(1) When controlling highly toxic atmospheric contaminants
9.3 Selection and Design of Ventilation. (2) When gases or vapors are above the upper explosive limit
9.3.1 General. (3) When friable asbestos is present in the space
Δ 9.3.1.1 The Entry Supervisor and Ventilation Specialist should 9.3.3.1.2* The Ventilation Specialist should ensure that supply
consider the following as part of the evaluation for identifying ventilation is only used when a clean source of makeup or
and selecting an appropriate ventilation method for control‐ return air is available. If compressed air is used in the ventila‐
ling a hazardous atmosphere within a confned space: tion system as a power source (e.g., in a pneumatic system) or
as a source of supply air, it must meet the requirements for
(1) Whether to use purging, inerting, or ventilation Grade D air.
(2) The size and confguration of the confned space, includ‐
ing the number and location of openings that can be 9.3.3.1.3* The Ventilation Specialist should ensure that supply
used for ventilation and Entrant ingress and egress ventilation is evaluated so that suffcient air fow reaches the
(3) The capacity requirements for selected ventilation equip‐ most distant point within the confned space where Entrants
ment will be present or working.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 VENTILATION 350-35

9.3.3.2* Exhaust ventilation should be cleaned or collected space atmosphere to the acceptable atmospheric conditions
wherever it might endanger workers outside the confned space specifed on the entry permit.
and in accordance with applicable environmental regulations. 9.3.4.3 The Ventilation Specialist should purge the confned
9.3.3.2.1* Exhaust ventilation should only use air-moving devi‐ space with an inert gas wherever hot work will be performed in
ces approved for use in a hazardous or classifed location when or adjacent to a confned space that has not been thoroughly
controlling fammable atmospheric contaminants. cleaned and freed of fammable gases, vapors, and residues in
9.3.3.2.2 The Ventilation Specialist should ensure that exhaust accordance with the safe work practices specifed in NFPA 51B.
ventilation is only used where a clean source of makeup or 9.3.4.4* The Entry Supervisor should warn all workers
return air is available. performing work near confned spaces that have been inerted
9.3.3.2.3 The Ventilation Specialist should ensure that exhaust that the inert gas might displace the oxygen in localized areas
ventilation is evaluated so that the air-moving device(s) are near the space and create unsafe levels of oxygen. The warning
located as close as possible to the contaminant source so should take the form of a barricade or similar visual notifca‐
contaminants are effectively captured or are safely exhausted tion that identifes the inerting location and the hazards
from the confned space as described in 8.4.1.2. presented by the operation.
9.3.4* Purging Applications and Design. The purging method 9.4 Ventilation Equipment.
and time should be determined by the Ventilation Specialist Δ 9.4.1 Air-Moving Devices. (See 3.3.6.)
based on contaminant characteristics, confguration of the Δ 9.4.1.1 Axial-Flow Fans. (See 3.3.6.1.)
confned space, specifcations of the ventilation equipment,
and the entry or work objective. Δ 9.4.1.2 Centrifugal-Flow Fans. (See 3.3.6.2.)
9.3.4.1* When purging is required to safely enter a storage Δ 9.4.1.3 Venturi-Type (Eductors). (See 3.3.6.3.)
tank or other confned space that previously contained a fam‐
mable liquid, it is important to reduce the potential for fre or 9.4.2 Duct Work. The evaluation conducted by the Entry
explosion. The Ventilation Specialist should purge the Supervisor and Ventilation Specialist as part of the selection
confned space with an inert gas to reduce the oxygen level and ventilation design (see 9.3.1.1) should include a determina‐
within the confned space. The entry supervisor should ensure tion on whether ventilation ductwork is necessary to achieve a
the inert gas valve is secured to prevent tampering with the gas stable atmosphere within the confned space.
fow during entry operations. A sign warning of the hazards of 9.4.2.1 The Ventilation Specialist should determine if it is
inert atmospheres should be posted as shown. necessary to attach fexible ducting to any air-moving device to
deliver the air to the designated location within or outside the
confned space. Flexible ducting may be used to direct exhaust
airfow to a predetermined outside location [such as 12 ft
DANGER DO NOT ENTER (3.7 m) above the surface level] or to an environmental collec‐
INERT GAS ENVIRONMENT ATMOSPHERE UNSAFE FOR tion system.
WORKERS 9.4.2.2 It is recommended that the Ventilation Specialist use
fexible ducting that includes a means to bond the duct mate‐
INSUFFICIENT OXYGEN FOR BREATHING rial, the air-moving device, and the space. The entire system
PERMIT REQUIRED FOR ENTRY should be grounded to control the generation of static electric‐
ity and dissipate any accumulated static electric charge.
Δ 9.3.4.1.1 When an inert gas purge is used to displace famma‐ 9.4.2.3* The Ventilation Specialist should determine condi‐
ble vapors that are within or exceed the fammable range, the
inert gas should be introduced by the Ventilation Specialist tions where collapsible, rolled, plastic tubing can be safely used
into the space and maintained until the fammable vapor as ventilation ductwork.
concentration has been reduced to approximately 20 percent 9.4.2.4 For entry into confned spaces with a single entry
of the LFL value for the gas or vapor present within the space. portal, the Ventilation Specialist should consider using a duct‐
9.3.4.1.2 Once the fammable vapor concentration has been work and blower adapter (e.g., a saddle) to minimize restric‐
lowered to a safe level, the Ventilation Specialist can then intro‐ tions to the space opening by the placement of the ductwork.
duce fresh air to displace the remaining fammable vapors and Δ 9.4.3* Thermal Oxidizers. Where ventilating tanks, vessels,
to increase the oxygen content within the confned space to and other confned spaces with fammable atmospheres, local
ambient fresh-air levels. environmental regulations often restrict ventilation discharge
9.3.4.1.3* While monitoring atmospheric conditions during emissions. The Ventilation Specialist should determine if the
the inerting process, the Gas Tester should be aware that the system requires a gas- or vapor-freeing tank connected to a
fammable vapor concentrations in the inerted atmosphere thermal oxidizer unit or vapor recovery system to safely use
cannot be detected by catalytic bead–type sensors, and the test‐ exhaust ventilation.
ing equipment manufacturer should be consulted to determine Δ 9.4.4* Bonding/Grounding. Static electricity is created when
any necessary steps to collect accurate measurements. supply or exhaust air moves through a fan, blower, or ducting.
9.3.4.2 The Ventilation Specialist should provide for the intro‐ When ventilation is used to dilute or exhaust fammable gases
duction of fresh air into the confned space to displace toxic or vapors, the Ventilation Specialist should control all ignition
contaminants or oxygen-defcient air and return the confned sources, including static electricity. Regulations and best practi‐
ces require that all air-moving devices, including attached duct‐

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-36 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

ing and appurtenances, be properly bonded to the space and Δ 9.5.7 The Ventilation Specialist should ensure that displace‐
grounded to ensure the dissipation of any accumulated static ment of the confned space atmosphere with uncontaminated
charge within the ventilation system. air is accomplished by one of the following methods:
Δ 9.4.5 Other Equipment. In addition to fexible ducting, the (1) Negative pressure or a vacuum used to pull outside air
into the confned space using an educator-type air-moving
ventilation installation might include other equipment, such as
adapters (e.g., a saddle), that attach through the opening of device or other similar equipment
the confned space to the air-moving device and ducting so as (2) Positive pressure or a diffused air blower or fan used to
not to completely obstruct the opening. push outside air into the confned space
(3) A combination of 9.5.7(1) and 9.5.7(2)
9.5 Ventilation Installation.
9.5.7.1 Where the Ventilation Specialist uses the method
9.5.1 The Ventilation Specialist should ensure that ventilation described in 9.5.7(2), the following conditions apply:
equipment and ductwork is arranged to reach the farthest (1) The connection between the eductor and the confned
point within the confned space, to maximize the turbulence in space should be airtight.
the space, to minimize the creation of dead air pockets, and to (2) Air should be drawn through the confned space to allow
stabilize the atmosphere within the entire space. cross ventilation and removal of vapors.
9.5.1 .1 * When evaluating the con f ned space con f guration, (3) All equipment should be bonded and grounded.
the Ventilation Specialist should consider obstructions within 9.5.7.2 Where the Ventilation Specialist uses the method
the space that restrict or limit air movement. described in 9.5.7(2), the following conditions apply:
9.5.1 .2 The Ventilation Specialist should identify the location,
size, and number of portals or openings that can be used for (1) If a fll opening that extends into the confned space is
ventilation when designing and installing a ventilation system. used as an air supply point, the portion of the fll pipe
that extends into the space should be removed. If entry is
9.5.1 .3 The location of openings can limit the ability to eff ‐ required to remove the fll pipe from a space with a fam‐
ciently and effectively move air throughout the entire confned mable atmosphere, then the space might require inerting
space. The Entry Supervisor and Ventilation Specialist should prior to entry.
identify any opening restrictions that could prevent the ventila‐ (2) The air should be supplied from an approved compressor
tion system from operating as designed. or blower that has been checked for delivery of Grade D
air that is free of contaminants.
9.5.1 .4* In placing the ventilation equipment during the (3) The air-diffusing pipe, if used, should be bonded to the
design of the ventilation system, openings for exhaust and confned space to control the accumulation and
supply air should be separated as much as possible to limit the discharge of static electricity.
potential for creating short-circuiting conditions.
9.5.8 Ventilation for Controlling Hazards of Extreme Heat or
9.5.2 The Ventilation Specialist should ensure ductwork is Cold.
installed so that it does not unnecessarily block access into or
out of the confned space. 9.5.8.1 Where entry and work in confned spaces involves
potential for exposure to temperature extremes, the Entry
9.5.3* The Entry Supervisor and Ventilation Specialist should Supervisor and Ventilation Specialist should determine if there
identify and implement any necessary precautions to control or is a need for comfort ventilation.
remove all ignition sources from the area when there is a
potential for the presence of fammable gases and vapors 9.5.8.2* Based upon the results of a hazard evaluation and
within the fammable range inside the confned space, at the risk assessment, the Ventilation Specialist should determine an
point of ventilation discharge, or in areas adjacent to the space. appropriate method to condition or warm the air within the
confned space as appropriate for the environment and work.
9.5.4* The Entry Supervisor and Ventilation Specialist should
evaluate the confned space for stratifed atmospheres (see 9.5.9* Purging. The Ventilation Specialist should determine if
Chapter 7) and ensure that ventilation ductwork is positioned to purging can be safely implemented based upon the results of a
remove or displace contaminants. hazard evaluation and risk assessment.
9.5.5 The Ventilation Specialist should ensure that all air- 9.5.1 0 Atmospheric Monitoring.
moving devices and related equipment are bonded and groun‐ The Gas Tester should conduct atmospheric testing
ded. 9.5.1 0.1
in accordance with Chapter 7 and as directed by the Entry
Δ 9.5.6 When fammable gases or vapors are exhausted from Supervisor.
within a confned space, the Ventilation Specialist should 9.5.1 0.2 If the hazard evaluation and risk assessment indicates
ensure that the discharge points from all exhaust ventilation that atmospheric conditions within the confned space can
processes that are not connected to scrubbing systems or other change adversely or without warning, the Entry Supervisor and
contaminant control systems are located a minimum of 3.7 m Ventilation Specialist should ensure continuous forced
(12 ft) above grade. The selection of the exhaust discharge mechanical ventilation and continuous atmospheric monitor‐
points and locations of personnel should ensure that exhausted ing is maintained during all entry and work.
contaminants are directed away from areas that might contain
sources of ignition and areas where personnel might be work‐
ing.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 RESCUE 350-37

9.5.10.3* If the hazard evaluation and risk assessment indicate Δ 10.1.2 Non-Entry Rescue — Attendant Capabilities. In a
that atmospheric conditions will not be maintained within confned space emergency where existing hazards may affect
acceptable levels at all times during entry and work, the Venti‐ others who would enter the space to provide rescue, it is best
lation Specialist should use fow monitoring, alarms, secondary practice to extract the incapacitated Entrant without entering
power systems, and similar backup systems to ensure the safety the space. In most cases, approved and appropriate non-entry
of Entrants and the integrity of the ventilation system and fresh rescue provisions (retrieval systems) should be utilized to allow
air supply. this option. However, it should be recognized that conditions
9.5.10.4 Where ventilation cannot or does not completely
may exist or arise that would prohibit the use of non-entry
eliminate a recognized atmospheric hazard, other protective rescue. This section is intended to address non-entry rescue.
measures or methods for controlling air contaminants and 10.1.2.1 Attendants’ Responsibility to Perform Non-Entry
protecting Entrants should be determined by the Entry Super‐ Rescue (Retrieval) Operations. Attendants should be respon‐
visor prior to entry authorization. sible for performing emergency notifcation and certain non-
9.6 Consideration in Selection of Ventilation. The Entry
entry rescue (retrieval) operations. If properly qualifed and
Supervisor and Ventilation Specialist should consider the trained, an Attendant may perform in the capacity of a
following during the selection of ventilation systems for confned space Rescuer once relieved of Attendant duties by
confned spaces: another qualifed Attendant.
(1) Source and quality of supply and makeup air 10.1.2.2 Concept and Purpose of Retrieval Systems for Non-
(2) Use of approved equipment where required (e.g., the entry Rescue. Retrieval systems are intended primarily to
electrical area classifcation and use of pneumatic or provide a means for removal of incapacitated, ill, or injured
steam-operated ventilation systems in fammable atmos‐ Entrants from a confned space. This provides a means for
pheres) removal without entering the space, which limits the exposure
(3) Bonding and grounding of all air-moving devices and any to other persons tasked with providing rescue. Retrieval systems
ducting or attachments should also be used by Rescue Entrants whenever possible.
(4) Noise levels associated with air-moving devices Although the confgurations of retrieval systems may differ
(5) Maintaining access and egress needs while ventilating signifcantly, if properly selected and confgured, these systems
spaces can also double as fall protection in spaces where fall hazards
(6) Time required to achieve initial safe conditions and/or exist.
for re-entry into a confned space Δ 10.1.2.2.1 Composition of Retrieval Systems. Retrieval
systems usually comprise a rope- or cable-based system, which is
Chapter 10 Rescue attached to the Entrant in such a way as to provide a profle
appropriate to the space’s confguration that would allow
10.1 Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to assist the successful removal from the space. The retrieval systems
Owner/Operator and the Entrant Employer in assessing a should, in most cases, provide a means of lifting or otherwise
rescue need within confned spaces, to identify the level of moving Entrants so that they can be removed without signif‐
operational capability, and to establish operational criteria. cant stress to the operator and without danger of stranding or,
in vertical rescue, dropping the Entrant should the system
Δ 10.1.1 General. Recognition and prevention of existing and release or fail during retrieval (progress capture).
potential hazards associated with confned space entry and N 10.1.2.2.1.1 In spaces with a vertical depth greater than 5 ft
operations may be the best method to avoid the need for (1.5 m), a means of retrieval that employs mechanical advant‐
rescue. Conducting a proper hazard evaluation and eliminat‐ age to reduce the force required, combined with a progress
ing, mitigating, or controlling all hazards should reduce or capture mechanism (to prevent drop if the system is released),
eliminate the chance of harm to Entrants, thereby also reduc‐ should be used.
ing the need for potential rescue.
N 10.1.1.1 Owners/Operators and Entrant Employers should N 10.1.2.2.1.2 In horizontally-oriented spaces, retrieval equip‐
train or educate Entrants to understand and protect themselves ment can be as simple as a rope, webbing, or cable system
from potential hazards, including the proper selection and attached to the Entrant’s harness or other appropriate type of
profcient use of PPE. Entrants should be trained that when body rigging (wristlets, anklets, wheeled or low-friction drag
they recognize a threat they should immediately exit the space devices, etc.) to allow removal from outside the space without
on their own power, which is better than waiting until they are endangering the Entrant. Horizontal rescue systems may not
incapacitated and require rescue. There are two types of rescue have a need for progress capture or a mechanical means of
options: non-entry rescue, in which ill or injured Entrants are retrieval if the Entrant is on a horizontal, low-friction surface.
removed without the Rescuers entering the space, and entry N 10.1.2.2.1.3 In all cases, the retrieval system should be appro‐
rescue, in which Rescuers enter the space to properly remove priately anchored outside the space to prevent the system from
ill or injured Entrants. being accidentally pulled into the space during operations,
N 10.1.1.2 The information provided in this guide should be rendering it ineffective.
applied by all Owners/Operators who are responsible for the
selection or provision of a response capability for rescue emer‐
gencies within confned spaces and who are associated with
confned space operations. The elements associated with
rescue program requirements should be identifed in the
hazard evaluation and risk assessment conducted by the
Owner/Operator or Entrant Employer.

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition

EDUFIRE.IR
 350-38 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Δ 10.1.2.2.2 Retrieval Systems for Entry and Fall Protection. adequate overhead anchor exists, but where multiple Entrants
Equipment utilized to create retrieval systems sometimes serves must enter the space or the device cannot be positioned above
other purposes. In the case of vertically confgured spaces the portal, it becomes more complicated to confgure all the
where no other means of self-assisted entry exists (e.g., ladders retrieval devices so that they can be easily monitored and effec‐
or stairs), retrieval systems having the capability of both lower‐ tively utilized in the event of an emergency.
ing and raising personnel can be used as the principal means (B) Retrieval systems might be required to lift incapacitated,
of entering and exiting the space. ill, or injured Entrants up and directly over the edge of the
N 10.1.2.2.2.1 Entry Supervisors should ensure that an approved portal. In such cases, Rescuers should have signifcant knowl‐
and appropriate redundantly anchored and operated backup edge of managing human bodies over such edges and the
system is utilized during nonemergency use of retrieval equip‐ equipment and systems necessary to effect retrieval without
ment in the event of failure of the primary system. For further injury to Entrants or themselves.
instance, a tripod and winch, used to lower Entrants into a (C) Appropriate assessment and training of all rescue person‐
space in a purely vertical environment, should also have a nel are vital to ensure proper confguration of these systems
backup protective system such as fall protection blocks, self- based on the circumstances surrounding the entry. It is impor‐
retracting lifelines, or belay systems. Backup systems should be tant that the retrieval system to be used accomplishes the
redundantly anchored completely independent of the primary rescue objective effectively and safely within an appropriate
system so that protection is provided in the event of a failure of time frame.
the primary system.
10.1.2.2.2.2 Where fall hazards exist within a confned space, 10.1.2.2.3.2 Retrieval System Confguration Considerations for
the retrieval system can also provide an adequate means of fall Rescue Entrants. As previously stated, entry for rescue still
protection to keep the Entrants safe from falls while working in requires the need for retrieval. Unless waived, retrieval systems
the space. For this to be effective, Entrants must be attached to can offer signifcant assistance to persons who are entering
individual retrieval systems anchored outside the space that spaces during an emergency. Consider the following question:
incorporate devices that will withstand the forces expected If it is important to maintain an immediate means of retrieval
from a fall while providing appropriate energy absorption to during normal entries when no emergency exists yet, how
make the fall tolerable to the Entrant’s body. These systems much more so is it in a situation where an emergency has
should be capable not only of preventing or arresting a fall but already occurred? Even when retrieval is possible, it is recom‐
also of removing an Entrant in the event of a fall. Fall protec‐ mended that Rescue Entrants have an appropriate number of
tion systems and recommended tolerances are addressed in trained backup Rescuers immediately available for entry rescue
detail in Chapter 8. Where possible, these systems should limit should a Rescue Entrant get in trouble. The number of backup
the ability of Entrants to approach unprotected edges, in effect Rescuers deemed appropriate depends upon the circumstances
becoming fall restraint rather than fall arrest systems. of the entry and should provide for effcient removal of the
Rescue Entrants. These rescue considerations vary signifcantly
Δ 10.1.2.2.3 Retrieval System Confgurations. Unless the from those of typical confned space entries.
requirement is waived, retrieval systems should maintain inde‐ Δ (A) Considerations may also vary due to the need for Rescuers
pendent lines on each Entrant to allow independent retrieval to handle emergencies quickly and safely by managing risks
of any Entrant should an incident occur. Retrieval systems and minimizing retrieval systems complications. Although inde‐
should be ready to provide immediate removal of an incapaci‐ pendent retrieval may be typical for most entries, Rescuers
tated, ill, or injured Entrant. Retrieval systems should be capa‐ should consider other issues. For example, when no fall
ble of actuation within seconds of recognition that an hazards exist within the space and breathing air systems are not
emergency requiring rescue exists. Unless the entry qualifes required for Rescue Entrants, they could consider placing
for waiver of retrieval systems, they should be attached to several Rescuers on a single retrieval line, spacing them out so
Entrants prior to entry and remain attached at all times until each can be independently retrieved one at a time. This makes
Entrants have left the space. A retrieval line should not be the rigging of the rescue systems necessary to lift and lower
disconnected inside a space during normal operations, unless Rescuers more effcient outside the space. However, the Rescu‐
necessary for entry rescue, since that would render the system ers should recognize that while this may be more manageable
ineffective in case of an emergency that requires retrieval from outside the space, there is additional rope between Rescuers
outside the space. Rescue Supervisors should be aware that inside the space that must be managed.
retrieval system confgurations used by Rescue Entrants can
vary from the typical in certain circumstances. (B) In the case of Rescuers on breathing air systems, inde‐
10.1.2.2.3.1 Retrieval System Confguration Considerations for pendent retrieval systems are recommended so that the frst
Typical Entries. In entries where portable anchor devices and Rescuer in is the frst Rescuer out, since fatigue or depletion of
manufactured systems are employed with only one Entrant, air supply typically affects the frst Rescuer earlier than subse‐
retrieval system confgurations can be very simple. Where the quent Rescue Entrants.
need for multiple Entrants occurs or specifc structural restric‐ (C) In cases where fall hazards exist, Rescuers should follow
tions in and around the space exist, confguring the systems the same guidelines as for typical entries by providing inde‐
can be complicated. pendent attachment to appropriate systems to act as fall protec‐
Δ (A) Although a simple tripod and winch system is a good tion.
option for retrieval in most cases, other approved and appro‐ (D) In general, Rescuers need more versatility in their
priate methods must be utilized when overhead or working retrieval systems while providing the same degree of effective‐
surfaces restrict the ability to erect a tripod. For example, a ness and safety associated with typical entry retrieval.
winch device or other manufactured system might be an excel‐
lent choice in a single-Entrant type of entry in which an

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 RESCUE 350-39

10.1.2.2.4 Ensuring Operational Readiness in Retrieval take into account the hazard versus the risk to the Entrant to
Systems. Retrieval systems should be ready at all times. To ensure safety.
ensure operational readiness, the following questions should 10.1.2.4 Owners/Operators and Entrant Employers should
be asked prior to entry: implement rescue procedures for the following Attendant
(1) Does everyone involved know the plan for retrieval? With‐ operations:
out communication of this plan of action, personnel (1) Recognizing the need for confned space search and
around the scene of the emergency may attempt to try rescue
many different options, which can slow retrieval or (2) Initiating contact and establishing communications with
render it ineffective. Know the plan! victims where possible
(2) Does everyone involved know his or her part in the (3)* Recognizing and identifying the hazards associated with
retrieval plan? While these systems typically are operated non-entry confned space emergencies
by the Attendant, more advanced systems require more (4) Advising the responding Rescuers of the situation and
than one person’s efforts to effect retrieval. Again, it is potential hazards
important that everyone involved knows who is doing (5) Recognizing specifc confned spaces, their ingress and
what. egress limitations, and internal confgurations
(3) Will the retrieval system work the way it is confgured? (6)* Identifying the need for and performing a non-entry
This may seem like an unreasonable question, but retrieval, based on the conditions present
retrieval equipment is frequently set up without regard (7)* Implementing the emergency response system for
for whether it will actually work. For instance, slightly confned space emergencies
offsetting a winch device from the center of a portal in a
vertically oriented space could trap ill or injured workers 10.1.3 Entry-Type Rescue. Government or jurisdictional regu‐
against the underside of the portal during extraction, lations often delineate between confned spaces that contain
creating signifcant potential for severe injury. A friction- actual or potential threats (hazards) that may necessitate
reducing device or other edge management method used rescue and those that do not have that potential. Confned
at the portal could prevent this from happening. In any spaces that do not contain a threat (or in some cases where the
case, systems should be tested prior to use to ensure that threats have been mitigated, controlled, or eliminated entirely)
everything works the way it was intended. may have no requirement for a rescue provision.
10.1.2.3 Limitations and Exceptions for Retrieval. It should Δ 10.1.3.1 The confned space rescue chapters of NFPA 1670
be recognized that retrieval is not always prudent or even possi‐ and NFPA 1006 consider all spaces to which they respond to
ble. In the case of spaces that contain internal confgurations possibly contain hazards. These standards make no delineation
that could entangle or trap a person against a structure, a line between confned spaces and permit-required confned spaces
attached to the Entrant might not function at all or, worse yet, since an emergency evoking a response has already occurred.
actually cause further harm to the Entrant during the retrieval These standards assume that a hazard may have caused this
attempt. emergency, regardless of whether that is the case.
10.1.2.3.1 The conditions within a space should be carefully 10.1.3.2 Many elements of a confned space rescue program,
evaluated to ensure that such dangers are mitigated, control‐ such as the need for a rescue provision and the mode of
led, or eliminated entirely. All spaces should be treated as response, should be addressed in the planning phase. The
though hazards are still present until their absence or control response phase addresses the approach to emergencies when
mechanism (including appropriate PPE) can be verifed. In they have occurred. All elements of the rescue operation
most cases where these types of internal hazards exist, the logi‐ should be carefully considered in the planning phase.
cal choice may be to forgo retrieval systems entirely to prevent
further rescue complications. The following questions should 10.1.3.3 The requirement for a rescue provision should not be
be considered when determining whether to use a retrieval based solely on the hazards within and around a space that
system: might create emergencies and make it diffcult to self-rescue.
(1) Would the retrieval equipment increase the overall risk of Also to be taken under consideration are the characteristics
entry? (If the answer to this question is yes, then the use that might make it diffcult for an ill or injured worker to be
of retrieval equipment can be waived.) removed when not under his or her own power, even if there
(2) Would the retrieval equipment contribute to the rescue are no atmospheric, engulfment, entrapment, or other chemi‐
of the Entrant? (If the answer to this question is no, the cal or physical hazards introduced to cause the emergency.
retrieval equipment can be waived.) Unless a space can be proved to have no potential for hazards
and no potential diffculty associated with removal of ill or
10.1.2.3.1.1 In these situations, it is important to ensure that injured Entrants, a rescue provision of some degree is
an entry-type rescue is available to respond in a timely manner. required.
Δ 10.1.2.3.1.2 It should be recognized that it may not be 10.1.3.4 Rescue Response Modes. The degree and rapidity of
prudent to utilize retrieval systems, regardless of the ability to response should be driven principally by the anticipated
rig and operate them effectively. For example, a worker who is hazards. Those spaces that contain known hazards should
positioned on built-up scaffolding within a space might fall and receive greater scrutiny and perhaps more rapid or complex
strike his head on an object. Simply operating the retrieval response based on the hazards. Consideration should also
system to extract this person without regard for a potential include those spaces where technical rescue may be required to
spinal injury could create permanent damage to his spine with move an ill or injured Entrant to a stable environment once
signifcant potential for paralysis. Retrieval operations should extracted from the space. Rescue capabilities should be evalu‐
ated to ensure they are appropriate to the response. Many
emergency response agencies do not have the training or

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-40 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

equipment to respond to confned space emergencies and risks) to Rescuers. In such cases, the decision should be made
simply summoning them to react to these specialized emergen‐ to downgrade the rescue effort, perhaps even to “body recov‐
cies without ascertaining that they are capable is unacceptable. ery.” The decision to change the approach to such an incident
It is important that the qualifcations of the Rescue Service be is generally the responsibility of the person in charge of the
assessed and verifed in advance of an emergency in accord‐ Rescue Service and can be loosely based on the following ques‐
ance with the recommendations provided in Section 10.2. tions. Rescue should not be performed if the answer to any of
Consideration should be given to three basic modes of rescue the following questions is no:
response: (1) Are there enough rescue team members to perform the
(1) Tier 1 — Those that have no recognized hazards but rescue safely?
could require technical rescue for extraction should a (2) Do Rescuers have the proper equipment to perform the
worker become incapacitated rescue safely?
(2) Tier 2 — Those with non-life-threatening hazards requir‐ (3) Do Rescuers have the proper training to perform the
ing rapid intervention rescue safely?
(3) Tier 3 — Those with life-threatening hazards requiring 10.1.3.5.2 Communications. Communications equipment and
immediate intervention methods are thoroughly outlined in Chapter 8, but it is impor‐
Δ 10.1.3.4.1* Tier 1 Response Mode. A Tier 1 response mode tant to note that the need for communications in rescue opera‐
may be indicated if a hazard evaluation has been performed tions should be based on the circumstances and the rescue
(in accordance with Chapter 6) and the space contains no objective, which means the choices made by the rescue team
potential for hazards, but its confguration would prohibit are not only about the type of communications equipment but
Entrants from being easily removed if they were to become also about the methods employed.
incapacitated due to either medical illness or injury. At mini‐ 10.1.3.5.2.1 The principle operational concerns regarding
mum, this should be applicable to any vertically oriented space communications for rescue operations involve not only
greater than 4 ft (1.2 m) in height, whether or not retrieval communication from inside the space to the outside, but also
equipment is in place. A Tier 1 capability suggests that a fully communication among Rescuers both inside and outside the
trained rescue team meeting the requirements of the techni‐ space. For example, teams utilizing rope-based or other rescue
cian level confned space rescue chapter in NFPA 1670 is availa‐ systems for lowering or raising Rescuers and rescuing Entrants
ble to respond within 5 minutes to the site and is capable of should have communications systems that operate defnitively
setup and rescue entry within 15 minutes of arrival on site. and safely. Communications systems remote from the portal or
10.1.3.4.2* Tier 2 Response Mode. A Tier 2 response mode is positioned in high-noise environments might require the use of
indicated if a space contains no IDLH or other potentially hand or other visible signals in addition to verbal or radio
immediate life-threatening hazards but does contain other communication methods. Within the interior of the space,
actual or potential hazards that could incapacitate Entrants or high-noise environments might require the use of equipment
prevent them from exiting the space without assistance (self- such as voice amplifers, and the use of breathing apparatus
rescue). A Tier 2 capability suggests that a fully trained rescue can inhibit the ability of Rescuers to speak clearly to one
team meeting the requirements of the technician level another or to Entrants, even in close proximity.
confned space rescue chapter in NFPA 1670 is on site with Δ 10.1.3.5.2.2 Communication methods used between team
appropriate capability to make safe entry for rescue. The team members outside the confned space and those inside the space
should be equipped and mobile and capable of setup and should provide backup in the event of a communications
rescue entry within 12 to 15 minutes of incident occurrence. system failure. For example, a rescue team utilizing portable
10.1.3.4.3* Tier 3 Response Mode. A Tier 3 response mode is radio systems as the primary means of communication between
indicated if work is occurring inside a space that contains an the inside and the outside of the space should have a secondary
IDLH or other immediately life-threatening hazard, either method of communication readily in place in the event of a
actual or potential. A Tier 3 capability suggests that a fully radio failure or interference. The backup method should
trained rescue team meeting the requirements of the techni‐ provide an appropriate substitute, which can be as simple as
cian level confned space rescue chapter in NFPA 1670 is stand‐ using a predesignated series of hand signals. Hard lines, which
ing by in the immediate area with appropriate capability to use communications cables that allow transmission of voice
make safe entry for rescue. This team should be completely set between two points, could be the simplest means of communi‐
up and capable of rescue entry within 2 minutes of incident cation between the outside and the inside of a space. While this
occurrence. The rescue team should be dedicated to this singu‐ may be a very good means of communication, circumstances
lar entry with no other responsibilities. such as entanglement hazards within the space or breaks in the
Δ 10.1.3.5* Protection of Personnel During Rescue. In general, line could render it ineffective. The selection of the primary
if the cause of the incident cannot be proved to be unrelated to and secondary communications system should be determined
the atmosphere, regardless of gas monitor readings, appropri‐ by the person who is performing the hazard and risk analysis
ate protection in the form of atmosphere-supplying respirators during the pre-incident rescue action planning phase of the
should be worn by Rescuers and provided to victims. If chemi‐ operation. Practicing the rescue action prior to actual confned
cal protective clothing is indicated by conditions, appropriate space entry provides the rescue team an opportunity to evalu‐
protection should be provided for Rescue Entrants as well. (See ate the effectiveness of the communication methods to be
Figure 10.1.3.5.)
used.
10.1.3.5.1* Rescue Versus Recovery. It should be recognized
that rescue is not always possible. Certain conditions may exist
that would create unreasonable risks (as opposed to calculated

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 RESCUE 350-41

Communications: Ability to
indicate that an emergency or
potential emergency can occur

Accountability of Entrants Inventory of spaces

and Attendants and classifications

Time: Evaluation of
Response mode: Tier I, II, or III internal and external
resources

Frequency of entry

Configuration of and access into Configuration of and Structural stability of space

and out of the space access to adjacent spaces

Purpose for entry and operations

as they affect rescue

Identification of immediate
hazards

Identification of condition and

number of patients; medical
assessment

Identification of necessary
resources

Rescue or recovery mode

Δ FIGURE 1 0.1 .3.5 Pre-Incident Action Planning and Assessment Flow Chart.

N 1 0.1 .4 f
Rescue Provisions in Con ned Spaces with No Hazards. immediate intervention. Unless a space can be proven to have
The decision to provide real-time monitoring (e.g., physical no potential for hazards and no potential diffculty or delay
direct observation, cameras, monitored wired or wireless “man- associated with appropriate treatment of ill or injured Entrants,
down” systems) and/or emergency treatment intervention for a means of real-time monitoring and/or treatment interven‐
confned space entrants should not be based solely on the tion is indicated, regardless of whether or not the space
hazards within and around a space. Medical emergencies can contains hazards.
happen at any time, even if all hazards have been eliminated. 1 0.2 Rescue Team Qualif cation. It is the ultimate responsibil‐
The characteristics that might make it diffcult for an ill or ity of the Owner/Operator to assure that the Rescue Service is
injured worker to be removed and/or appropriately treated qualifed and ready to perform rescue from spaces within their
when not under his or her own power should also be carefully jurisdiction. In turn, where the Owner/Operator has assigned
considered because they may create a situation requiring tech‐ this authority to an Entrant Employer and they have agreed to
nical rescue even though the space has no hazards. Such char‐ accept the responsibility to provide the Rescue Service, those
acteristics may include, but are not limited to, space providing the service should be held accountable to be fully
confgurations that lend to diffcult removal and remote areas prepared for the task. A Rescue Service should meet all
where delays in medical treatment response require forms of

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-42 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

requirements of the technician level confned space rescue and medical provisions at a level commensurate with the
chapter in NFPA 1670. The Owner/Operator should assure recommendations of this guide for rescue team members.
that qualifed Rescue Service candidates are appropriately 10.2.3 Performance Evaluations. Performance evaluations
contacted and informed of the attributes and hazards associ‐ are a principal means of deciding who is qualifed among a
ated with those spaces for which they will be responsible. After group of prospective Rescue Service providers. Performance
being informed and evaluated, the selected qualifed Rescue evaluations should be conducted by the Owner/Operator or
Service should formally agree to accept this role in order to be Entrant Employer prior to considering a Rescue Service and
considered for the position. A written agreement between the periodically thereafter to ensure that the provider’s perform‐
Owner/Operator and Rescue Service is recommended to ance is still satisfactory. Performance should be evaluated by
ensure this consent. means of simulated rescue operations in which the Rescue
10.2.1* Responsibility. The Entry Supervisor should ensure Service removes dummies, mannequins, or persons from actual
that the Rescue Service is qualifed to act in that capacity. On- confned spaces or from representative confned spaces resem‐
site, contracted, or contractor-supplied Rescue Services should bling all the spaces to which the Rescue Service could be
meet applicable requirements to ensure that their level of capa‐ required to respond in an emergency within their jurisdiction.
bility is commensurate with the task at hand. Assessment of the Representative confned spaces should, with respect to opening
Rescue Service’s qualifcations should consider the training, size, confguration, and accessibility, simulate the types of
standard operating procedures (SOPs), equipment, availability, confned spaces from which rescue could be performed.
and ability to perform rescue. An evaluation of the rescue 10.2.3.1* Team Composition for Evaluations. Evaluation of
team’s capabilities should include the overall timeliness of Rescue Service performance should include all combinations
response and a demonstration of the ability to perform safe of personnel expected to participate as members of that team.
and effective rescue in those types of spaces to which the team This may require multiple evaluations to ensure that all team
must respond. member compositions will provide the appropriate capability
Δ 10.2.2 Rescue Program Audits. The rescue requirements of for confned space rescue. Ad hoc or one-time rescue teams
confned space programs should be audited by a designated may need only a qualifying pre-operation evaluation.
person (or team) responsible for Rescue Services selection as 10.2.3.2 Frequency of Performance Evaluations. Perform‐
defned in 10.2.2.2. Audits should be conducted at least annu‐ ance evaluations should be repeated annually.
ally and when a management of change (MOC) occurs, affect‐
ing the space or operations, and in accordance with the 10.2.3.3 Components of Performance Evaluations. Perform‐
Owner’s/Operator’s or Entrant Employer’s confned space ance evaluations should include a means of evaluating the
program requirements or applicable government regulations. team’s ability to address patient care (prior to transfer of the
The Owner/Operator and Entrant Employer should also patient to the local EMS provider), rescue operations, and
review the rescue program following each rescue operation and safety and confned space operations and safety.
make adjustments if needed.
10.2.3.3.1 Patient Care Components. Patient care compo‐
Δ 10.2.2.1 Content of Audit. Confned space rescue program nents should include, but not be limited to, the following:
audits should be conducted in accordance with 10.2.2.2 to (1) Assessing and addressing critical immediate life-
include a full evaluation of the rescue program, regardless of threatening conditions
the source of the Rescue Service and its capability. The compo‐ (2) Assessing and addressing conditions that are not immedi‐
nents of the audit should include, but not be limited to, the ately life threatening
following: (3) Stabilization and packaging of the patient with regard to
(1) Evaluation of the rescue response plan injuries so as to prevent further harm if possible
(2) Review of the Rescue Service’s equipment, including the (4) Identifcation and means of access to appropriate treat‐
system utilized for inspection, inventory, history of use, ment facilities relative to specifc confned space–related
and documentation illness and/or injury, including, but not limited to, toxic
(3) Review of the Rescue Service’s SOPs to ensure they coin‐ exposure, chemical and physical burns, asphyxiation, and
cide with the needs of the response area physical trauma
(4) Evaluation of the Rescue Service’s availability and timeli‐
ness of response to ensure they are appropriate to the 10.2.3.3.2 Rescue Operations and Safety Components.
response required Rescue operations and safety components include, but are not
(5) Evaluation of the Rescue Service capability by means of a limited to, the following:
performance evaluation (1) Rescue system safety
(6) Review of the Rescue Service’s qualifcations and training (2) Rescue system effciency
records relative to both rescue and medical provisions (3) Team operations (command, control, and communica‐
(7) Review of the Rescue Service’s pre-incident emergency tions)
action plans for each space for which it is responsible
(8) Evaluation of the communication methods used for both 10.3 Hazard Evaluation and Risk Assessments. The Owner/
Rescue Service notifcation and operation at an emer‐ Operator or Entrant Employer should conduct a hazard evalua‐
gency tion and risk assessment of the response area and should deter‐
(9) Additions and corrections to the rescue plan based on mine the feasibility and type of incidents that might require
audit results confned space rescue operations.
10.2.2.2* Auditor Qualifcations. Confned space rescue
program audits should be conducted by a designated person or
group of persons trained in or familiar with rescue operations

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.

EDUFIRE.IR
 RESCUE 350-43

Δ 1 0.3.1 Components. These assessments should include, but performing confned space rescue should work together to
not be limited to, the following: establish operational procedures to ensure that confned space
(1) Evaluation of the environmental, physical, social, and rescue operations are performed in a manner that minimizes
cultural factors infuencing the scope, frequency, and threats to Rescuers, Entrants, and others in or around the
magnitude of a potential incident confned space area.
(2) Assessment of the impact that the factors may have on the 1 0.4.2 Evacuation Procedure. The applicable con f ned space
ability of the Owner/Operator or Entrant Employer to program should include an SOP to evacuate rescue team
respond to an incident and to continue operating while members and other personnel from an area and to account for
minimizing threats to Rescuers at an incident site their safety when a potential or imminent hazardous condition
(3) Identifcation and maintenance of a list of the type and arises. This procedure should include a method to notify all
availability of internal resources needed for technical personnel in the affected area immediately by a designated,
search and rescue incidents effective means, including, but not limited to, audible warning
(4) Identifcation of the type and availability of external devices, visual signals, and/or radio signals.
resources needed to augment existing capabilities in
confned space rescue incidents 1 0.5 Regulatory Compliance. The Owner/Operator and
(5) Determination of the potential to respond to rescue inci‐ Entrant Employer should comply with all applicable local,
dents that might involve nuclear or biological weapons, state, and federal laws and regulations and should ensure that
chemical agents, or weapons of mass destruction, includ‐ rescue personnel adhere to program requirements.
ing those with the potential for secondary devices (Note: Δ 1 0.6 Incident Response Planning. The Owner/Operator or
If the Owner/Operator or Entrant Employer determines Entrant Employer should train responsible personnel in devel‐
that a hazard evaluation exists for rescue response into a oping pre-incident emergency action plans to prepare the
nuclear, biological, explosive, and/or chemical environ‐ designated Rescue Service for safe practices associated with
ment, appropriate training and equipment for response rescue from specifc and generic confned spaces for which
personnel should be provided.) they provide rescue. This process should include determining,
1 0.3.2 Acquisition of Resources. Where an advanced level of reviewing, accessing, and using relevant components of applica‐
search and rescue capability may be needed in a given confned ble national, state, industry, and local response plans.
space, Owners/Operators or Entrant Employers should have a 1 0.6.1 Documentation of Response Plan. The procedures for
system in place to utilize the most appropriate resource(s) a rescue emergency response in and around confned spaces
available through the use of local experts, agreements with should be documented in the confned space rescue incident
specialized resources, and mutual aid. The Owner’s/Operator’s response plan.
or Entrant Employer’s confned space program should estab‐
lish procedures for the acquisition of the external resources 1 0.6.1 .1 The plan should be a formal, written document.
needed for specifc emergencies in and associated with 1 0.6.1 .2 Where external resources are required to achieve a
confned spaces. A list of the resources should be maintained desired level of operational capability, mutual aid agreements
and updated at least once a year. Additionally, the list should be should be developed with other organizations.
reviewed and updated by the Owner/Operator or Entrant
Employer prior to a planned entry requiring advanced capabil‐ 1 0.6.2 Response Plan Distribution. Where required, copies of
ity. the confned space rescue incident response plan should be
1 0.3.3 Documentation. The hazard evaluation and risk assess‐
distributed to agencies, departments, Owners/Operators,
ment should be documented by the persons conducting the Entrant Employers, and employees having responsibilities
work. designated in the plan. Copies should also be provided to the
Entry Supervisor, Entrants, Attendants, and others involved in
1 0.3.4 Review Process. The hazard identi f cation and risk the confned space entry or to their authorized representatives.
assessment should be reviewed and updated by the Owner/ 1 0.6.2.1 A record should be kept of all holders of the
Operator or Entrant Employer on a scheduled basis and as confned space rescue incident response plan, and a system
operational or organizational changes occur. should be implemented for issuing changes and revisions.
1 0.3.5 Surveys. At intervals determined by the applicable
1 0.6.2.2 The con f ned space rescue incident response plan
confned space program and depending on changes in equip‐ should be approved by the Owner/Operator, Entrant
ment, operations, or materials, the Owner/Operator or Employer, and the Rescue Services through a formal, docu‐
Entrant Employer should conduct surveys in their response mented approval process and, where required, should be coor‐
area for the purpose of identifying the types of rescue incidents dinated with participating agencies and organizations.
that are most likely to occur in and around confned spaces.
1 0.6.3 Type of Response Plan. Con f ned space response
1 0.4 Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) . The Owner/
Operator or Entrant Employer responsible for selection of plans are of the two following types:
Rescue Services should establish written SOPs consistent with a (1) Organizational response plan to manage confned space rescue
level of capability to respond to confned space rescue inci‐ incidents within a specifc area or jurisdiction. This is the over‐
dents. all plan for managing generic emergencies of this type.
Procedures. Rescue procedures should (2) Rescue team pre-incident rescue action plans to address specifc or
1 0.4.1 * Rescue
generic approaches to rescue from confned spaces for which they
include, but not be limited to, identifcation of hazards, use of are responsible. This is the confned space–specifc rescue
equipment, and application of techniques necessary to coordi‐ plan that should ft into the organizational response plan.
nate, perform, and supervise confned space rescue incidents.
The Owner/Operator and the organization responsible for

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-44 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

CONFINED SPACE RESCUE PREPLAN DATE/STATION:

This Section to Be Completed with Assistance of Site Representative
Space name an d I D:

Space en try con fi gurati on: Portal sh ape an d si ze: Access to portal :
q H ori zon tal en try, len gth : ft
q Rou nd q El evated q Below grade q G rade
q Verti cal entry, depth : ft
q Rectan gl e, H × W:
q H ori zon tal w/ verti cal drop: ft q Oval, H × W: I n ternal con fi gu ration :

q Verti cal w/ h ori zon tal q Oth er q Con gested q Cl ear

extensi on: ft

H OW WI LL WE BE N OTI FI ED OF AN EM ERG EN CY?

q Ph one q Pager q Radi o q Audi bl e sign al q I n tercom q Oth er
WH O N OTI FI ES EM S?
WH ERE WI LL PATI EN TS BE TRAN SFERRED TO EM S?

CAN WE PRE-STAG E EQU I PM EN T? q Yes q N o I f Yes: Wh at can we pre-stage and wh ere?

CAN WE PRE-STAG E M AN POWER? q Yes q N o I f Yes: H ow many an d where?

Respon se ti me for rest of team?

QU ESTI ON S ABOU T EN TRY AN D WORK PERFORM ED:

• I s a space permi t requi red? q Yes q N o I f Yes, why?
• N u mber of En tran ts workin g i n space:
• Do th ey al l speak Engl ish ? q Yes q N o I f N o, oth er l an guage(s)?
I n terpreters presen t? q Yes q N o I f Yes, how many?
• H ow do workers get i n to th e space? q Crawl in q Rigi d ladder q Soft l adder q Scaffol di n g q Wi nch /rope system
q Oth er
• I s retrieval requi red? q Yes q N o I f N o, why?

I f N o, wil l workers sti ll wear h arnesses? q Yes q N o

I f Yes, wh at type of h arness: q Cable/harn ess q Rope/h arn ess q Oth er:
I f Yes, mechan ical retrieval u sed? q Yes q N o I f Yes, type: q Wi nch q Rope/Pu l ley M /A q Oth er:

• Are there any fall h azards i n side the space? q Yes q N o

I f Yes, wh at wi ll be u sed to protect En tran ts:

• I s respi ratory protecti on requ i red for En trants?q Yes q N o I f Yes, why?
Type:q Fi l ter-type respi rator q Airpuri fyi ng respi rator q SCBA q SAR q Oth er:
• Ch emi cal protecti ve cl oth in g requ i red? q Yes q N o I f Yes, why?
Type:

• Can Atten dant see th e En trant(s) from the portal? q Yes q N o

• I s any h ot work bei n g performed? q Yes q N o I f Yes, wh at type?
• Are any chemi cal s bein g brough t in to the space? q Yes q N o I f Yes, wh at type?
. Attach M SDS for kn own con tami n an ts.

• H ave al l sources of dan gerou s en ergy been isol ated? q Yes q N o I f N o, why?
• I s ven ti lati oin in pl ace? q Yes q N o I f N o, ventil ati on equ ipmen t an d power avai labl e? q Yes q N o
• H ow wil l th e atmosphere be moni tored? q Once before en try q Peri odi c: every mi nu tes q Con ti nuou s

q Other:
• Are hi gh-poin t anch or stru ctu res avai labl e? q Yes q N o I f Yes, wh at?
• I s a space diagram avai l able (as bui l ds, etc. ) ? q Yes q N o I f N o, descri be:
q Permit located and reviewed
q SDS located and reviewed
q Energy isolation sheet located and reviewed
Δ FIGURE 1 0.6.5 Sample Pre-Incident Rescue Action Plan Form.

1 0.6.4 Components of Organizational Response Plan. The (5) Work to be performed

organizational response plan should include, but not be limi‐ (6) Hazard identifcation and elimination, mitigation, or
ted to, the following components: control (including adjacent areas)
(1) Command structure (7) Environmental concerns
(2) Communications (8) Resource identifcation (e.g., hazmat, fre, EMS)
(3) Internal resources (9) Access and egress methods
(4) External resources (10) Retrieval systems
(5) Safety and accountability (11) Rescue systems
(6) Regulatory compliance (state, local, and federal) (12) PPE (including atmosphere supplying respirators)
(13) Action planning
1 0.6.5* Components of Pre-Incident Rescue Action Plan. The (14) Equipment required (medical and rescue)
pre-incident rescue action plan should include, but not be limi‐ f
ted to, the following components (see Figure 10.6.5): 1 0.7 Con ned Space Rescue Equipment and Gear.

(1) Space identifcation and confguration (adjacent areas) 1 0.7.1 Operational Rescue Equipment. The Entry Supervisor
(2) Notifcation should ensure that confned space rescue equipment is availa‐
(3) Command and control ble and utilized commensurate with recognized standards and
(4) Communications the applicable requirements for the rescue operations.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 RESCUE 350-45

Confned space rescue equipment can include, but is not limi‐ PPE appropriate to the hazards but choose equipment that will
ted to, the following: most effciently allow them to meet the rescue objectives.
(1) Rescue harnesses (Class III) 1 0.8 Incident Management System.
(2) Rescue rope
(3) Other rope rescue equipment such as the following: 1 0.8.1 The Rescue Service should provide for and utilize train‐

(a) Carabiners and snap links ing on the implementation of an incident management system
(b) Rope grab and ascending devices that meets the requirements of NFPA 1561, with written SOPs
(c) Descent-controlled devices applying to all members involved in emergency operations. All
(d) Portable anchors such as the following: members involved in emergency operations should be familiar
with the systems.
i. Beam straps and clamps 1 0.8.2 The Rescue Service should provide for training on the
ii. Anchor plates implementation of an incident accountability system that meets
(e) Pulleys the requirements of NFPA 1561.
(f) Load straps (end-to-end and multiple confgura‐
tions) 1 0.8.3 The incident commander should ensure rotation of
(4) Mechanical rescue/retrieval devices (vertical and hori‐ personnel to reduce stress and fatigue.
zontal) such as the following:
1 0.8.4 The incident commander should ensure that all
(a) Winches personnel are aware of the potential impact of their operations
(b) Pulley systems (e.g., block and tackle, pre-built) on the safety and welfare of Rescuers and others, as well as on
(c) Tripods and davit arms other activities at the incident site.
(5) Illumination
(6) Ventilation 1 0.8.5 At all rescue incidents, the organization providing the
(7) Energy control devices Rescue Service should provide supervisors who possess skills
(8) Communication and technology systems such as the and knowledge commensurate with the organization’s rescue
following: capability.
(a) Hardwire 1 0.9 Rescue Team Composition.
(b) Mobile communication devices
(c) Laptops and tablets Δ 1 0.9.1 * The size and composition of a con f ned space rescue
(9) Patient packaging and care equipment [basic life team and the required rescue equipment should be based on
support (BLS) and advanced life support (ALS)] such as pre-incident planning and practice of the plan to ensure effec‐
the following: tive operations. The role of a confned space rescue team is
(a) Medical frst response kits intended to include entry into the space to perform a rescue.
(b) Backboards Therefore, the team should be staffed to provide for the follow‐
(c) Basket and fexible litters ing exclusive functions:
(d) Stabilization devices (1)* Entrant/entry team of suffcient size to provide immedi‐
(10) Grain rescue tube ate assistance to or rescue of entry team members who
become ill or injured and are unable to perform self-
1 0.7.1 .1 Conf ned Space Rescue Equipment Standards. The rescue
following publications provide information regarding rescue (2)* Backup team of suffcient size to provide immediate assis‐
equipment and should be consulted as appropriate: tance to or rescue of entry team members who become ill
(1) NFPA 1855, Standard on Selection, Care, and Maintenance of or injured and are unable to perform self-rescue
Protective Ensembles for Technical Rescue Incidents (3)* Attendant, whose function is to deny unauthorized
(2) NFPA 1951, Standard on Protective Ensembles for Technical persons access and to monitor the conditions in the space
Rescue Incidents and the status of all Entrants
(3) NFPA 1981, Standard on Open-Circuit Self-Contained Breath‐ (4) Rescue Supervisor to maintain control of the entire oper‐
ing Apparatus (SCBA) for Emergency Services ation and who is knowledgeable in all team functions
(4) NFPA 1983, Standard on Life Safety Rope and Equipment for (5) Safety offcer, whose function is to observe operations in
Emergency Services and around the emergency scene, to call attention to any
safety hazards, and to halt operations if needed
f
1 0.7.1 .2 Inspection, Care, and Maintenance of Con ned Space
Rescue Equipment and Gear. In accordance with manufactur‐ N 1 0.9.1 .1 The safety offcer is qualifed and authorized to halt
ers’ requirements/recommendations and reference standards, operations when a signifcant hazard is recognized. Although
confned space rescue equipment should be properly inspected halting operations ideally should be performed by a single well-
and maintained to ensure it will operate as designed. All equip‐ trained individual with no other assignments, any rescue team
ment should be inspected for damage or defect before and member should be able to halt an operation for safety concerns
after each use as appropriate and removed from service if at any time.
found defective. Inspections performed according to manufac‐
turers’ requirements should be properly documented. 1 0.1 0 Entry Rescue — Rescue Service Capabilities.

1 0.7.2* Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) . Rescue teams

1 0.1 0.1The organization providing the Rescue Service should
should assess the need for, provide, and train personnel in the be responsible for the development and training of a confned
utilization of appropriate PPE based on the guidelines listed in space rescue team that is trained, equipped, and available to
Chapter 8. Since some PPE requirements can be satisfed in respond to emergencies in and around confned spaces of a
different ways, it is important that rescue teams not only choose type and complexity that require anything other than non-
entry-type rescues from confned spaces.

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-46 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

10.10.2 The Rescue Service can perform both non-entry- and 11.2 Entrants.
entry-type rescues from confned spaces. 11.2.1 General.
Δ 10.10.3 Organizations providing the Rescue Service should 11.2.1.1 Entrants should be competent, qualifed, and author‐
develop and implement procedures for the following: ized to enter and work within confned spaces.
(1) Determining and recognizing existing and potential
conditions at rescue emergencies 11.2.1.2 As de fned in the applicable confned space program,
(2) Protecting personnel from hazards in and around the entry occurs when any part of the Entrant’s body breaks the
confned space plane of a confned space opening.
(3) Ensuring that personnel are capable of managing the 11.2.2 Entrant Duties and Responsibilities.
physical and psychological challenges that affect Rescu‐
ers performing confned space rescues 11.2.2.1 Entrants should enter the confned space only when
(4) Identifying the duties of the Rescue Entrant(s)and designated by their employer, when authorized by the Entry
backup Rescue Entrant(s), the Rescue Attendant, and Supervisor, and after a confned space pre-entry evaluation has
the rescue team leader, as defned in this guide been performed and a permit issued, if necessary.
(5) Monitoring continuously or at frequent intervals the Δ 11.2.2.1.1 Each Entrant should verify that his or her name is
atmosphere in all parts of the space to be entered for listed on the entry permit when a permit is required.
oxygen content, fammability (LEL), and toxicity, in that
order 11.2.2.1.2 Entrants should be aware of the hazards that might
(6) Performing entry-type rescues into confned spaces be encountered during entry, including the confned space
(7) Using victim packaging devices that could be employed hazards and controls noted on the permit.
in confned space rescue
(8) Selecting, constructing, and using rope- or cable-based 11.2.2.2 Entrants should conduct assigned work following
lowering and raising systems in the high-angle environ‐ approved procedures that emphasize safety and minimize
ment commensurate with the needs of the organization hazards.
(9) Developing hazard isolation and control requirements 11.2.2.3 Entrants should demonstrate the proper use of
(10) Ensuring that rescue team members take part in a medi‐ approved equipment, materials, tools, and PPE identifed in
cal surveillance program the permit to the Entry Supervisor.
(11) Planning response for entry-type confned space rescues
in hazardous environments 11.2.2.4 Entrants should remain aware of potential atmos‐
(12) Implementing the planned response pheric and non-atmospheric hazards that might be encoun‐
10.10.4 Where applicable, organizations providing the Rescue
tered during confned space entry.
Service should have a working understanding of the 11.2.2.4.1 Entrants should exit the confned space when
machinery-related hazards in and around the space as those changing conditions result in hazards that cause unacceptable
hazards relate to the rescue, including the ability to recognize risks or exceed the permit requirements.
and control hazardous energy (lockout/tagout). 11.2.2.4.2 Entrants should immediately exit the space if the
entry permit expires or is cancelled.
Chapter 11 Confned Space Personnel Duties,
Responsibilities, Qualifcations, and Competencies 11.2.2.4.3 Entrants should immediately exit the space when
directed by the Attendant or the Entry Supervisor or during
11.1* General. any emergency occurring elsewhere in the vicinity that requires
evacuation.
N 11.1.1 All persons engaged in confned space activities and 11.2.2.5 Entrants should understand and be able to communi‐
operations should be competent and qualifed. There are cate the hazards inside and outside the confned space that
numerous entities that may be involved, individually or working may be encountered during entry, including information on
together, in confned space entry and related activities. These the mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of exposure,
include, but are not limited to, Owners/Operators, Contrac‐ and act accordingly depending on the situation.
tors/Subcontractors, facility personnel, Rescue Services, and
visitors, as well as other persons and operations both within 11.2.2.5.1 Entrants should immediately notify the Attendant
and outside of the confned space. This chapter covers the of any symptoms of exposure, an emergency, or unacceptable
duties, responsibilities, qualifcations, and competencies of conditions.
these individuals as related to confned space activities.
11.2.2.5.2 Entrants should exit the confned space immedi‐
N 11.1.2 This chapter lists requirements for all persons and tasks ately if symptoms, warning signs, or unacceptable conditions
that might be required for entry. It is important to recognize occur.
that there are at least three key positions required for a
confned space entry that requires permitting: the Entry Super‐ 11.2.2.6 Entrants should react to emergencies as trained and
visor, the Attendant, and the Entrant. In addition to these three directed, including, but not limited to, self-rescue or evacua‐
positions, rescue should be provided as outlined in Chapter 10. tion of the confned space.
In many applications, one or more of these persons (often the 11.2.2.7 Entrants may also perform other activities and
Entry Supervisor) can handle other tasks addressed in this assigned duties if qualifed in accordance with the applicable
chapter, including, but not limited to, atmospheric testing, issu‐ confned space program, including, but not limited to, self-
ing permits, conducting ventilation, and providing standby rescue, atmospheric monitoring, hot and cold work inside the
services. space, and performing non-entry tasks.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 CONFINED SPACE PERSONNEL DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITIES, QUALIFICATIONS, AND COMPETENCIES 350-47

11.2.3 Entrant Qualifcations. confned space that might occur during entry, including infor‐
11.2.3.1 An Entrant should understand and comply with mation on the modes, signs or symptoms, and consequences of
applicable governmental regulations that pertain to the plan‐ exposure to Entrants.
ned confned space entry and work as explained by the Entry Δ 11.3.2.2 Each Attendant should verify that his or her name is
Supervisor or included in the entry permit. listed on the entry permit. This may require verifcation by
11.2.3.2 An Entrant should understand and be able to initialing or signature.
communicate to the Entry Supervisor the use, limitations, and 11.3.2.3 Attendants should be constantly observing, monitor‐
hazards of materials, substances, and equipment approved for ing, and evaluating the conditions in and around the confned
use within the specifc confned space (e.g., tools, PPE, energy space to ensure that compliance with the requirements of the
isolation devices, gas monitors, and chemicals) before entry. permit are maintained throughout the entry.
Δ 11.2.3.3 Before entry, an Entrant should understand and be 11.3.2.4 Attendants should monitor adjacent areas outside the
able to communicate to the Entry Supervisor the primary and confned space for changing conditions that might affect safe
secondary means of communication to be used while working entry work or activities.
in the confned space and in the event of emergencies. 11.3.2.5 Attendants should remain outside the confned space
11.2.3.4 An Entrant should understand and be able to opening during entry operations and should perform their
communicate to the Entry Supervisor before entry how to assigned duties until relieved by another assigned Attendant.
interpret and respond to gas monitor displays and alarms. 11.3.2.5.1 Attendants should inform the replacement Attend‐
11.2.3.5 An Entrant should understand and be able to ant of the status of the Entrant(s) and confned space permit
communicate to the Entry Supervisor before entry all sections requirements, including any deviations.
of the confned space entry permit that are applicable to the 11.3.2.5.2 The replacement Attendant’s name should be listed
Entrant’s duties. on the entry permit and acknowledged by the replacement
11.2.3.6 An Entrant should understand and be able to Attendant’s initials or signature, as required by the applicable
communicate to the Entry Supervisor before entry personal confned space program.
warning signs and overexposure symptoms, including actions 11.3.2.6 Attendants should monitor Entrants’ status and direct
that must be taken in the event of exposure. Entrant evacuation as needed.
11.2.3.7 An Entrant should understand and be able to verbally 11.3.2.7 Attendants should continuously maintain an accurate
explain to the Entry Supervisor before entry applicable emer‐ count of Entrants in the confned space.
gency procedures to be taken within or around the confned
space. 11.3.2.8 Attendants should take the following actions when
11.2.4 Entrant Demonstrated Competencies. unauthorized person(s) approach or enter a confned space
while entry is underway:
11.2.4.1 An Entrant should be able to understand and follow (1) Warn unauthorized personnel not to enter into the
permit requirements. confned space
11.2.4.2 An Entrant should be able to demonstrate the proper (2) Inform Entrants and Entry Supervisors when unauthor‐
use of required assigned equipment, tools, and materials, ized personnel enter or attempt to enter the confned
including, but not limited to PPE, respiratory protection, non- space
entry rescue devices, instruments, and cleaning and decontami‐ (3) Prevent unauthorized personnel from interfering with
nation materials. Attendant duties
11.2.4.3 An Entrant should be able to communicate when 11.3.2.9 Attendants should summon rescue and other emer‐
evacuation is desired. gency services immediately upon recognizing an Entrant’s
distress inside the confned space.
11.2.4.4 An Entrant should be able to complete assigned tasks
in an approved manner. 11.3.2.10* Attendants should perform non-entry rescue as
trained and equipped.
11.3 Attendant.
11.3.2.11* Attendants may perform other approved assigned
11.3.1 General. duties that do not interfere with the primary duty to monitor
11.3.1.1 Attendants should be competent, qualifed, and and protect the Entrants. Attendants may also perform other
authorized to oversee the Entrants working inside the confned assigned duties, if competent and qualifed, in accordance with
space and the activities occurring outside the confned space the applicable confned space program, including, but not limi‐
that might affect confned space operations. ted to, performing atmospheric monitoring.
11.3.1.2 Attendants should be stationed outside confned 11.3.3 Attendant Qualifcations.
spaces but in close proximity to the entry so that continuous 11.3.3.1 Attendants should understand and comply with appli‐
communication or visual observation can be maintained with cable governmental regulations that pertain to the planned
Entrants. confned space entry and work as explained by the Entry
11.3.2 Attendant Duties and Responsibilities. Supervisor or as included in the entry permit.
Δ 11.3.2.1 Attendants should be able to communicate to the
Entry Supervisor the hazards inside and outside the specifc

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition

EDUFIRE.IR
 350-48 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

11.3.3.2 Attendants should be competent and qualifed to 11.4.2.2 Entry Supervisors should determine the requirements
operate and understand the assigned atmospheric monitor and and implement procedures to identify and then eliminate, miti‐
to be capable of recording readings as required. gate, or control hazards.
11.3.3.3 Attendants should know and be able to communicate 11.4.2.3 Entry Supervisors should be identifed and should
to the Entry Supervisor the use, limitations, and hazards of sign or initial permits to document acceptance of responsibil‐
materials, substances, and equipment approved for use outside ity, as required by the applicable confned space program or by
the specifc confned space, including, but not limited to, tools, regulations.
PPE, energy isolation devices, gas monitors, and chemicals. Δ 11.4.2.4 Where required by the applicable confned space
11.3.3.4 Attendants should know and be able to communicate program or regulations, the assigned Entry Supervisor should
to the Entry Supervisor the hazards inside and outside the remain at the confned space work site to control operations
specifc confned space that might be encountered during unless relieved by another competent, qualifed, and author‐
entry operations, including information on the modes, signs or ized Entry Supervisor.
symptoms, and consequences of exposure to Entrants. N 11.4.2.5 The relieving Entry Supervisor should initial or sign
11.3.4 Attendant Demonstrated Competencies. the permit(s) to document the change of responsibility.
Δ 11.3.4.1 Attendants should be able to read, understand, and 11.4.2.6 Entry Supervisors should ensure that personnel
communicate permit requirements to the Entry Supervisor. involved with the confned space operations are informed
11.3.4.2 Attendants should be educated or trained in the when another person assumes the Entry Supervisor role.
proper use of required assigned equipment, including, but not 11.4.2.7 Entry Supervisors should be trained and qualifed as
limited to, PPE, respiratory protection, and non-entry rescue Entrants if duties require entry into confned spaces.
devices, tools, and communication devices, and be able to 11.4.2.8 Entry Supervisors should be trained and qualifed as
demonstrate such competency to the Entry Supervisor. Gas Testers if duties require maintaining, testing, and operat‐
11.3.4.3 Attendants should be able to communicate with ing gas monitors, including interpreting and analyzing test
Entrants in order to evacuate the confned space when condi‐ results.
tions arise that might endanger the Entrant. 11.4.2.9 Entry Supervisors should be trained and qualifed as
11.3.4.4 Attendants should be able to perform their assigned Ventilation Specialists if duties require ventilation of the space.
tasks safely in accordance with the requirements of the applica‐ Entry Supervisors should be knowledgeable of the following:
ble confned space program and/or entry permit. (1) Requirements for ventilation to ensure that the proper
11.3.4.5 Attendants should be able to recognize Entrant signs method is used for the hazards present
and symptoms related to hazardous or toxic chemical expo‐ (2) The confned space confguration
sures and oxygen defciency and take appropriate action (3) The work to be done
required to assist Entrant self-evacuation or rescue operations if 11.4.2.10 Entry Supervisors should conduct a pre-entry safety
properly trained and equipped. meeting with all persons involved prior to the start of confned
11.4 Entry Supervisor. space operations in accordance with the applicable confned
space program (see Section 5. 5).
11.4.1 General.
11.4.2.11 Entry Supervisors should coordinate activities where
Δ 11.4.1.1 Entry Supervisors should be qualifed and competent multiple Owners/Operators are working on the same job or on
to oversee and direct confned space entry and associated oper‐ nearby jobs that might affect the confned space operations.
ations in accordance with applicable regulations, entry and
work permits, facility operating practices, appropriate confned 11.4.2.12* Entry Supervisors should terminate the entry and
space program requirements, and other programs and proce‐ cancel the permit if permit requirements are no longer met.
dures, including, but not limited to, isolation, ventilation and 11.4.2.13 Entry Supervisors should cancel the permit and/or
inerting, hot work, and respiratory protection, as applicable to take appropriate action in the following situations:
the specifc entry.
(1) To effect the removal of any unauthorized individuals
11.4.1.2* Entry Supervisors can also be designated on the who enter or attempt to enter a permit space during
permit(s) as Attendants, Gas Testers, Ventilation Specialists, entry operations
Isolation Specialists, and Entrants in accordance with the appli‐ (2) When unauthorized equipment is brought into a space.
cable confned space program, provided that they are trained
and/or qualifed in accordance with the respective require‐ 11.4.2.14 Entry Supervisors should cancel the permit if condi‐
ments provided in this chapter for alternative activities. tions arise inside or outside the confned space that were not
anticipated on the permit and have the potential to adversely
11.4.2 Entry Supervisor Duties and Responsibilities. affect operations.
11.4.2.1 Entry Supervisors should verify that the appropriate 11.4.2.15 Entry Supervisors should cancel and reissue the
information has been recorded on the confned space entry permit with the new entry and control requirements if the
permit, that other specifed permits and all tests specifed by confned space conditions change.
the permits have been completed, and that all requirements,
procedures, and equipment specifed by the permit have been 11.4.2.16 Entry Supervisors should identify methods of alert‐
satisfed or are in place before issuing the permit to authorize ing Rescuers and ensure that Rescuers are available for a timely
entry. response, as required by the confned space program.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 CONFINED SPACE PERSONNEL DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITIES, QUALIFICATIONS, AND COMPETENCIES 350-49

11.4.2.17 Entry Supervisors should determine that acceptable 11.4.4.3 Entry Supervisors should be able to prepare and issue
entry conditions are met and that they remain consistent with permits using the requirements for the specifc space and work
requirements of the entry permit, including whenever changes to be performed.
occur inside or outside the confned space. If such changes Δ 11.4.4.4 Entry Supervisors should be able to communicate
affect the permit requirements, the Entry Supervisor should with all personnel, including facility and emergency respond‐
cancel the permit, determine new requirements, and reissue ers, using available communication methods and equipment.
the permit once the new requirements are met.
11.4.2.18 Entry Supervisors should ensure that all energy sour‐ 11.4.4.5 Entry Supervisors should be able to perform their
ces, including, but not limited to, electrical, steam, hydraulic, assigned tasks in a competent and approved manner and
and mechanical, and all tank equipment and appurtenances, ensure that personnel for whom they are responsible do the
including, but not limited to, tank mixers, heaters, sensors, same.
piping or ducting into or from the space, and other instrumen‐ 11.5 Rescuer. Rescuers should be competent, trained, and
tation, have been controlled, disconnected, or isolated before equipped as required by applicable regulations and confned
the permit is issued. space entry and rescue programs. Rescuers should be designa‐
11.4.2.19 Entry Supervisors should ensure that the Gas Test‐ ted by the appropriate authority and able to respond to emer‐
ers, Entrants, Attendants, and other confned space personnel gencies requiring the rescue of Entrants from outside or from
properly wear and use approved PPE and appropriate respira‐ within confned spaces in accordance with the provisions of
tory protection as identifed on and required by the permit. Chapter 10. A Rescue Service should meet all the requirements
of the technician level confned space rescue chapter in
11.4.2.20 Entry Supervisors should ensure that access to a NFPA 1670.
confned space is barricaded or prohibited when work is not in 11.6 Gas Tester.
progress and an Attendants is not present. Entry should also be
prohibited by not issuing a permit or by canceling existing
entry permits if required emergency response is not available.
Δ 11.6.1 General. Gas Testers should be qualifed in the appro‐
priate selection, inspection, calibration, testing, adjustment,
11.4.2.21 Entry Supervisors should ensure that areas are barri‐ and use of monitoring equipment and applicable monitoring
caded, cordoned off, or otherwise protected to prevent expo‐ and testing procedures needed to assess and evaluate atmos‐
sure to hazardous atmospheres where toxic and fammable pheres in and around confned spaces in accordance with
gases, vapors, or inert gas is vented. Entry Supervisors should Chapter 7.
ensure that there are no ignition sources present in areas 11.6.2 Gas Tester Duties and Responsibilities.
susceptible to fammable or combustible vapors, gases, or
combustible dust exhausted from the space. 11.6.2.1 Gas Testers should determine proper selection of gas
monitors based on the atmospheric hazards that are present or
11.4.2.22* Entry Supervisors should ensure that all ignition that could be encountered during confned space operations.
sources in the area are eliminated, mitigated, or controlled
before permitting work to be conducted that might involve the 11.6.2.2 Gas Testers should inspect, calibrate, bump test,
actual or potential release of fammable or combustible vapor, and/or adjust gas monitors prior to use in accordance with
gas, or dust into the atmosphere around or inside the confned manufacturer’s instructions.
space. Δ 11.6.2.3 Prior to entry, Gas Testers should frst test, sample,
11.4.3 Entry Supervisor Qualifcations. and monitor the atmosphere around the outside of the
confned space and then test the atmosphere within the space
Δ 11.4.3.1* Entry Supervisors should be certifed as confned from the outside (without bodily entry) through an opening
space entry (safety) supervisors where certifcation is available using a probe or similar equipment for additional monitoring,
and required. if needed.
11.4.3.2 Entry Supervisors should know and be able to apply
the applicable regulatory and confned space program require‐
Δ 11.6.2.4 A Gas Tester should verify that his or her name is
listed as such on the entry permit.
ments and be able to explain them to assigned personnel.
11.6.2.5 Gas Testers should be qualifed as Entrants and be
11.4.3.3 Entry Supervisors should know the proper use of gas aware of all confned space hazards, entry requirements, PPE,
monitors and be able to understand, analyze, and interpret gas and other controls prior to entry for testing.
monitor readings in order to provide for safe entry and work in
confned spaces. 11.6.2.6 Gas Testers should sample, analyze, interpret, and
monitor the atmosphere inside the confned space in the
11.4.4 Entry Supervisor Demonstrated Competencies. following order:
11.4.4.1 Entry Supervisors should be able to identify, recog‐ (1) Oxygen levels
nize, and assess hazards associated with the specifc confned (2) Flammable gases and vapors
space and operations and the methods to be used for elimina‐ (3) Toxic/hazardous atmospheric contaminants
tion, mitigation, or control of such hazards in accordance with Δ 11.6.2.7 Gas Testers should record test results on the permit
Chapters 6, 7, and 8. and verify by signing the permit, indicating the time(s) and the
Δ 11.4.4.2 Entry Supervisors should be able to identify and eval‐ result(s) of the testing.
uate the need for required equipment. 11.6.2.8 Gas Testers should allow Entry Supervisors, Attend‐
ants, Entrants, and workers (or their authorized representa‐
tives) to observe the monitoring process and the results.

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-50 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Δ 11.6.2.9 Gas Testers should re-evaluate conditions by testing, 11.7.2 Owner/Operator Duties and Responsibilities.
sampling, and monitoring the atmosphere both around and Δ 11.7.2.1 Owners/Operators should evaluate and re-evaluate
inside the confned space as often as determined by the Entry spaces and identify and designate those that should be classi‐
Supervisor and as indicated on the entry permit. fed as confned spaces in accordance with Chapter 4. This
11.6.3 Gas Tester Qualifcations. responsibility may be delegated by the Owner/Operator when
11.6.3.1 Gas Testers should be familiar with and be able to the space is under the control of a third party [such as when a
apply the confned space program and entry permit require‐ building or portion thereof (a space) is leased or contracted to
ments and governmental regulations that pertain to the plan‐ a third party] and the Owner/Operator has no obligation to
ned confned space work. the building, the space, or the operations therein.
11.6.3.2 Gas Testers should be trained and qualifed in the 11.7.2.2 Where applicable, Owners/Operators should obtain
appropriate selection, inspection, calibration, adjustment, and required jurisdictional permits and authorizations.
use of gas monitors. 11.7.2.3* Owners/Operators should identify and designate
11.6.3.3 Gas Testers should understand and be able to those individuals (facility personnel, Contractors, and contract
communicate to the Entry Supervisor how to assess, interpret, personnel under facility supervision) who are educated,
and apply SDS information and limitations pertinent to the trained, competent, and/or qualifed to perform specifc
hazards associated with the confned space and surrounding confned space–related duties, including, but not limited to,
area and operations. supervising operations, issuing permits, entering into confned
spaces, conducting atmospheric monitoring, providing rescue,
11.6.3.4 Gas Testers should understand and be able to performing Attendant duties, overseeing ventilation, and
communicate to the Entry Supervisor the monitoring of atmos‐ conducting hot or cold work operations within or associated
pheres in and around confned spaces and should know how to with confned spaces. Owners/Operators should designate and
apply the appropriate testing procedures associated with moni‐ identify the individuals and their duties in the written confned
toring. space program in accordance with Chapter 12.
11.6.3.5 Gas Testers should be trained to meet the qualifca‐ 11.7.2.4 Owners/Operators should develop and implement a
tions for an Entrant in order to test within confned spaces. confned space program in accordance with Chapter 12, which
should be available for review by the employees and their
Δ 11.6.3.6 Gas Testers should know how to use required and authorized representatives. The confned space program appli‐
approved PPE based on the hazards associated with the cable to the operations may be that of the Owner/Operator,
confned space operations in accordance with the confned Contractor, and/or Entrant Employer.
space permit.
11.7.2.5* Prior to entry, Owners/Operators should conduct a
11.6.3.7 Gas Testers should know and be able to communicate confned space entry safety meeting in accordance with Chap‐
to the Entry Supervisor how to monitor, analyze, and interpret ter 5 to ensure that assigned Entry Supervisors, Gas Testers,
results of the atmospheric hazards test readings. Entrants, Attendants, Ventilation Specialists, Isolation Special‐
11.6.4 Gas Tester Demonstrated Competencies. ists, Rescuers, and workers are apprised of and understand the
hazards associated with the confned space activity.
11.6.4.1 Gas Testers should be able to demonstrate the 11.7.2.6 If Owners/Operators arrange for a Contractor to
competencies required for a Gas Tester and an Entrant and perform work that involves confned space entry, the Owners/
understand permit requirements for entering confned spaces, Operators should ensure that the Contractor is aware that
conducting monitoring, and recording monitoring results. entry into a confned space requires compliance with an appli‐
11.6.4.2 Gas Testers should be able to select, inspect, adjust, cable confned space program.
calibrate, bump test, and properly use required gas monitors in 11.7.2.7 Owners/Operators should ensure that any Contrac‐
accordance with manufacturers’ instructions. tors/Subcontractors are aware of precautions or procedures
11.6.4.3 Gas Testers should be able to conduct monitoring that the host employer has implemented for the protection of
and testing in an approved manner in accordance with the employees in or near the confned space where the Contrac‐
entry permit requirements and applicable regulatory require‐ tor/Subcontractor personnel will be working.
ments. 11.7.2.7.1 Owners/Operators should coordinate entry opera‐
11.6.4.4 Gas Testers should be able to compare results with tions with the Contractor when both host employer personnel
recognized and applicable OELs to assess the risk to entry with and Contractor personnel will be working in or near confned
and without control measures in place. spaces.
11.7 Owner/Operator. Δ 11.7.2.7.2 Owners/Operators should debrief Contractors at
11.7.1 General. Owners/Operators should have control, the conclusion of entry operations regarding the confned
ownership, or authority over the confned space and should space program that was followed and any hazards confronted
ensure that confned space operations are conducted in or created in confned spaces during entry operations. Where
accordance with regulatory and industry practices, the the debriefng indicates a need to change program require‐
Owner’s/Operator’s confned space program, and Chapter 12. ments, Owners/Operators and Contractors should revise
confned space programs accordingly.
11.7.2.7.3 Owners/Operators should coordinate activities
between multiple employers (Owner/Operator, Contractor/

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 CONFINED SPACE PERSONNEL DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITIES, QUALIFICATIONS, AND COMPETENCIES 350-51

Subcontractor) working on the same job or on other nearby 11.7.2.16 Owners/Operators should certify that required
jobs that could affect the confned space operations. training or education has been accomplished. The certifcation
11.7.2.8 Owners/Operators should implement effective meas‐ should contain the training or education provided, the employ‐
ures to prevent unauthorized personnel from entering ee’s name, the signatures or initials of the trainers or educa‐
confned spaces or impeding upon confned space operations. tors, and the dates of training or education. Owners/Operators
should provide for the certifcation to be available for inspec‐
11.7.2.9 If changes occur in the hazards, use, or confguration tion by employees, employees’ authorized representatives, or
of a confned space or in nearby operations that affect the other authorized entities, including, but not limited to, regula‐
confned space, Owners/Operators should ensure that Entry tory inspectors and investigators.
Supervisors cancel the entry and hot and cold work permits, 11.7.3 Owner/Operator Qualifcations.
Entrants leave the space, and operations are discontinued until
the confned space is re-evaluated. Owners/Operators should 11.7.3.1 Owners/Operators should be able to identify and
then ensure that Entry Supervisors establish revised entry crite‐ classify confned spaces within their facility.
ria, if needed, and reissue permits or issue new permits if work 11.7.3.1.1 Where the Owners/Operators are absent parties,
is continuing. the requirement for identifcation and classifcation of spaces
11.7.2.10* Owners/Operators should ensure that required may be designated, by contract or agreement, to another
equipment appropriate for employee entry and work in and responsible entity. Such spaces include, but are not limited to,
around the confned space is available for use and that it is the following:
properly inspected, tested, maintained, and used in accordance (1) Spaces within a portion of a facility owned by, leased to,
with the confned space program and permit requirements. or controlled by another entity
Δ 11.7.2.11 Owners/Operators should identify, evaluate, and (2) Spaces within an entire facility leased by or controlled by
another entity
designate Rescue Services or facility rescuers and develop and
implement procedures for communicating with and summon‐ 11.7.3.2 Owners/Operators should know and understand the
ing rescue and emergency services. regulatory requirements associated with confned space opera‐
11.7.2.12 Owners/Operators should develop and implement tions and ensure these are identifed in the facility confned
procedures to review planned confned space operations prior space program and properly applied by employees working in
to entry when there is reason to believe that the requirement of and around confned spaces.
the applicable confned space program might not protect • 11.7.3.3 Owners/Operators should be able to identify, evalu‐
employees. The Owner/Operator should revise the program to ate, and select Contractors, Subcontractors, and Rescue Serv‐
correct identifed defciencies before entries are authorized. ices.
11.7.2.13* Owners/Operators should review the confned 11.7.4 Owners/Operators Demonstrated Competencies.
space program annually, or sooner if an MOC occurs that
affects the confned space program or if there is a change in 11.7.4.1 Owners/Operators should know and be able to
the confned space program. The review should use cancelled communicate permit requirements to Contractors and Entry
permits and other information. Based on the review, the Supervisors and be able to evaluate permits upon completion
program should be revised to ensure continued protection of operations to determine if any defciencies in the facility
from hazards during entry operations. confned space or permit programs need to be corrected.
11.7.2.14 Owners/Operators should consult with employees 11.7.4.2 Owners/Operators should be able to evaluate the
and their authorized representatives on the development and need for, identify, and provide equipment required for
implementation of all aspects of the confned space program confned space operations or assure that the Contractors/
and make information available to all affected employees and Subcontractors meet this requirement.
their authorized representatives. 11.7.4.3 Owners/Operators should provide a means of
11.7.2.15 Owners/Operators should provide training or communication and be able to communicate with and coordi‐
education, as needed, regarding existing, new, and revised nate activities among facility personnel, Contractors, and
procedures and work practices so that all employees involved in Subcontractors associated with confned space operations and
confned space operations and activities acquire the under‐ with nearby activities that may affect confned space operations.
standing, knowledge, and profciency necessary for the safe Δ 11.7.4.4 Owners/Operators should be able to assign tasks in
performance of assigned duties. Training or education should accordance with the applicable confned space and permit
be provided as follows: programs, employee qualifcations, and operational require‐
(1) Before the employee is frst assigned to perform confned ments.
space related duties
(2) Whenever there is a change in assigned duties 11.7.4.5 Owners/Operators should be able to recognize, eval‐
(3) Whenever there is a change in confned space–related uate, and classify confned spaces in accordance with the appli‐
contents, confguration, use, or operations that presents a cable confned space program and regulatory requirements.
hazard 11.8 Contractor/Subcontractor.
(4) Whenever the employer has reason to believe that there
are deviations from the confned space entry procedures, 11.8.1 General. Contractors are employers who perform work
operations, or program requirements or that there are under contract to an Owner/Operator at the Owner’s/Opera‐
inadequacies in the employee’s knowledge of those tor’s confned space work site. Contractors may employ
procedures and requirements

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-52 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Subcontractors who perform work under contract to the tor when both Owner/Operator personnel and Contractor
primary Contractors. personnel are working in or near confned spaces.
11.8.2 Contractor and Subcontractor Duties and Responsibili‐ 11.8.2.11 Contractors/Subcontractors should implement
ties. effective measures to prevent personnel from entering
Δ 11.8.2.1 Contractors should identify and designate those indi‐ confned spaces unless they are designated as Entrants.
viduals (either Contractor personnel or Subcontractors) who 11.8.2.12 If changes occur in the use of or confguration
are educated, trained, competent, and/or qualifed to perform within a confned space or external to the confned space that
specifc confned space–related duties, including, but not limi‐ affect the hazards, Contractors/Subcontractors should ensure
ted to, supervising operations, issuing permits, entering into that the entry permit is cancelled, Entrants immediately vacate
confned spaces, conducting atmospheric monitoring, provid‐ the space, the confned space is re-evaluated, and new or
ing for rescue, performing Attendant duties, overseeing ventila‐ renewed permits are issued establishing revised entry criteria,
tion, and conducting hot or cold work operations. as necessary. Contractors/Subcontractors should immediately
Contractors/Subcontractors should designate and identify the advise Owners/Operators of changes that affect the confned
individuals and their duties in the entry and work permits as space or may affect operations.
required by applicable regulations, standards, and the written 11.8.2.13* Contractors/Subcontractors should provide the
confned space program in accordance with Chapter 12. required equipment and ensure that it is properly inspected,
11.8.2.2 Contractors should participate in a pre-job safety tested, maintained, and used in accordance with the confned
meeting with the Owner/Operator to establish assignments space program and entry and work permit requirements.
and responsibilities associated with the confned space entry. 11.8.2.14 If Rescue Services are provided by the Contractors/
Subcontractors should attend either this meeting or a separate Subcontractors, Contractors should identify, evaluate, and qual‐
meeting conducted by the Contractor. ify assigned Rescuers or rescue and emergency services and
Δ 11.8.2.3 Contractors and Owners/Operators should review develop and implement procedures for summoning Rescuers
the applicable confned space program and determine what is and emergency services.
needed to conduct entry and work operations in compliance 11.8.2.15 Contractors/Subcontractors should develop and
with program requirements. The applicable confned space implement procedures to review entry operations when there is
program may be that of the Owner/Operator, the Contractor, reason to believe that the measures taken under the confned
or both. space program might not protect employees. Contractors/
Δ 11.8.2.4 If Contractors do not agree to use the Owner’s/Oper‐ Subcontractors should revise their program to correct identi‐
ator’s confned space program, they should develop and imple‐ fed de fciencies before subsequent entries are authorized.
ment their own confned space program in accordance with 11.8.2.16* Contractors should review and evaluate their
regulatory requirements, industry standards, applicable safe confned space programs annually, using cancelled permits and
work practices and procedures, and Chapter 12. The Contrac‐ other information, and revise the programs to ensure contin‐
tor’s confned space program may be used to supplement the ued protection from hazards during entry operations. Contrac‐
Owner’s/Operator’s confned space program, but may not tors also should provide to Owners/Operators copies of
confict with it. permits they have issued for the Owners’/Operators’ review
11.8.2.5 Contractors should provide for the applicable and evaluation.
confned space program to be available for inspection by the 11.8.2.17* Contractors should consult with and make informa‐
Contractor, the Subcontractor, and facility employees and their tion available to Contractor employees and their authorized
authorized representatives. representatives regarding the development and implementa‐
11.8.2.6* During preplan operations, the Contractor should tion of all aspects of the Contractor’s confned space program.
review and evaluate the confned space to be entered, identify Contractors should ensure that the applicable confned space
actual and potential hazards, and determine appropriate meas‐ program is also available to Subcontractor employees and their
ures to be taken to eliminate, mitigate, or control the hazards. authorized representatives.
11.8.2.7* When Contractors/Subcontractors perform work 11.8.2.18 Contractors/Subcontractors should provide training
that involves confned space entry, they should be aware that covering existing, new, and revised procedures and work practi‐
entry into a confned space requires compliance with an appli‐ ces so that all Contractor/Subcontractor employees involved in
cable confned space program. The same requirements apply confned space operations and activities acquire the under‐
between a Contractor and a Subcontractor. standing, knowledge, and profciency necessary for the safe
11.8.2.8 Contractors should make sure that they are aware of performance of assigned duties in accordance with confned
the hazards associated with the confned space and apprise space program and permit program requirements.
Subcontractors, as necessary, of such hazards. 11.8.2.18.1 Contractors/Subcontractors should ensure that
11.8.2.9 Contractors/Subcontractors should be aware of any their employees are trained, educated, and/or qualifed as
precautions or procedures that the Owner/Operator has follows:
implemented for the protection of employees in or near the (1) Before the employee is frst assigned duties associated
confned space where the Contractor’s/Subcontractor’s with confned space operations
personnel will be working. (2) Whenever there is a change in assigned duties
(3) Whenever there is a change in permit space classifcation,
11.8.2.10 Contractors and Subcontractors should coordinate hazards, or operations that presents a hazard
entry operations with each other and with the Owner/Opera‐

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.

EDUFIRE.IR
 CONFINED SPACE PERSONNEL DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITIES, QUALIFICATIONS, AND COMPETENCIES 350-53

(4) Whenever the Contractors/Subcontractors have reason to 11.8.4.4 Contractors/Subcontractors should be able to assign
believe that employees are deviating from the confned tasks in accordance with the confned space program and
space entry procedures, operations, or program require‐ permit requirements applicable to the proposed operations.
ments or that there are inadequacies in the employees’ 11.8.4.5 Contractors/Subcontractors should be able to
knowledge and application of procedures and require‐ predict, recognize, and understand hazards associated with the
ments specifc space and operations.
11.8.2.18.2 Contractors/Subcontractors should certify that Δ 11.8.4.6 Contractors/Subcontractors should be able to evalu‐
employee training, education, and/or qualifcation has been ate, qualify, and select personnel.
accomplished. The certifcation should contain the employee’s
training, education, and/or qualifcations; the employee’s 11.9 Ventilation Specialist.
name; the signatures or initials of the trainers and/or qualif‐
ers; and the dates of training, education, and/or qualifcation. 11.9.1* General. Ventilation Specialists should be familiar
The certifcation should be available for inspection by regulat‐ with, educated, trained, and/or qualifed in the various meth‐
ing agencies, Owners/Operators, and Contractor/Subcontrac‐ ods and requirements for removing hazardous and/or conta‐
tor employees or their authorized representatives, as minated atmospheres from confned spaces. Ventilation
applicable. Specialists might also perform other activities if they are
competent or qualifed and are assigned in accordance with
11.8.2.19 After completion of the work, Contractors should the applicable confned space program and Chapter 9.
meet with Subcontractors and with Owners/Operators to
review safety issues that occurred during the confned space 11.9.2 Ventilation Specialist Duties and Responsibilities.
operations. 11.9.2.1 Ventilation Specialists should be familiar with accept‐
11.8.2.19.1 Contractors/Subcontractors should debrief able ventilation methods and procedures and ensure that the
Owners/Operators at the conclusion of the entry operations specifc procedures or methods to be used have been reviewed
regarding the confned space program followed, any hazards and approved in accordance with Chapter 9.
discovered or created, or any changes made in the confned 11.9.2.2 At the confned space planning meeting or prior to
space. permit issuance, Ventilation Specialists should review and
11.8.3 Contractor/Subcontractor Qualifcations. understand the potential hazards associated with the use of
ventilation methods, including dilution, inerting, and purging,
11.8.3.1 Contractors/Subcontractors should be able to recog‐ in order to determine the appropriate method to be used to
nize and understand confned space operations, including, but provide a safe atmosphere within the space for entry and work.
not limited to, hazard evaluation, entry, and work program and
permit requirements. 11.9.2.3* Ventilation Specialists should be aware of the
hazards associated with infrequently used ventilation proce‐
11.8.3.2 Contractors/Subcontractors should recognize and dures and the risks of using inert gases, pure oxygen, chemi‐
understand the existing and potential hazards that may be cals, or steam and that such use should be approved by the
encountered during entry into confned spaces and necessary Entry Supervisor and comply with applicable regulatory
controls and protective measures to be taken to prevent or requirements and industry practices.
mitigate hazards and exposure.
11.9.2.4 Ventilation Specialists should ensure that if the
11.8.3.3 Contractors/Subcontractors should know, under‐ exhausted atmosphere might be combustible or fammable,
stand, and comply with applicable regulatory requirements. ignition sources in and around confned spaces have been
11.8.3.4 Contractors/Subcontractors should be able to eliminated, mitigated, or controlled prior to ventilation.
develop and implement an appropriate confned space 11.9.2.5 Ventilation Specialists should ensure that adequately
program in compliance with the Owner/Operator program. sized openings are provided for both clean-air intake and
• 11.8.3.5 Contractors/Subcontractors should be able to iden‐ contaminated atmosphere exhaust and that the air supply and
tify, evaluate, and select qualifed Subcontractors and Rescue exhaust points are separated as far apart as possible.
Services. 11.9.2.6 Ventilation Specialists should ensure that air intro‐
11.8.4 Contractor/Subcontractor Demonstrated Competen‐ duced into a confned space is from a clean (uncontaminated)
cies. source.
11.8.4.1 Contractors/Subcontractors should be able to under‐ 11.9.2.7* Ventilation Specialists should ensure that the
stand and safely conduct confned space entry and work hazardous atmosphere is properly exhausted and does not
requirements and evaluate or issue permits accordingly. enter or accumulate in unapproved areas. Hazardous atmos‐
pheres can also be captured and treated where required by the
11.8.4.2 Contractors/Subcontractors should be able to evalu‐ Owner/Operator or applicable regulations. Ventilation Special‐
ate equipment needs and then identify, select, inspect, main‐ ists should ensure that ventilation is conducted in accordance
tain, and provide required equipment. with the applicable confned space program, permits, industry
11.8.4.3 Contractors/Subcontractors should provide for a standards, and regulatory requirements.
means of communication and be able to coordinate activities 11.9.2.8 Ventilation Specialists should modify ventilation
associated with confned space operations. procedures or use appropriate alternatives as necessary to
maintain acceptable atmospheric exposure levels in accord‐
ance with permit requirements during entry or hot or cold
work.

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-54 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Δ 1 1 .9.2.9 Ventilation Specialists should be familiar with poten‐ 1 1 .9.4.5Ventilation Specialists should be able to complete
tial atmospheric contaminants, including, but not limited to, assigned tasks in an approved manner in accordance with the
liquids, sludge and residue, vapors, gases, welding fumes, and confned space program and permit requirements, the Entry
dusts, and familiar with those areas within confned spaces Supervisor’s directions, facility and regulatory requirements,
where contaminants may collect, including, but not limited to, and industry practices.
sumps, piping, under fooring, between walls, in high or low Δ 1 1 .9.4.6 Ventilation Specialists should be able to determine
places (depending on the characteristics of the materials), and appropriate ventilation fow rates in accordance with the entry
less visible or less accessible areas where contaminants are at permit and regulatory requirements, including the appropriate
risk of remaining following cleaning or other routine confned number of air changes needed per hour, where applicable.
space activities. Where there is a need to enter the confned
space to determine the existence of any contaminants, the 1 1 .1 0 Isolation Specialist.
Ventilation Specialist should have an entry permit and should
qualify and meet the same requirements as an Entrant. 1 1 .1 0.1 * General.

1 1 .9.2.1 0* Ventilation Specialists should ensure that ventila‐ N 1 1 .1 0.1 .1 Isolation is the process of removing a confned space
tion air streams do not compromise the accuracy of continuous from service and completely protecting the space from the
or periodic air test results. unwanted release of energy, liquids, gases, chemicals, and other
materials into the space through fxed or temporary connec‐
1 1 .9.2.1 1 Ventilation Specialists should provide ventilation in tions to the space, as well as disconnecting and de-energizing
accordance with the entry permit and for as long as deemed potentially hazardous machinery and equipment within or
necessary by the Entry Supervisor, Gas Tester, or Entrants. attached to the space. Isolation may be permanent or tempo‐
1 1 .9.2.1 2 Ventilation Specialists should be able to coordinate
rary.
and communicate ventilation and atmospheric testing activities N 1 1 .1 0.1 .2 Isolation operations should be performed by Isola‐
with the Gas Tester as directed by the Entry Supervisor. tion Specialists who should be trained, educated, or qualifed
f
1 1 .9.3 Ventilation Specialist Quali cations.
and competent to perform required isolation duties.
Ventilation Specialists should be familiar with the N 1 1 .1 0.1 .3 Isolation Specialists should be assigned and author‐
1 1 .9.3.1
confned space program, industry practices, and governmental ized by the Owner/Operator or Contractors, as appropriate, in
regulations that pertain to ventilation operations including, but accordance with the requirements of the applicable permits,
not limited to, oxygen levels, fammable and toxic atmospheric isolation program, or the lockout/tagout program and the
levels, and required air changes per hour (ACH). confned space program. At the conclusion of confned space
operations, Isolation Specialists should be able to restore the
1 1 .9.3.2 Ventilation Specialists should be familiar with the use, space to pre-isolation conditions.
limitations, and hazards of materials, substances, and equip‐
ment approved for use both inside and outside the specifc 1 1 .1 0.2 Isolation Specialist Duties and Responsibilities.

confned space, including, but not limited to, fans, eductors, 1 1 .1 0.2.1Isolation Specialists should comply with the applica‐
tubing, hoses, vapor collection equipment, PPE, gas monitors, ble lockout/tagout or isolation program and be authorized by
inert gases, fue gas, steam, water, fuel oil, and chemicals. the Owners/Operators or Contractors to operate, install, and
1 1 .9.3.3 Ventilation Specialists should know and understand
apply the applicable energy control devices or other isolation
the hazards inside and outside the specifc confned space asso‐ equipment, materials, and procedures.
ciated with ventilation operations. 1 1 .1 0.2.2 Isolation Specialists should inspect and determine

1 1 .9.3.4 Ventilation Specialists should know and understand

that equipment or devices to be used for isolation are
the applicable confned space and permit program, industry approved, in acceptable condition, and appropriate for the task
practices, and regulatory requirements applicable to ventilation prior to their use.
and be able to apply ventilation techniques appropriate to the 1 1 .1 0.2.3 Isolation Specialists should notify authorized person‐
specifc hazards and confned space. nel, including, but not limited to, Owners/Operators, Contrac‐
tors, and Entry Supervisors, when the isolation control
1 1 .9.4 Ventilation Specialist Demonstrated Competencies.
measures are either applied or removed as required by the
1 1 .9.4.1 Ventilation Specialists should be able to read, under‐ applicable isolation program and permits.
stand, and communicate permit requirements to the Entry 1 1 .1 0.2.4 Isolation Specialists should determine if stored
Supervisor. energy is a potential issue and, if so, eliminate, mitigate, or
1 1 .9.4.2 Ventilation Specialists should be able to appropriately control the hazard.
select, inspect, maintain, test, and use required ventilation Δ 1 1 .1 0.2.5 Isolation Specialists should be able to properly apply
equipment and PPE. and sequence isolation and energy control procedures, both
1 1 .9.4.3 Ventilation Specialists should be able to understand, when isolating and when de-isolating the confned space.
identify, assess, interpret, and apply information provided by 1 1 .1 0.2.6 Isolation Specialists should notify and verify to the
gas monitors in order to provide appropriate ventilation of the Owner/Operator, Contractor, or Entry Supervisor that relevant
space. energy and other hazardous sources have been properly isola‐
1 1 .9.4.4 Ventilation Specialists should be able to communicate ted prior to the issuance of permits for work in or around
and take appropriate action, including, but not limited to, stop‐ equipment or spaces that need to be isolated.
ping or maintaining ventilation as directed by the Entry Super‐
visor when evacuation is required.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 CONFINED SPACE PERSONNEL DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITIES, QUALIFICATIONS, AND COMPETENCIES 350-55

1 1 .1 0.2.7 Isolation Specialists should develop an isolation 1 1 .1 1 Standby Worker.

checklist relevant to the confned space and ensure that it is 1 1 .1 1 .1 * General. Standby Workers are individuals assigned
available to Owners/Operators, Contractors, and Entry Super‐ to stay outside the confned space and conduct confned
visors. space–related operations, as assigned by the Entry Supervisor,
1 1 .1 0.2.8 Isolation Specialists, as well as other authorized indi‐ that do not involve duties assigned specifcally to Entrants, Gas
viduals, should use methods and procedures approved by the Testers, Rescuers, Entry Supervisors, Attendants, Isolation
applicable confned space or isolation program when tempora‐ Specialists, or Ventilation Specialists. Standby Workers may be
rily removing lockout/tagout devices. assigned other duties, such as relief for Attendants, only if they
1 1 .1 0.2.9 At the conclusion of the work, Isolation Specialists
are appropriately trained and qualifed.
should take appropriate safeguards, using the isolation check‐ 1 1 .1 1 .2 Standby Worker Duties and Responsibilities.
list for verifcation purposes, when de-isolating the space in Standby Workers should work in a safe manner
preparation for returning it to service. 1 1 .1 1 .2.1
around the confned space area.
f
1 1 .1 1 .2.2 Standby Workers should be familiar with the hazards
1 1 .1 0.3 Isolation Specialist Quali cations.

1 1 .1 0.3.1 Isolation Specialists should understand and comply in and around the confned space and use appropriate PPE as
with the requirements of confned space, isolation (lockout/ needed for assigned duties and exposures or as required by a
tagout), and permit programs, industry procedures and practi‐ work permit.
ces, and governmental regulations that pertain to isolation. 1 1 .1 1 .2.3 Standby Workers should follow directions from the
1 1 .1 0.3.2 Isolation Specialists should know and be able to confned space Entry Supervisor regarding tasks to be
communicate to Owners/Operators and Contractors the oper‐ performed.
ation, limitations, and hazards associated with the methods and 1 1 .1 1 .2.4 Standby Workers assigned to monitor supplied air
materials, substances, and equipment approved for use for systems should not have any other duties that distract from the
isolating the specifc confned space. monitoring and should adhere to the guidelines given in
1 1 .1 0.3.3 Isolation Specialists should know and be able to 11.11.2.4.1 through 11.11.2.4.4.
communicate to Owners/Operators, Contractors, and Entry 1 1 .1 1 .2.4.1 Standby Workers should maintain air supply cylin‐
Supervisors the hazards inside and outside the specifc ders in a secured and upright position, properly switch cylin‐
confned space associated with isolation operations. ders as required to provide a constant air supply, and ensure
1 1 .1 0.3.4 Isolation Specialists should know and be able to that the cylinders are protected against damage. If cylinders are
communicate to Owners/Operators, Contractors, and Entry to be changed and a quick bypass to another cylinder is not
Supervisors the isolation techniques appropriate to the specifc available, the Entrant on the air supply will vacate the space
hazards and confned space, including accepted industry prac‐ until the breathing air cylinder is changed.
tices and procedures and applicable regulatory requirements. 1 1 .1 1 .2.4.2 Standby Workers should ensure that breathing air
1 1 .1 0.3.5 Isolation Specialists should understand the applica‐ supply lines, hoses, and couplings are maintained in a safe,
tion or operation of and be authorized to work with the appli‐ uninterrupted manner so as to not interfere with air supply
cable energy control and other isolation equipment and and are not used for supplying anything other than breathing
devices and be able to comply with isolation program proce‐ air.
dures and requirements. Δ 1 1 .1 1 .2.4.3 Standby Workers should ensure that the compres‐
1 1 .1 0.4 Isolation Specialist Demonstrated Competencies. sors and/or air pumps (used in lieu of cylinders) are located in
1 1 .1 0.4.1 Isolation Specialists should understand all applica‐
an area where the intake air supply is suitable for breathing
ble requirements of the confned space entry permits and work and free of contaminants. If the intake air becomes or has the
permits. potential to become contaminated, Standby Workers should
ensure that Attendants are immediately notifed to have
1 1 .1 0.4.2 Isolation Specialists should be able to identify and Entrants vacate the space and that Entry Supervisors are noti‐
evaluate specifc isolation needs associated with the confned fed so they can cancel the entry permit.
space entry and proposed work and be able to select approved 1 1 .1 1 .2.4.4 Standby Workers should immediately notify
equipment and methods required to properly isolate the space. Attendants and the Entry Supervisor in the event of air supply
1 1 .1 0.4.3 Isolation Specialists should be able to communicate failure, contamination, or disruption so that Entrants can be
with Owners/Operators, Contractors, and Entry Supervisors as directed to switch to emergency bottled air and leave the space.
required and appropriate. Communication may take place Where Standby Workers also are assigned or acting as Attend‐
during planning sessions or pre-entry safety meetings and ants, they should communicate this information to the
should include reviewing and verifying the isolation checklist. Entrants.
• 1 1 .1 0.4.4 Isolation Specialists should have the knowledge and 1 1 .1 1 .2.5 Standby Workers should have an understanding of
experience to understand isolation needs and be able to select the emergency response plans established by the Owner/Oper‐
and apply appropriate and approved isolation devices, equip‐ ator or Contractor and know what to do during an emergency.
ment, and methods in accordance with the applicable isolation Δ 1 1 .1 1 .2.6 Standby Workers conducting cleaning, disposal, or
program and other requirements. hot and/or cold work operations around the confned space
should be able to perform these activities in accordance with
the confned space program and issued permit requirements.

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-56 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Unless it has been determined that the space is not a confned 11.12.1.1 Sources of training or education include, but are
space, Standby Workers conducting hot or cold work opera‐ not limited to, the following:
tions or other duties inside the space should be trained, quali‐ (1) On-the-job (apprentice) training or experience
fed, and equipped as Entrants. (2) Company sponsored training or education (internal or
11.11.3 Standby Worker Qualifcations. external)
(3) Job-required regulatory training or education, including,
11.11.3.1 Standby Workers should know and comply with the but not limited to, respiratory protection, hot work, and
requirements of the specifc confned space program; hot work lockout/tagout, as applicable to duties and assignments
program; applicable permits; Owner/Operator, Contractor, (4) Government, regulatory, private, and labor organization
and industry safe work practices; and procedures and govern‐ training or education programs, such as NFPA or OSHA
mental regulations that pertain to work assignments. online or on-site courses
11.11.3.2 Standby Workers should understand and be able to 11.12.2 Retraining.
communicate to the Entry Supervisor the use, limitations, and
hazards of materials, substances, and equipment approved for 11.12.2.1 All confned
space personnel should be retrained,
use in assigned duties. re-educated, or requalifed as required by the confned space
program or regulations.
11.11.3.3 Standby Workers should know and be able to
communicate to the Entry Supervisor the hazards inside and 11.12.2.2 All confned space personnel should be retrained,
outside the specifc confned space associated with Standby re-educated, or requalifed when new duties and responsibili‐
Workers’ assigned duties. ties are assigned.
11.11.3.4 Standby Workers should know and be able to 11.12.2.3 All confned space personnel should be retrained,
communicate to the Entry Supervisor the safe work procedures re-educated, or requalifed when new equipment, types of
and practices appropriate to the specifc internal and external space, or materials are introduced.
confned space hazards and the Standby Workers’ assigned 11.12.2.4 All confned space personnel should be retrained,
duties. re-educated, or requalifed when work defciencies are
11.11.4 Standby Worker Demonstrated Competencies. observed.
Δ 11.11.4.1 Standby Workers should be able to understand and 11.12.2.5 All confned space personnel should be retrained,
re-educated, or requalifed when certifcation requires renewal.
comply with the requirements of applicable permits, including,
but not limited to, permits covering entry, hot and cold work, 11.12.2.6 All confned space personnel should be retrained,
and any other activity assigned to Standby Workers. re-educated, or requalifed when regulatory requirements
11.11.4.2 Standby Workers should be able to properly use change or the confned space program is revised.
required PPE and equipment needed to perform their duties. Δ 11.12.2.7 All confned space personnel should be retrained,
11.11.4.3 Standby Workers should be able to communicate re-educated, or requalifed in the proper use of tools and
with all personnel engaged in confned space operations. equipment — including, but not limited to, PPE, respiratory
protection, and monitoring instruments — in accordance with
11.11.4.4 Standby Workers should be qualifed and able to the manufacturers’ instructions and industry practices when‐
perform assigned tasks. ever new tools or equipment are introduced or whenever
11.12 Training. changes occur in existing tools or equipment.
11.12.1 General. All confned space personnel should be
trained, educated, and/or qualifed as required by the applica‐ Chapter 12 Written Confned Space Program
ble written confned space program and regulatory require‐ 12.1 Purpose. The purpose of the written program is to
ments. Training should include, but not be limited to, the enable the Owner/Operator, Contractor, or Entrant Employers
following: to establish practices and procedures to provide safe and
(1) General and specifc duties and responsibilities for healthy work environments for their employees where working
assigned work in confned spaces.
(2) Equipment, tools, PPE, respiratory protection, and moni‐
toring instruments to be used for assigned work Δ 12.1.1 General. Before confned space operations begin and
(3) Type and identifcation of confned space to be entered; workers enter the confned space for any reason, the Owner/
confguration; structure; obstruction; means of entry and Operator, Contractor, or Entrant Employer should develop and
exit; and materials or substances within, around, or intro‐ implement a written confned space program. The program
duced into the space should be made available to all employees and/or their repre‐
(4) Atmospheric, physical, and chemical (toxic) hazard sentatives and should include, but not be limited to, the follow‐
awareness, including, but not limited to, the identifca‐ ing:
tion, elimination, mitigation, protection, and control (1) Program responsibilities
measures applicable to the proposed entry, potential (2) Identifcation and evaluation of confned spaces
exposures, and work (3) Identifcation of personnel involved in the confned
(5) Certifcation, registration, or licensing where required space entry, including rescue
(6) The physiological and psychological stresses associated (4) SOP such as isolation, control of ignition sources, illumi‐
with the specifc confned space, the anticipated hazard nation, atmospheric monitoring, and ventilation
exposures, and the assigned tasks

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 WRITTEN CONFINED SPACE PROGRAM 350-57

(5) Entry permits and other work-related permits and work of or instruction on how to access the facility’s written confned
orders space entry program.
(6) Other facility safety permits and procedures 1 2.2.4 Roles and Responsibilities. The written con f ned space
(7) Emergency communications and rescue procedures program should establish the roles and responsibilities of all
(8) Training individuals involved in confned space operations. As a mini‐
(9) Resources mum, the confned space program administrator should be
(10) Program auditing and change process identifed as the person responsible for managing the program.
(11) Medical qualifcations Chapter 11 provides a list of roles and required training.
(12) Regulatory, industry, and other best practices
N 1 2.1 .2 Policy for Contractors. A contractor-specifc written Δ 1 2.3 Reporting Unsafe Conditions. The written confned
confned space policy should be developed for those worksites space program should state that all management and employ‐
where Contractors enter a space. The policy should explain the ees should follow all confned space program policies and rela‐
following: ted safety procedures. The program should also require that
anyone involved in confned space entry operations who feels
(a) How the Owner/Operator or employer verifes Contrac‐ that an unsafe condition exists has the authority to immediately
tors are qualifed stop work and report their concerns to the Attendant or Entry
(b) How hazards within and around the spaces are communi‐ Supervisor. Entrants should leave and/or not enter the space
cated to Contractors until the concern is addressed.
(c) How relevant safety information is communicated to
Contractors 1 2.4 Periodic Review. The written con f ned space program
(d) How Contractors are debriefed after entry is completed should be reviewed at least annually by the Owner/Operator,
Contractor, or Entrant Employer and the workers involved in
1 2.2 Responsible Person and Responsibilities. There should the confned space operations to determine if the program is
be one person assigned as the program administrator for the effective in providing safe operations for confned space
company’s or facility’s confned space entry program. This entries. Additionally, if a change occurs that affects the
person can be the Owner/Operator, Contractor, Entrant confned space — such as a change in confguration, contents,
Employer, or other qualifed individual assigned by the Owner/ or operations — the program should be reviewed and revised
Operator, Contractor or Entrant Employer. This individual prior to the next entry.
should be identifed in the written confned space program.
The program should also establish the roles and responsibili‐ 1 2.4.1 If a con f ned space–related near-miss, injury, accident,
ties of all individual positions involved in confned space or equipment failure occurs, the confned space program
entries. As a minimum, the name of the program administrator should be reviewed and, if necessary, modifed to address any
should be listed along with a list of authorized Entrants, defciencies prior to permitting subsequent entries.
Attendants, and Entry Supervisors in a separate document, 1 2.4.2 The written con f ned space program should be
which should be reviewed and updated as needed. Roles such approved, signed, and dated by appropriate management as
as Gas Tester, Ventilation Specialist, Isolation Specialist, and designated in the program.
Standby Worker should be assigned. Responsibilities for appli‐
cable programs such as hot/cold work, lockout/tagout, respira‐ 1 2.5* Identif cation of Conf ned Spaces. Prior to employees
tory protection, PPE, and rescue should also be identifed in entering a confned space(s), Owners/Operators or Entrant
the confned space entry program. Other individuals, if Employers should conduct a hazard safety analysis audit of the
needed, can be assigned by the Entry Supervisor. Chapter 11 space(s) in accordance with Chapter 4. The recognized inher‐
provides a list of roles and required training. ent and adjacent hazards should be documented, including the
Δ 1 2.2.1 Program Development Responsibility. A written most probable hazards that can be introduced based on work
confned space entry program should be developed and main‐ likely to be performed in the space(s).
tained by the Owner/Operator, Contractor, or Entrant 1 2.6 Program Procedures. The written confned space
Employer for every workplace in which confned space entries program should describe the procedures used to evaluate
will occur. The program should comply with all applicable confned space hazards and identify acceptable entry condi‐
regulatory requirements and industry standards and practices. tions. Entry Supervisors should use the criteria listed in Chap‐
Where a confict may exist between Owner/Operator, Contrac‐ ters 6 and 7 to identify and evaluate hazards and the
tor, and Entrant Employer programs, the pre-job evaluation procedures listed in Chapters 7 and 8 to eliminate, mitigate, or
should identify which requirement applies, otherwise the control the hazards.
stricter or more restrictive of the requirements would be appli‐ 1 2.7 Atmospheric Monitoring. The written con f ned space
cable. program should specify the gas monitor(s) and other atmos‐
1 2.2.2 Employee Involvement. Employers should ensure that pheric testing instrumentation and procedures to be used for
employees who perform confned space operations, and/or confned space operations, including information addressing
their authorized representatives, are involved in the develop‐ inspection, maintenance and repair, calibration, calibration
ment and implementation of the written confned space frequency, bump testing, and limitations of atmospheric instru‐
program and the observation of program elements such as mentation.
atmospheric monitoring. Δ 1 2.7.1 * The written confned space program should specify
1 2.2.3 Written Program Access. Employers should provide all atmospheric conditions that allow or prohibit entry.
employees and/or their authorized representatives, as well as Δ 1 2.7.2 The written confned space program should specify
any contractors performing confned space operations, a copy when and how atmospheric monitoring is conducted.

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition

EDUFIRE.IR
 350-58 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

1 2.7.3 The written con f ned space program should specify Δ 1 2.1 2 Hot/Cold Work. The written confned space program
who is responsible for inspection, maintenance, repair, calibra‐ should reference all facility hot/cold work policies.
tion, daily accuracy test (bump test), selection, and assignment 1 2.1 3 Permits. The written con f ned space program should
of atmospheric monitoring equipment. include the facility’s confned space entry permit. (See Chap‐
Δ 1 2.7.4 The written confned space program should specify ter 13.)
who is responsible for maintaining atmospheric monitor 1 2.1 4 Training. The written con f ned space program should
instructions and manuals, instrument history, and calibration include information on required training and the person(s)
records, as well as where and for how long they are maintained responsible for ensuring that all employees receive the proper
and who has access to them. training required by their job assignment.
Δ 1 2.8 Ventilation. The written confned space program should 1 2.1 4.1 Generic training materials can be used for initial train‐
contain information about the selection, use, and maintenance ing; however, the written confned space program should indi‐
of mechanical ventilation equipment for confned space entry cate that all workers should be trained on the worksite’s
and who is responsible for determining ventilation require‐ specifc confned space hazards, procedures, and equipment
ments. before they are authorized to perform any confned space
Δ 1 2.8.1 The written confned space program should specify program function.
when and how mechanical ventilation will be used in confned 1 2.1 4.2 The written con f ned space program should indicate
spaces. the person(s) responsible for maintaining training records.
1 2.8.2 The written con f ned space program should specify if
additional or special mechanical ventilation may be required Δ 1 2.1 4.3* The written confned space program should indicate
for particular tasks, such as welding or using fammable any and all retraining requirements, which should detail when,
solvents. under what circumstances, and which workers engaged in
confned space operations should comply according to regula‐
1 2.9 Rescue. The written con f ned space program should tory, industrial, and Owner/Operator or employer policies and
state that all rescue provisions should be identifed prior to following the guidance provided in Chapter 11.
entry and during work site analysis in accordance with Chap‐ 1 2.1 5 Recordkeeping. The written con f ned space program
ter 10. The program should also make clear that the Rescue should indicate the person(s) responsible for maintaining
Service is responsible for all rescue operations. It should state confned space program records, including cancelled permits.
that wherever possible, all confned space entries should be All permits should be maintained for a period of at least 1 year.
done with Entrants wearing a full-body harness attached to
either a mechanical retrieval device or to a fxed object outside (See Chapter 14.)
the space. Personal fall arrest may be necessary depending on
the confguration of the confned space relative to entry opera‐
Δ 1 2.1 6 Contractors. The written con f ned space program
should provide a means to inform those working at the work‐
tions. While self-rescue and non-entry rescue are always a site of all hazards and potential hazards within and around all
consideration, they might not always be possible. Therefore, a confned spaces where they are working. If a joint operation or
comprehensive emergency rescue response should be devel‐ entry is to be conducted, the applicable permits should detail
oped. operations management control responsible for the entry.
1 2.9.1 The written con f ned space program should designate
Employers should ensure that the program details how
the person(s) responsible for maintaining and inspecting the Contractors/Subcontractors are debriefed after confned space
mechanical retrieval, personal fall arrest, and rescue equip‐ operations and entries, how the debriefng should be docu‐
ment. The program should state that all equipment must be mented, and who is responsible for the debriefng. The
inspected prior to use, regardless of how frequently it is other‐ program should also indicate that if applicable procedures are
wise inspected. not followed, the Contractor/Subcontractor can be subject to
discipline, including work stoppage and/or removal from the
1 2.9.2 The Owner/Operator or Entrant Employer should facility.
indicate the type of personal fall arrest equipment that will be Δ 1 2.1 7 Reporting of Accidents or Near Misses. The written
used during entries. confned space program should indicate to whom all accidents
1 2.1 0 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) . The written or near misses, including failures of retrieval systems, ventila‐
confned space program should indicate the person(s) respon‐ tion systems, and the activation of atmospheric monitor alarms,
sible for the selection, inspection, and repair and maintenance should be reported. The facility’s incident investigation proce‐
of PPE and for cross-referencing the program against other dure should be cross-referenced and followed.
PPE policies, such as the respiratory protection program, the Δ 1 2.1 8* General Fitness for Duty Evaluation. The written
facility’s PPE policies or procedures, industry standards, practi‐ confned space program should include evaluation criteria for
ces, and government regulations. the physical and mental capabilities of personnel assigned to
1 2.1 1 Isolation Program (Lockout/Tagout) . If there is an work in confned space operations. The program should
energy source that can create a hazard in or around the consider all actual and potential hazards and operations. The
confned space during entry operations, then the written program can reference industry and regulatory medical evalua‐
confned space program should identify an Isolation Specialist tion procedures, including, but not limited to, respiratory
to address the situation. (See Chapter 8.) Additional information protection capability, exposure determinations, and physiologi‐
can be obtained by cross-referencing the employer’s isolation cal and psychological stresses that might be present during
program. confned space entries. Physiological and psychological stresses
can include climbing ladders, heat stress, and claustrophobia.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 PRE-ENTRY EVALUATION AND ENTRY PERMIT 350-59

Records should be maintained in accordance with applicable (1) Time . The permit should indicate the date(s) and time(s)
regulations and workplace record retention policies. the permit is valid. Permits are void once the permit
date(s)/time(s) have expired.
(2) Work. The permit should outline the specifc work to be
Chapter 1 3 Pre-Entry Evaluation and Entry Permit
conducted in the space. If there is a change in the scope
The Entry Supervisor should perform a pre- of work or its location, work should stop until it is evalu‐
1 3.1 * General.
entry evaluation immediately prior to all entries into a ated if a new permit needs to be issued. Work not identi‐
fed on the permit should not be done without the
confned space. If hazards or potential hazards are identifed approval of the Entry Supervisor and might require a new
that cannot be eliminated, mitigated, or controlled prior to permit.
entry, then the Entry Supervisor should not issue a permit.
1 3.2.3 Pre-Entry Evaluation. All con f ned spaces should have
1 3.1 .1 The permit should be displayed at the con f ned space
location. Permits should be marked as cancelled after the time a pre-entry evaluation. The intent of this evaluation is to make
allowed on the permit has expired, the work is completed, or a sure the confned space is examined before any work activity
change in conditions requires cancellation and a new or reis‐ begins to confrm both existing and potential hazardous condi‐
sued permit. tions do not inherently exist within or adjacent to the confned
space and that the potential for hazardous conditions to arise
1 3.1 .2 Cancelled permits should be retained for at least 1 year during confned space operations is considered. The Entry
and should be made available for Entry Supervisors to review Supervisor should sign off on the evaluation. If no hazardous
prior to entering a confned space. conditions exist, work can proceed. If any hazards do exist, the
Entry Supervisor should complete the permit indicating the
1 3.1 .3 Permits should be limited to one shift. If work activity appropriate elimination, mitigation, and control measures to
exceeds one shift, the permit should be reissued. In addition, be implemented to ensure safe entry.
permits should be considered cancelled if personnel or condi‐
tions change. 1 3.2.4 Hazard Identif cation. The Entry Supervisor should
identify all actual and potential hazards on the permit and indi‐
Δ 1 3.2 Pre-Entry Evaluation and Permit Elements. A pre-entry cate methods to eliminate, mitigate, or control the hazards to
evaluation and permit should be developed or adopted to meet reduce risk to an acceptable level. The Entry Supervisor should
the needs of the work activities of the Owner/Operator or ensure personnel are informed about all hazards in and
Entrant Employer. The evaluation and permit can be a single around the space, including inherent hazards, introduced
form or two separate forms. Subsections 13.2.1 through 13.2.11 hazards, and adjacent hazards.
detail elements of each form, how they should be used, and
why they are important. Each element can be modifed to meet 1 3.2.4.1 Inherent Hazards. Inherent hazards include, but are
job task requirements and/or the responsible party’s confned not limited to, the design, structure, confguration, size, and
space and other applicable program management require‐ physical condition of the space, as well as any equipment within
ments. Each element of the permit has an in-depth section that the space. (See Chapter 6. ) It might not be possible to eliminate,
the Owner/Operator, Entrant Employer, Entry Supervisor, mitigate, or control these hazards, but measures can be taken
Attendant, and Entrant should be familiar with and should to assess their risks and take precautions. For example, where a
address, as required under the training program. At minimum, steep ladder is needed to enter a fuel tank, the ladder’s confg‐
the elements listed in 13.2.1 through 13.2.11 should be uration is not changeable — but the way in which supplies are
addressed on the Owner’s/Operator’s or Entrant Employer’s brought into the space can be altered. The worker does not
pre-entry evaluation/permit. An example of a combination have to carry supplies down the ladder; instead, they can be
pre-entry evaluation/permit is provided in Figure B.1. lowered down.
Δ 1 3.2.1 Confned Space Identifcation. The confned space 1 3.2.4.2 Introduced Hazards. Introduced hazards are typically
brought into the space by workers or because of the work proc‐
should be clearly identifed on the permit and include the
following: ess. The introduction of materials, personnel, and work
(1) Location. The location of the confned space should be as processes should be evaluated carefully to ensure that they do
precise as possible and include, if necessary, the address not create a hazardous condition. These are hazards that can
of the location, street or crossroads near the site, building be eliminated, mitigated, or controlled, making them a key
location and/or number, room or space number, element in a risk assessment. An example of an introduced
assigned facility equipment or confned space identifca‐ hazard is the materials brought into a space to clean, such as
tion number, or global positioning system (GPS) coordi‐ solvents used to clean a tank, which can create a hazardous
nates. If there is a space similar to the one on the permit, level atmosphere. The condition of the space can be altered by
additional information should be added to the permit to the work process, for example, where workers disturb settled
ensure the correct space is identifed by all personnel. materials, such as fsh processing or other biological waste. The
(2) Description. A detailed description of the space can assist disruption of the materials can allow trapped levels of hydro‐
personnel in correctly identifying the confned space. For gen sulfde gas to be released, which can create a hazardous
example, a description might include the type of space atmosphere.
(e.g., tank, silo, vault), its function (e.g., fuel oil waste, 1 3.2.4.3 Adj acent Hazards. Adjacent hazards are not in the
grain hopper), and/or its physical attributes (e.g., type of confned space but are in close proximity and can impact oper‐
material, color, size, shape). ations in the space by entering through openings or other
1 3.2.2 Work Activities. The work activities to be performed in
means. Examples of adjacent hazards include, but are not limi‐
the confned space should be clearly identifed on the permit ted to, toxic smoke from a nearby fre or hot work, fammable
and include the following: vapors from a spill or release outside the space, and introduc‐
tion of a hazard through a common wall with an adjacent space

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-60 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

where work is in progress. Entry Supervisors should recognize 13.2.6* Rescue. Confned space rescue methods should be
that adjacent hazards exist, or can potentially exist; should understood before entry into a confned space. Regardless of
recognize and inspect the surrounding area; and should whether a confned space has hazards or not, the Owner/Oper‐
provide safeguards to eliminate, mitigate, or control all adja‐ ator or Entrant Employer should ensure rescue is available and
cent hazards. appropriate to the space and operations. All confned spaces
Δ 13.2.4.4 Hazard Control. The Entry Supervisor should iden‐ should have a rescue incident action plan, that describes how
tify all hazards and provide requirements to eliminate, miti‐ rescue will be attempted. The incident action plan should be
gate, or control them on the permit. (See Chapter 8.) Where available to Entry Supervisors, Attendants, and Entrants. The
hazards are inherent, they should be recognized and measures incident action plan should be attached to the entry permit.
should be developed to reduce worker risk. Controls should be Where an emergency response team is required by the incident
clearly outlined on the permit and include such measures as action plan, the team should be notifed of applicable confned
outlined in 13.2.4.4.1 through 13.2.4.4.5. entries, including their location, hazards, and duration. The
following are the four types of rescue:
13.2.4.4.1 Atmospheric Monitoring. The Entry Supervisor (1) Self-rescue. Rescue before needing assistance. The
should understand and include atmospheric monitoring Entrants(or Attendants) identify a prohibited or danger‐
requirements on the permits for applicable hazardous condi‐ ous condition and exit under their own power. Self-rescue
tions, which include, but are not limited to, oxygen-defcient, should not be included in a permit.
oxygen-enriched, fammable or explosive, toxic, irritant/corro‐ (2) Attendant Rescue. The Attendant assists the Entrant to
sive, or asphyxiating atmospheres. Atmospheric monitoring vacate the space. The Attendant may activate and use a
might be required intermittently or continuously. The rescue system (outside the confned space).
frequency of monitoring depends on the work being (3) Entry Rescue. Includes the following:
performed and other potential introduced or adjacent hazards (a) Rescue available. There is a Rescue Service that has
that could alter the atmospheric conditions in and around the been identifed and evaluated, and is able to
confned space. The permit should detail what atmospheric respond in a timely manner should there be a need.
monitoring should be done, by whom, and at what levels (b) Rescue standby. A Rescue Service is standing by the
personnel should exit the space. confned space, ready and equipped to make imme‐
13.2.4.4.2 Atmospheric Ventilation. The Entry Supervisor diate entry.
should understand ventilation methods and requirements. The Δ 13.2.7 Entrants. The Entrant’s name should be printed on
Entry Supervisor should verify that ventilating a confned space the entry permit. The Entrant should sign the entry permit,
with fresh air before and during confned space work can indicating that they have been trained in confned space entry
reduce or remove atmospheric contaminants. Ventilation, espe‐ and have reviewed all the hazards associated with the permit-
cially during warmer months, can also provide relief from ther‐ specifc entry, including which condition changes would
mal stress. The permit should outline what ventilation should require their immediate evacuation. For multiple Entrants, a
be used prior to and during entry. If ventilation will block sign-in sheet can be attached to the permit.
access into or out of the space, the permit should outline
procedures to ensure worker safety during operations. In situa‐
tions where ventilation is not a feasible means of making a
Δ 13.2.8 Attendant. The Attendant’s name should be printed on
the entry permit. The Attendant should sign the entry permit,
space safe for entry due to fammability issues, other control indicating that they have been trained in confned space entry
methods must be used. Chapters 8 and 9 provide information and have reviewed all the hazards associated with the permit-
on hazard control. specifc entry. The Attendant must be aware of all potential
Δ 13.2.4.4.3 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). The permit hazards in the confned space, including possible behavioral
should address Entrant and Attendant PPE requirements for effects related to hazard exposure. An Attendant must remain
specifc work, such as entry into inert atmospheres, cleaning, or in constant contact with the Entrant until relieved by another
painting. Attendant, maintain communication with the Entrant, monitor
activities, and order evacuations where needed. The Attendant
13.2.4.4.4 Other Permits. All additional permits needed for also performs non-entry rescue or summons a rescue team, if
work to be performed in and around a confned space should necessary, and cannot perform any other duty that might inter‐
be listed on the entry permit. fere with the primary duty of ensuring the safety of the Entrant.
13.2.4.4.5 Grounding and Bonding. If the confned space or If the work or hazards change from what is stated on the
the ventilation or equipment brought into the space need to be permit, the Attendant should order Entrants to vacate.
grounded or bonded, then that information should be indica‐ 13.2.9 Entry Supervisor. The Entry Supervisor is responsible
ted on the permit as a control. for all aspects of the entry and issuance of the entry permit.
13.2.5 Communications. The Entry Supervisor should select The Entry Supervisor should sign the permit, indicating that
and indicate on the permit the appropriate methods of they have been trained in confned space entry and have
communication, and should document how communication reviewed all the hazards associated with the permit-specifc
will be maintained, as follows: entry. They must be aware of all potential hazards in each space
and the SOP and equipment required for each entry. If a space
(1) Verbal. Acceptable if line of sight is maintained has been evacuated due to a change in conditions, the Entry
(2) Radio. Permit to indicate test intervals Supervisor should re-evaluate the space and issue a new permit.
(3) Rescue request. Permit to indicate how rescue team will be 13.2.10 Cancel Permit. Each permit should have an area on
notifed the permit to mark the permit as cancelled. A permit can be
cancelled at the end of the work activity by the Attendant or

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE (MOC) 350-61

Entrant, or at any time by the Attendant, Entrant, Entry Super‐ confned space operations as part of the confned space
visor, or safety professional because of hazards. The reason the program. (See Section 5. 8. )
permit was cancelled (e.g., work was completed, conditions 1 4.3.3 Owners/Operators or Entrant Employers should main‐
changed) should be documented on the permit. tain employee confned space medical evaluation–related docu‐
1 3.2.1 1 Rescue and Emergency Contact. The entry permit ments for 30 years past the last employment date of an
should indicate emergency rescue and contact information. employee in conjunction with the confned space program,
1 3.3 Reclassifcation and Alternate Procedures. A modif ed
industry practices, or regulations.
permit that includes the alternate procedures and reclassifca‐
tion option is provided in Figure B.2. Chapter 1 5 Management of Change (MOC)

1 5.1 Purpose.
Chapter 1 4 Recordkeeping
N 1 5.1 .1 This chapter provides information for establishing a
1 4.1 Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to assist management of change (MOC) system for confned space
Owners/Operators or Entrant Employers with confned spaces operations. Its purpose is to establish and implement proce‐
and/or established confned space programs in assessing their dures needed to provide for continuous safe operating condi‐
record-keeping needs and establishing a records retention tions and work practices whenever change or modifcations —
program. other than changes in kind — occur, including, but not limited
1 4.1 .1 General. All records required by or associated with a
to, the following:
confned space program — including, but not limited to, pre- (1) In confned space classifcation, confguration, equip‐
entry evaluations, all entry permits, other associated permits, ment, materials, content, scope of work, operating proce‐
atmospheric monitoring instrument calibration, employee dures, processes, or personnel
exposure test results, and any additional documents deemed (2) To Owner/Operator and Contractor confned space
necessary by the confned space program — should be main‐ programs
tained by the Owner/Operator or Entrant Employer for a mini‐ (3) To other applicable programs, industry practices, or regu‐
mum of 1 year to allow for an annual review of the program. latory requirements
Where required by regulations or employer policy, records N 1 5.1 .2 Owners/Operators should conduct MOC reviews when‐
shall be maintained for the established period. ever permanent or temporary changes impact upon confned
1 4.2 Employer Site Records. spaces in their facilities.
1 4.2.1 Documented evaluation and classifcation for each 1 5.2 Responsibilities and Communication for Implementing
confned space should be maintained for the duration of occu‐ MOC. For an MOC system to function effectively, confned
pancy or until permanently eliminated. space Owners/Operators or Entrant Employers and their
personnel — including, but not limited to, Operations Person‐
1 4.2.2 Owners/Operators or Entrant Employers should nel, Entrants, Attendants, Entry Supervisors, and Rescuers —
conduct annual reviews of programs, permits, and other should be able to recognize confned space–related deviations
records associated with confned space activities for continued and changes that are signifcant enough to trigger an MOC
compliance and effectiveness. Record maintenance and reten‐ review. Once a deviation or change triggers an MOC review,
tion requirements should be updated as needed. Corrective facility Owners/Operators or Entrant Employers should assign
action taken as a result of program review should be documen‐ qualifed personnel and resources to determine what changes,
ted and maintained for a period of 1 year from the date of the if any, are needed in the confned space program and hazard
review or longer, as required by company policy or regulations. control measures. Owners/Operators and Entrant Employers
1 4.2.3 Owners/Operators or Entrant Employers should
should then implement the changes in their programs and
inspect, test, and maintain confned space monitoring and cali‐ procedures to ensure confned space operations are conducted
bration equipment, PPE and respiratory protection equipment, safely.
breathing air supply and ventilation equipment as required by 1 5.3 MOC Process and Activation. The MOC process should
their respective programs, industry practices, and applicable be developed, implemented, communicated, and documented
regulations. Inspection, testing, and maintenance records to ensure that changes and deviations affecting confned spaces
should be maintained for a minimum of 1 year following the have been reviewed and authorized. The MOC process should
activity, or longer if required by company policy or regulations. ensure that changes to equipment, processes, personnel, proce‐
dures, or materials affecting confned spaces are properly
1 4.3 Employee Records.
reviewed against the original confned space hazard assessment
1 4.3.1 Owners/Operators or Entrant Employers should imple‐ and that hazard elimination, mitigation, and control measures
ment programs to retain and maintain employee training, applicable to the specifc confned space are re-evaluated and
retraining, education, certifcation, competency, and qualifca‐ changed if needed. The MOC process, if well implemented,
tion documentation for the duration of employment or longer, can help prevent or minimize confned space incidents and
as required by company policy, industry practices, or regula‐ accidents associated with changes or modifcations to confned
tions. space work.
1 4.3.2 Owners/Operators or Entrant Employers should 1 5.3.1 Owners/Operators and Contractors/Subcontractors
develop and maintain an up-to-date roster of workers trained, should assign qualifed persons familiar with the confned
educated, qualifed, and authorized to participate in specifc space requirements and familiar with the applicable equip‐
ment, processes, materials, and operations to review the MOC

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-62 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

form. These qualifed persons should identify potential MOC (2) Hazardous atmospheric conditions inside or outside the
issues affecting the worksites’ confned spaces, develop preven‐ space (e.g., levels of oxygen, combustible gases, toxic
tive and protective measures, and propose changes to the gases)
confned space program, as well as other applicable programs, (3) Physical factors (temperature, humidity, noise, radiation)
for approval and implementation by the Owners/Operators or (4) Safe upper and lower operating limits (e.g., temperature,
Contractors/Subcontractors. pressure, fow, composition)
15.3.2 Upon completion of the MOC review, the person(s) (5) Changes in ventilation that could affect displacement,
conducting the review should originate and submit an MOC dilution, or removal of air contaminants within the space
form to the Owner/Operator or Contractor/Subcontractor for (6) Additions or changes to preventative maintenance, isola‐
authorization prior to implementing any change affecting a tion, or lockout/tagout procedures
confned space. The confned space program should be revised (7) Improper application of inspection, testing, preventative
to refect permanent MOCs. An example of an MOC form is maintenance, isolation, or lockout/tagout procedures
shown in Figure D.1. 15.4.3 Confned Space Content/Chemical Changes. Owners/
15.3.3 After changes to the confned space program have Operators and Contractors/Subcontractors should institute an
been implemented, the MOC form should be reviewed by the MOC process wherever changes in the materials, contents, or
Entry Supervisor prior to authorizing entry into confned chemicals stored or used in confned spaces could impact
spaces. The Entry Supervisor should ensure that all confned previously established confned space classifcation and hazard
space program requirements and documentation have been assessment data. Examples of changes to the confned space
fully addressed and that any changes were consistent with the content/chemicals include, but are not limited to, the follow‐
original or updated confned space classifcation and hazard ing:
assessment documentation prior to providing authorization for (1) The type, amount, or composition of contents/chemicals
confned space entry. stored in a confned space that can affect electrical
hazardous area classifcations, hazardous atmosphere
15.4 MOC-Warranted Confned Space Changes. considerations, air-monitoring provisions, ventilation
Δ 15.4.1 Equipment Changes Affecting Confned Space. requirements, PPE requirements for Entrants, or rescue
Owners/Operators and Contractors/Subcontractors should preparedness
initiate an MOC process whenever the addition, modifcation, (2) The introduction or use of new or changed hazardous
or removal of equipment might require new or revised chemicals or other materials inside a confned space that
processes, procedures, documentation, or training for the might present or produce chemical or physical hazard
confned space work. Examples of changes to confned space exposure concerns to Entrants
equipment include, but are not limited to, changes to the (3) The use of new or different materials or chemicals whose
following: release outside of the confned space could affect the
confned space
(1) Physical confguration of the space (e.g., external or (4) Spills or releases of fammable, combustible, or toxic
internal dimensions of space, construction materials, liquids, vapors, gases, or dusts from operations occurring
physical condition) elsewhere within the facility that could affect confned
(2) Entry or internal access portals and paths, including the space operations
number, size, and confgurations that can affect ingress/
egress routes) 15.5 MOC Completion and Verifcation. Owners/Operators
(3) Internal equipment (e.g., agitators, dampers, piping, and Contractors/Subcontractors should develop and imple‐
obstructions, safety critical equipment, system parts) ment an MOC verifcation process to confrm that the potential
(4) Instrumentation and monitoring (e.g., monitors, electri‐ safety impacts and consequences from the proposed changes
cal controls, program/control logic or set/alarm points, or deviations have been properly addressed. The MOC form
calibration, testing, process controls) should verify that all required MOC action items are complete;
(5) Electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic, or mechanical equip‐ the confned space classifcation/hazard assessments have been
ment updated; and the confned space program, entry procedure,
(6) Electrical classifcation of equipment and rescue plan have been revised accordingly. The Entry
(7) Classifcation of a space (new classifcation resulting in a Supervisor should determine the requirements for safe entry,
confned space that previously was not, or reclassifcation issue the necessary permits, and ensure compliance to
resulting in it no longer being a confned space) commence confned space operations. An MOC completion
and verifcation process should confrm, but not be limited to,
15.4.2 Confned Space Process Changes. Owners/Operators the following items:
and Contractors/Subcontractors should initiate an MOC proc‐ (1) Construction and equipment is in accordance with design
ess whenever there are changes to confned space or adjacent specifcations.
processes, work practices, or procedures that can impact previ‐ (2) Confned space safety, operating, maintenance, and
ously established confned space programs and classifcation emergency procedures are in place and are appropriate
and hazard assessment data. Examples of changes to the for the planned activity.
confned space process include, but are not limited to, the (3) An updated confned space classifcation and hazard
following: assessment has been performed and recommendations
(1) Planned confned space or adjacent work activities (e.g., have been implemented before startup.
welding, cleaning, maintenance, repairs, testing, monitor‐ (4) Requirements and authorizations in the MOC have been
ing) met.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.

EDUFIRE.IR
 PREVENTION THROUGH DESIGN (PTD) 350-63

(5) Retraining, re-education, or requalifcation of each affec‐ (3) Investigating confned space incidents and near-misses to
ted employee in regard to the changes has been comple‐ evaluate the beneft of PtD concepts to the root cause
ted and documented. analysis and corrective action process
(6) Assurance has been received that all requirements and (4) Providing training on PtD concepts, practices, and bene‐
authorizations in the MOC have been fulflled and docu‐ fts to facility managers, supervisors, engineers, and EHS
mented. professionals
16.5 PtD Warranted Confned Space Changes. Subsections
Chapter 16 Prevention Through Design (PtD) 16.5.1 through 16.5.4 provide examples of how PtD concepts
can be utilized by Owners/Operators and Contractors/Subcon‐
16.1 Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to provide infor‐ tractors to reduce or eliminate the hazards and risks associated
mation for establishing a prevention through design (PtD) with confned space entry and rescue operations.
process for confned spaces to eliminate hazards and reduce 16.5.1 PtD to Eliminate Confned Space by Defnition. PtD
risk by studying safety impacts during the initial stages of can be used by Owners/Operators and Contractors/Subcon‐
design rather than relying on reactive hazard isolation and tractors to eliminate hazards by designing or redesigning the
control approaches. confned space in such a way that it no longer meets the
16.2* Background. A PtD concept seeks to initiate a design requirements to be defned as a confned space, including, but
process to reduce or eliminate inherent risks and hazards asso‐ not limited to, the following:
ciated with the design of facilities, equipment, and products. (1) Eliminating the need to enter the confned space and
PtD can minimize retroftting control costs and the use of perform work by using remotely operated tools, fxed
labor-intensive administrative hazard control measures. The monitoring devices, viewing windows or cameras, or
root PtD concepts and approach have a direct relationship and remote grease joints; redesigning the work or mainte‐
beneft to hazard and risk reduction efforts associated with nance tasks; or relocating critical valves/equipment
confned space entry and rescue operations. Specifcally, the outside space
application of PtD concepts by Owners/Operators and (2) Eliminating restricted means of entry and exit by replac‐
Contractors/Subcontractors to confned spaces targets two ing ladders with steps/stairs, enlarging openings/access
types of interactions — the construction and/or installation of paths, using standard doorway openings, or adding access
new confned spaces, and the redesign, retroft, and/or renova‐ points
tion of confned spaces to eliminate, control, or minimize (3) Designing the space for continuous employee occupancy
hazards. by improving ventilation, illuminating space, or altering
Δ 16.3 Responsibilities. PtD is facilitated when Owners/Opera‐ space confguration
tors provide resources and assign safety professionals and engi‐ 16.5.2 PtD to Eliminate Serious Hazards. PtD can be used by
neers to effectively collaborate during the early stages of a Owners/Operators and Contractors/Subcontractors to elimi‐
capital project process. For a PtD process to function effec‐ nate hazards by designing or redesigning the confned space in
tively, confned space Owners/Operators must understand the such a way that it no longer has serious hazards, including, but
hierarchy of hazard controls and recognize which confned not limited to, the following:
space hazards and risks can be reduced through improved
design or redesign. Once an opportunity to reduce risks (1) Substituting or eliminating hazardous chemicals that
through a PtD process is identifed, facility Owners/Operators present potential hazardous atmospheres (e.g., using
should gather the appropriate qualifed people and resources combustible liquids with reduced fash points, using
to perform a PtD review. corrosives and toxics that have a lesser exposure concern)
(2) Eliminating serious safety hazards (e.g., installing fxed
16.4 PtD Process and Activation. PtD has been recognized guards/covers on mechanical and electrical equipment
and formalized by consensus safety organizations, including, hazards, installing railings and/or fall protection points
but not limited to, OSHA, NIOSH, ANSI, and other consensus into the space, installing energy isolation lockout points
safety organizations and industry associations. However, there outside of the space, removing or guarding exposure to
are no current regulatory requirements or consensus standards sharp/heated/slippery surfaces)
that specifcally address formal PtD processes specifc to (3) Preventing engulfment or entrapment hazards (e.g.,
confned spaces. Nonmandatory PtD standards and guidelines designing pipes, valves, and line breaks to allow for block‐
have been developed, published, and disseminated to the ing and bleeding of lines outside of the space; designing
public. Confned space Owners/Operators and Contractors/ the space opening to allow for easy emptying of contents;
Subcontractors should consider the following, which can be altering confguration of the space to prevent entrap‐
used to initiate and implement PtD to reduce and eliminate ment)
confned space risks and hazards:
(1) Integrating PtD concepts into an MOC process when eval‐ Δ 16.5.3 PtD to Facilitate Rescue of Entrants. PtD can be used
uating potential hazards, risks, and control measures for by Owners/Operators and Contractors/Subcontractors to elim‐
new confned spaces or when making changes or renova‐ inate hazards by designing or redesigning the confned space
tions in existing confned spaces (see also Chapter 15) in such a way that rescue is facilitated, such as, but not limited
(2) Using risk assessment and a coinciding hierarchy of to, the following:
controls to attain an acceptable level of risk when (1) Designing or redesigning the space to allow for two open‐
performing confned space risk assessments and during ings for rescue
development of confned space entry procedures/permits (2) Designing or redesigning openings to allow unobstructed
and rescue plans access of rescue/retrieval equipment

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-64 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

(3) Permanently mounting a davit arm, receiver, or other major task, which will consist of a series of movements. The
fxed anchor point at the space opening analyst then looks at each series of movements within that basic
(4) Designing spaces to allow external rescue of Entrants task.
Δ 16.5.4 PtD Reference Standards and Guidelines. Several Next, all the hazards or potential hazards associated with
agencies have developed standards and guidelines that refer‐ each step are identifed. It is important that the entire environ‐
ence and discuss the implementation of a PtD process. The ment be considered to determine every conceivable hazard
following is a summarized list of PtD references, sites, and that might exist.
standards for further reference: Finally, based on the basic job steps and the potential
(1) ANSI/ASSE Z590.3, Prevention Through Design: Guidelines hazards, it can be determined what actions are necessary to
for Addressing Occupation Hazards & Risks in the Design & eliminate, mitigate, or control hazards that could lead to acci‐
Redesign Processes dents, injuries, damage to the environment, or possible occupa‐
(2) DHHS (NIOSH) 2011-121, Prevention through Design: Plan tional illness. Each safe job procedure or action should
for the National Initiative correspond to the job steps and identifed hazards.
(3) ANSI/AIHA/ASSE Z10, Occupational Health and Safety
Management System (provides specifc reference to use of A.3.3.51 Occupational Exposure Limit (OEL). OELs include,
PtD process) but are not limited to, those provided by the U.S. Department
(4) AIHA’s “Prevention through Design: Eliminating of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Confned Spaces and Minimizing Hazards” (OSHA), U.S. National Institute for Occupational Safety and
(5) ANSI/ASABE S607, Ventilating Manure Storages to Reduce Health (NIOSH), American Conference of Governmental
Entry Risk Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), and others. These OEL values
(6) Guidelines for Engineering Design for Process Safety (discusses can be defned or expressed as a time weighted average (TWA),
inherently safer design) short-term exposure limit (STEL), or ceiling limit.
(7) Inherently Safer Chemical Processes, A Life Cycle Approach A.3.3.52 Owner/Operator. An Operator is a person assigned
(discusses methods on making development, manufac‐ by the Owner to represent the Owner.
ture, and use of chemicals safer)
A.3.3.56 Permit-Required Confned Space (Permit Space).
Annex A Explanatory Material The defnition in 3.3.56 is based on 29 CFR 1910.146, “Permit-
Required Confned Spaces.”
Annex A is not a part of the recommendations of this NFPA document A.3.3.81 Supplied Air Respirator (SAR). SAR units for rescue
but is included for informational purposes only. This annex contains should maintain a separate egress cylinder capable of providing
explanatory material, numbered to correspond with the applicable text enough air for safe exit should the air hose or air supply
paragraphs. malfunction.
A.1.3 For confned space activities within the United States, A.4.1 The Owner/Operator may outsource this evaluation
this guide is intended to incorporate the requirements inclu‐ and documentation to a qualifed person.
ded in OSHA general industry, construction, agriculture, and
maritime standards. N A.4.3(2) Additional examples include tunnels, tubes, ventila‐
A.3.3.1 Acceptable Entry Conditions. See Section 8.4. tion ducts, and water pipes. The Entry Supervisor should
ensure all exit paths are free of hazards and that Entrants can
N A.3.3.6.3 Venturi-Type (Eductors). When using air as the evacuate safely. Alternate evacuation routes should be devel‐
source of power, these devices work as supply or exhaust. When oped if hazards may impede the main exit path.
using steam as the source of power, they should only be used A.4.6.2 Examples of this type of job include, but are not limi‐
for exhaust ventilation. ted to, a contractor who is sent to various sites to do contract
These devices are also known as air ejectors, air eductors, or repair work in confned spaces or a pest control specialist who
air horns. might enter crawl spaces to apply pesticides. See also 6.3.4.2 on
A.3.3.13 Confned Space. Tanks, vessels, silos, storage bins, introduced hazards.
hoppers, vaults, and pits are examples of spaces that often have A.5.1 Although a pre-entry evaluation should be performed
limited means of entry. for all confned space entries according to this guide, this is not
A.3.3.17 Contractor. Contractors may employ subcontractors to imply that all confned spaces will require a permit.
who perform work under contract to the primary contractor. This guide uses the terms confned space and confned space
N A.3.3.22 Entrant Employer. OSHA requirements in Subpart entry for all spaces that meet the defnition of confned space,
AA of 29 CFR 1926, “Safety and Health Regulations for regardless of hazard. The purpose is not to supplant other def‐
Construction,” defne the term “entry employer” which is nitions or regulatory requirements but to clarify and simplify
essentially the same term as “Entrant Employer” in NFPA 350. the terminology so that the recommendations contained within
Therefore, recommendations related to entrant employers in this guide can be more readily applied to confned space
NFPA 350 would also apply to entry employers in OSHA’s entries under all conditions and situations.
construction standard. N A.5.1.2 Reclassifed spaces and spaces that may use alternate
A.3.3.26 Explosionproof. See NFPA 70. procedures remain confned spaces. They may have no recog‐
nized hazards (i.e., reclassifed spaces) or may have only an
A.3.3.44 Job Hazard Analysis (JHA). For a JHA, the job is frst atmospheric hazard that can be controlled with ventilation
broken into a sequence of steps. Each step should analyze some (i.e., necessitates the use of alternate procedures). However,

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 ANNEX A 350-65

best practice is to include these spaces in the written program contaminant, a quantitative measurement can be obtained.
(see 12.1.1) and develop safe work procedures. There are approximately 500 different air contaminants that
N A.5.6 The written program should address the circumstances can be measured with detector tubes. Although gas monitors
under which one person may be allowed to perform multiple have replaced detector tubes for common air contaminants,
roles during an entry, and procedures should be developed. detector tubes provide a means of measuring specifc chemicals
Not all roles may held by the same person during an entry. where alternative direct-reading monitoring do not exist.
Examples of these chemicals include, but are not limited to,
A.5.8 Employees may also be qualifed to perform certain hydrogen chloride, ozone, and phosgene.
tasks based on their experience and by demonstrating compe‐ A.7.5.3 The obvious shortcoming of this method is that labo‐
tency in performing the task in question to the qualifying ratory analysis of the collected sample needs to be done, which
person or authority. even under the most ideal conditions (i.e., having a qualifed
A.6.3.5.2.1 Arc fash from energized conductors may produce laboratory on-site or nearby) can take several hours before the
intense blinding light capable of burning Entrants, explosive results are known. This type of industrial hygiene monitoring is
high-pressure shock waves, and/or molten metal projectiles. of value for determining air contaminant concentrations for
entries that do not need to take place immediately or to assist
A.6.3.5.5 In this guide as well as universally, 20.9 percent in determining the exposure levels that would be expected for
oxygen is referenced as the ambient oxygen concentration. a particular type of task.
Although this is true at sea level as well as on the top of Mount
Everest [29,035 ft (8850 m)] , the amount of oxygen is much For example, stainless steel welding creates various safety
less, approximately one-third, on the top of Mount Everest as and health hazards, one of which is generating hexavalent
compared to sea level. This is due to the atmosphere being less chromium, a known carcinogen and a chemical with an OSHA
dense, so the partial pressure of oxygen, as well as other gases, expanded health standard. Industrial hygiene atmospheric
is much less. Where pressure is less than standard sea level monitoring can determine if the controls utilized, such as local
pressure of 760 mm of mercury (Hg) [101.3 kilopascals (kPa)] , exhaust ventilation, are effective in reducing hexavalent chro‐
it is called a hypobaric environment. Where pressure is greater mium concentrations to below the OSHA action level and
than 760 mm Hg (101.3 kPa), it is called a hyperbaric environ‐ OEL, or if the appropriate respiratory protection continues to
ment. Some confned spaces could be located at high eleva‐ be needed for future entries.
tions, therefore having a hypobaric environment in and around Δ A.7.7.1 For example if the confned space is 12 ft (3.7 m)
the space. Other confned spaces could be purposely pressur‐ deep and 4 ft × 4 ft (1.2 m × 1.2 m) square and the entry is in
ized, such as tunnel caissons, or be located in a hyperbaric envi‐ the center of the space, the probe should be lowered to within
ronment. Both hypobaric and hyperbaric environments create 3–6 in. (7–15 cm) from the bottom of the space to monitor the
health and safety hazards; for example, hyperbaric environ‐ air at that location for 2 to 3 minutes and the readings should
ments have an increased fre hazard. be documented. Then the space at approximately 10 ft (3 m)
Gas monitors do not take air pressure into consideration, deep should be monitored for approximately 2 to 3 minutes.
and therefore will provide inaccurate oxygen and air contami‐ This routine should be continued until all levels of the space
nant measurements in hypobaric and hyperbaric environments have been monitored and meet permit requirements before
due to the pressure variations. More sophisticated measure‐ the entry permit confned space is issued.
ment techniques need to be utilized to obtain accurate meas‐ A.7.7.1.1 If a 12 ft (3.7 m) probe and tube confguration is
urements in these types of environments. used, a minimum of 24 seconds should be allowed plus the
A.6.3.5.5(2) There is no effective PPE for fammable/combus‐ normal response time of the instrument, typically 2 minutes,
tible atmospheres. Flammable/combustible atmospheres must before the reading from the sensors is acceptable. For example,
be eliminated, mitigated, or controlled to provide for safe the Gas Tester might monitor that environment at 12 ft (3.7 m)
entry. for 2 minutes and 30 seconds before moving the probe to the
next sampling point.
A.6.4.2(3) Training, competencies, and PPE are addressed in
Chapters 11 and 12; the guidance given there should be used Most remote sampling pumps have a limit from how far they
to analyze the hazards and assess the risks. can draw a sample. Diaphragm or rotary vane pumps used in
portable gas detection monitors typically have a limit of up to
N A.7.2(2) Continuous atmospheric monitoring within the 100 ft (30 m) total probe and tube length before they are no
confned space is necessary unless the Entrant Employer can longer effective.
demonstrate that equipment for continuous monitoring is not
commercially available (e.g., for gases that can only be detected A.7.14(3) When considering an OEL to determine the accept‐
using colorimetric tubes). In those situations, a periodic moni‐ able entry limit for a given compound, the lower of the applica‐
toring schedule should be established. ble published exposure limits should be considered.
• A.8.4.1.1 Depending on the material to be removed, cleaning
N A.7.3.4 See Figure A.7.3.4 for typical gas hazards in various
industries. devices that utilize water or steam may be preferred. Caution is
needed where using steam to avoid burns and/or overheating.
A.7.3.9 It is not uncommon for each Entrant to be equipped Water streams and steam also create static, which could
with a multi-gas monitor in this situation. discharge and ignite a fammable atmosphere. Approved clean‐
A.7.5.2.4 Colorimetric detector tubes visibly change color ing chemicals or combustible (nonfammable) liquids can also
when chemical reactions occur between the air contaminant be used.
and the substance in the detector tube. Because the amount of
color change is proportional to the concentration of the air

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-66 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Volatile organic compounds (VOCs)

Methyl mercaptan (CH 4S)
Hydrogen cyanide (HCN)

Hydrogen chloride (HCl)

Carbon monoxide (CO)

Hydrogen fluoride (HF)

Hydrogen sulfide (H 2S)

Chlorine dioxide (ClO2)

Nitrogen dioxide (NO 2)

Formaldehyde (CH 2O)

Carbon dioxide (CO2)
Sulfur dioxide (SO2)
Combustible gas

Nitric oxide (NO)

Phosphine (PH 3)
Ammonia (NH 3)

Hydrogen (H 2)
Chlorine (Cl 2)
Oxygen (O 2)

Ozone (O3)
Agriculture
Aircraft maintenance
Chemical manufacturing
Clandestine drug labs
Construction
Electrical utilities
Fire departments
Food/beverage manufacturing
Gas utilities
Hazmat response
Manufacturing
Medical/laboratory
Mining
Oil gas production
Petrochemical and refining
Pulp and paper
Pharmaceutical
Power plants
Public works
Shipyards
Steel mills/foundries
Water/wastewater treatment
Welding
FIGURE A.7.3.4 Typical Gas Hazards by Industry.

A.8.4.1 .2 Where fammable vapors or gases might be present, hensive electrical safety information to prevent shock, arc, and
fans, blowers, and eductors are usually air or steam powered. If other electrical safety hazards. In addition, API 2016, Guidelines
electrically driven equipment is used, it should be intrinsically and Procedures for Entering and Cleaning Petroleum Storage Tanks,
safe (explosionproof) and inspected and approved for use by a and API 2217A, Guidelines for Safe Work in Inert Confned Spaces in
qualifed person. the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries, provide information for
A.8.4.1 .5 Examples of harmful chemical residues include, but
isolating tanks, vessels, and equipment in the petroleum and
are not limited to, corrosive materials such as caustic potash, petrochemical industry for safe entry and work.
caustic soda, hydrofuoric acid and hydrochloric acid; pesti‐ A.8.6.6 An example of this is a sweep auger in a grain bin that
cides such as chlordane and Aldrin; heavy metals such as lead must be energized to move residual material from the bin.
and arsenic; fammable or explosive materials such as fuel oil Alternative measures to protect workers could include position‐
or solvents; pyrophoric materials; and biological hazards such ing the worker a safe distance behind the direction of travel,
as bacteria, viruses, and parasites. providing a portable guardrail, or installing a kill switch so the
•N A.8.4.3.8 Inert environments pose particular risks for Entrants worker can stop the auger in an emergency.
since even short exposures may render irreversibly fatal effects. A.8.7.2.1 Electrical equipment should be approved for the

A.8.4.3.9.1 Additional information concerning f xed inert gas

appropriate electrical classifcation depending upon its inten‐
systems and requirements in the marine industry is available in ded use and location (i.e., Zone or Class and Division). Electri‐
International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals. cal equipment used in Zone 0 and Class 1, Division 1 locations
should be intrinsically safe (i.e., explosionproof).
A.8.6.2 Within the United States, 29 CFR 1910.147, “The
A.8.7.2.2 Electrical equipment should be approved for the
Control of Hazardous Energy (Lockout/Tagout),” provides appropriate electrical classifcation depending upon its inten‐
requirements for preventing accidental startup of equipment ded use and location (i.e., Zone 1 or Class 2, Division 1).
and machinery or the release of stored electrical, mechanical,
pneumatic, or other energy. 29 CFR 1910.333, “Selection and A.8.7.2.3 Electrical equipment should be approved for the
Use of Work Practices,” has specifc requirements for de- appropriate electrical classifcation depending upon its inten‐
energizing and locking out electrical equipment. Within the ded use and location (i.e., Class 3, Division 1).
United States and in other areas, NFPA 70E provides compre‐

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 ANNEX A 350-67

The following documents provide information regarding A.8.14.3.1 The OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.132, “General
electrical classifcation: Requirements,” which covers general industry in the United
(1) NFPA 497, Recommended Practice for the Classifcation ofFlam‐ States, provides further information and guidance.
mable Liquids, Gases, or Vapors and of Hazardous (Classifed)
Locations for Electrical Installations in Chemical Process Areas
Δ A.9.1.1 NIOSH Fatality Assessment and Control Evaluation
(FACE) reports have identifed oxygen defciency as the
(2) NFPA 499, Recommended Practice for the Classifcation of primary atmospheric hazard that has caused or contributed to
Combustible Dusts and of Hazardous (Classifed) Locations for worker deaths in confned spaces. Atmospheres changes that
Electrical Installations in Chemical Process Areas may require continuous ventilation during confned space
(3) API 500, Classifcation of Locations for Electrical Installations entries may occur for many reasons, including, but not limited
at Petroleum Facilities Classifed as Class I, Division 1 & Divi‐ to, the presence or disturbance of residues, creation of vapors
sion 2 or fumes during hot work activity, outside contaminants enter‐
Δ A.8.8.1 Additional information on static can be found in ing the space, and use of chemicals inside the space for clean‐
NFPA 30; NFPA 77; API RP 2003, Protection Against Ignitions Aris‐ ing or other maintenance work.
ing Out of Static, Lightning, and Stray Current; and the Interna‐ Ventilation specialists should never use pure oxygen or
tional Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals. oxygen above normal atmospheric levels to ventilate a confned
A.8.8.1.1(2) Vapors should be discharged downwind of the space for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to,
truck and away from the confned space and potential sources the following:
of ignition. Regulations might require capture removal and (1) Oxygen above normal levels will affect the accuracy of the
treatment of liquids, vapors, and residue. readings on gas monitors.
Δ A.8.8.3 The following publications contain information (2) Oxygen above normal levels will increase the fammable
regarding bonding and grounding as applicable to confned range of combustible and fammable gases, dusts, and
spaces: vapors, creating a fre or explosion hazard.
(3) Oxygen above normal levels is not safe for Entrants to
(1) NFPA 77, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity (includes breathe.
detailed information on how to control static electricity) Δ A.9.1.3 The Entry Supervisor and qualifed Ventilation
(2) API 2219, Safe Operation of Vacuum Trucks in Petroleum Serv‐ Specialist should understand the differences between ventila‐
ice (provides requirements for safe use of vacuum trucks tion, purging, and inerting. They should be able to select the
in petroleum facilities to remove fammable or combusti‐ appropriate hazard control method necessary for removing or
ble liquids, and can also be used as a reference for other controlling a hazardous atmosphere within the confned space.
facilities where vacuum trucks are used) While the terms are frequently used interchangeably, they are
(3) API RP 2003, Protection Against Ignitions Arising out ofStatic, distinct hazard control methods. Ventilation generally introdu‐
Lightning, and Stray Currents ces fresh, uncontaminated air into a space and controls atmos‐
(4) API RP 2027, Ignition Hazards and Safe Work Practices for pheric contaminants in that the space through mixing and
Abrasive Blasting of Atmospheric Storage Tanks in Hydrocarbon dilution. Inerting is the use of an inert or fue gas to displace or
Service expunge the atmosphere within the space. Purging typically
(5) NFPA 326, Standard for the Safeguarding of Tanks and uses water, fuel oil, steam, or nonreactive chemicals to physi‐
Containers for Entry, Cleaning, or Repair cally displace the atmosphere within the space in order to
A.8.13 Entry Supervisors and all other confned space person‐ create a safe or nonexplosive atmosphere by dispersion,
nel should recognize that confned spaces are ideal hideouts mixing, or dilution. (See Section 9.3 for guidance on appropriate
for animals and insects. The Owner/Operator or Entrant methods ofventilation.)
Employer can arrange for traps to be placed into the space for A.9.2.1 While natural ventilation is cost effective and does not
insects or animals such as skunks or raccoons. If available, a require specialized equipment, it cannot be relied upon to
pest control company or local animal control agency should be ensure stable atmospheric conditions necessary for the safety of
the frst consideration. workers. Space confguration, time constraints, and atmos‐
A.8.14 OSHA general industry standards have the following pheric contaminant properties all present challenges to the
specifc PPE requirements: effective use of natural ventilation in confned spaces; there‐
(1) Eye and face protection should be selected and used in fore, it is not recommended as a means of hazard control.
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.133, “Eye and Face Protec‐ Caution is recommended where relying on natural ventila‐
tion.” tion as the sole means for implementing ventilation of a
(2) Respiratory protection requirements should be in accord‐ confned space. Two primary reasons support a cautious
ance with 29 CFR 1910.134, “Respiratory Protection.” approach where considering use of natural ventilation. First, if
(3) Head protection should be selected and used in accord‐ the space is constructed with internal structure, that structure
ance with 29 CFR 1910.135, “Head Protection.” or other elements of internal confguration can interfere,
(4) Foot protection should be selected and used in accord‐ impede, or divert the air circulation within the space. Second,
ance with 29 CFR 1910.136, “Foot Protection.” depending on the physical properties of the air contaminants,
(5) Hand protection should be selected and used in accord‐ such as vapor density, the air circulation from natural ventila‐
ance with 29 CFR 1910.138, “Hand Protection.” tion might not effectively reach all points in the space and
(6) Electrical protective clothing should be selected and used effective contaminant control would not be accomplished. Inci‐
in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.137, “Electrical Protec‐ dent data illustrate reliance on natural ventilation because it is
tive Equipment,” and NFPA 70E. readily available and requires no additional equipment;
however, those data also illustrate that a false sense of security

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition

EDUFIRE.IR
 350-68 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

exists because the space has been “ventilated.” As a best prac‐ upon the volume of the space, the capacity of the ventilation
tice, the only certain means for achieving effective ventilation is equipment, and the time it takes to move air through a space
with mechanical ventilation equipment that is well-maintained, in one hour. It does not necessarily refect an effective air
approved for the applications, installed according to best prac‐ exchange and complete mixing of air within the space. Space
tices, and supported by frequent atmospheric monitoring to confguration and obstructions to air fow (including duct
confrm the conditions. work) and the properties of the contaminant (e.g., vapor
A.9.2.1.2 When relying on natural ventilation as the sole density, vapor pressure, and specifc gravity) will all impact the
means for implementing ventilation of a confned space, ventilation time and design of an effective ventilation system.
continuous atmospheric monitoring should be used to confrm The number of required air changes should be determined
the conditions within the space remain safe for the duration of by testing and evaluating the atmosphere within the confned
the entry operation. space. It is essential to consistently and reliably maintain an
A.9.2.2.1 This ventilation method is often referred to as dilu‐ acceptable oxygen level and concentrations of contaminants in
tion ventilation because it achieves control of contaminants or the breathing zone of Entrants are at or below the recognized
low oxygen levels through mixing and dilution of contamina‐ occupational exposure limits(OELs) for the respective contam‐
ted air by introducing a fresh, uncontaminated supply or inant(s). If adequate ventilation cannot be determined or
makeup air into a confned space. maintained, personnel entering the confned space should be
equipped with approved respiratory protective devices.
Δ A.9.2.2.1.2 An equal amount of makeup air will enter the Acceptable limits are also limits identifed in the hazard eval‐
space to match the amount of air exhausted unless makeup air uation conducted in accordance with Chapter 6, the elimina‐
from a known source is introduced into the space. Unless a tion, mitigation, and control methods in Chapter 8, and
source of makeup air is added to the space, it will enter according to the acceptable entry conditions specifed on the
through adjacent spaces such as foor drains, open pipes, or entry permit issued in accordance with Chapter 13.
cracks in walls or foors. This method of ventilating a confned
space is potentially problematic due to the inability to control Once the number of air changes and ventilation times are
the source of the makeup air, allowing potentially contamina‐ determined and performed, the atmosphere of the confned
ted air, such as soil gases, to enter the space. space should be tested to ensure the atmosphere is stable for
A.9.2.2.1.2.1 The Entry Supervisor or permit issuer should safe entry.
evaluate and determine safe locations for the dispersing of The time required for a single air change can be calculated
exhausted atmosphere, depending on the hazard. For exam‐ by knowing the volume of the space and the capacity of the air-
ple, fammable and combustible vapors that are permitted to moving device, as shown by the following equation:
be exhausted to the atmosphere should be discharged at least
12 ft (3.7 m) above the surface level so that they can disperse Δ [A.9.3.1.2]
before reaching any sources of ignition at ground level.
A.9.2.2.1.4 Ventilation system bonding and grounding is of T=V
particular importance where a contaminant is a fammable Q
vapor, gas, solid, or a combustible dust. (See Section 9.4 for addi‐ where:
tional information on bonding and grounding of ventilation equip‐
ment.) T = time (min)
V = volume [ft3 (m3)]
A.9.2.2.2.1 Examples of point source contaminants can Q = volumetric f ow rate [ft3/min(m3/min)]
include, but are not limited to, fumes from welding or other
hot work activities, vapors from solvent cleaning or degreasing, The estimated ventilation time can also be calculated by
or vapors from painting or coating activities. The Ventilation applying the purge chart shown in Figure A.9.3.1.2.
Specialist should also consider that contaminants can be trap‐ Δ A.9.3.3.1.2 Grade D breathing air is described in CGA G-7.1,
ped in hard-to-reach places such as sumps, drains, under foor‐ Commodity Specifcation for Air.
ing, inside open piping, in pontoons on foating roof tanks,
and similar locations. Δ A.9.3.3.1.3 Where selecting and designing ventilation, it is
A.9.2.2.2.2 Section 9.3 describes the relationship between
important to recognize that the orientation (supply or exhaust)
supply and exhaust for effectively moving air and indicates that for the mechanical ventilation makes a difference. The effec‐
the ratio of supplying or blowing air as compared to exhausting tiveness of both orientations is limited by the ability of the air-
or capturing the air is approximately 30:1. For local exhaust moving device to either push the air into the space or to pull
ventilation to be effective, this performance factor means it is the air from within the space. The ratio for supplying versus
important that the local exhaust ventilation application be loca‐ exhausting is approximately 30:1. Figure A.9.3.3.1.3 illustrates
ted as close to the source as possible — typically within one the impact of such limitations for both supply and exhaust
duct diameter. This might require an assistant within the space ventilation. Where the air-moving device capacity is inadequate
to be assigned to move the exhaust air–moving device or its to supply air uniformly throughout the space, a condition
attached fexible ducting as the worker moves (e.g., as the known as short-circuiting is likely. Short-circuiting is also possi‐
welder moves within the space during welding operations, the ble with exhaust ventilation. (See A.9.5.1.4 for examples.)
distance from the ventilation device could increase to greater Δ A.9.3.3.2 Capture methods include, but are not limited to, the
than the capture distance recommended). use of facility or portable vapor recovery or treatment systems
A.9.3.1.2 Air changes per hour (ACH) is a commonly
that are used for air quality control. An example of this condi‐
referred-to term that describes air fow in a space and is based tion would be an aboveground petroleum or chemical storage

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 ANNEX A 350-69

tank that previously contained fammable and/or toxic liquids Fan velocity
where local environmental regulations control emissions. In 4000 FPM
this example, exhaust ventilation would be preferred to supply,
and the contaminants captured by the exhaust ventilation
would need to be controlled during discharge, so that the Velocity
contaminants were not freely released to the outside air. For a d here only
petroleum application, it is common that the discharge would 400 FPM
be connected to a thermal oxidizer or similar device to render
the fammable vapors nonhazardous. 30 d

A.9.3.3.2.1 For example, many axial-f ow fan designs include At a distance of 30 diameters ( d ) from a supplied air fan,
the effective velocity is reduced by 90%.
an impeller or propeller that can act as a source for ignition if
the impeller gets out of alignment and contacts the fan hous‐ Fan velocity
ing. It is advisable where ventilating fammable vapors to either 4000 FPM
use supply ventilation or to not use an axial-fow fan design that
is not approved for use in a hazardous or classifed location.
A.9.3.4 As noted in 9.1.3, purging uses air, steam, or an inert
gas in the purging process. The most commonly used inert d
gases are nonfammable gases such as nitrogen, carbon diox‐
ide, or argon. 30 d
A.9.3.4.1 For additional guidance on use of inert gases for the
At a distance of only 1 diameter from an exhaust fan,
gas-freeing of spaces previously containing fammable liquids, the effective velocity is reduced 90%.

HOW TO USE CHART Δ FIGURE A.9.3.3.1 .3 Supply and Exhaust Ventilation Design
1 . Select the proper size scale at Considerations.
left, high or low, depending on
Confined size of confined space.
space size 2. Place one end of a straight
cubic feet edge on the proper size scale Effective see NFPA 306, NFPA 326, or API 2217A, Guidelines for Safe Work
High Low at left. blower
3. Place other end of straight edge capacity CFM in Inert Confned Spaces in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Indus‐
1 000 1 00 5
on blower capacity scale at right. 1 500 tries.
4. Read required purge time from
A.9.3.4.1 .3 A minimum oxygen concentration is required due
8
the diagonal scale that corresponds
10 1 400
PU

2000 200 to the high or low volume scale

12 to the operation of the catalytic bead–type sensor, which
RG

selected.
15 requires oxygen to be at least approximately 16 percent by
EM
PU

1 300
3000 300 18 Reference:
RG

volume in air so that the sensor can burn the sample. Low
INU

Bell Systems Standard

20
EM

TE

ISS1 0, Section 620-1 40-501 1 200

23 oxygen in the sample, such as would be experienced during
S—
INU

4000 400 2 5 Purge times are calculated

inerting, will yield inaccurate results for the fammable vapor
TE

28
LO

to achieve seven (7) air 1 1 00

S—

concentrations. There are other suitable sensor types that do

WC

30 changes in the confined

5000 500 35
HIG

not require oxygen in the sample where detecting fammable

APA

air space. 1 000

40
HC

CI T

4 5 gases or vapors or other methods for detecting fammable

APA

6000 600 5½
Y(

50 900
vapor concentrations in low oxygen atmospheres. (See A.9.5.9
1 00

6
CI T

55 6½
for examples of specifc inerting conditions for fammable gases or
0C
Y(

7000 700 60 800

7
UB
1 00

65
vapors.)
IC

8
0 –1

70
FO

9 700
0
Δ A.9.3.4.4 Because inert gas typically is lighter than hydrocar‐
0, 0

8000 800 8 10
OT

90
00

11
VO

0 600
bon gases, the hydrocarbon gas and vapors will exit from the
CU

0
1 0 12
L

900
UM

9000
BI C

11
1 20 0
13 lower portion of the space when inert gas is introduced at an
ES

500
FO

14
upper level. The Ventilation Specialist should be aware that an
)

3
1 0
OT

1 0,000 1 000 15
14 0 20 amount of inert gas equal to several volumes of the space to be
VO

Always test confined 400

15 0 25
L

High Low inerted is required to replace the atmosphere in the space. The
UM

space atmosphere prior 0

Lo w
2
to and during occupancy. 0
ES

300
Confined 2 5
Hig
h incoming inert gas should have suffcient energy velocity to
)

space size
cubic feet
Effective
blower disperse and penetrate to all areas within the space. It is impor‐
capacity CFM
tant to take gas and oxygen measurements at various times,
1 . Proper ventilation procedures should be followed in accordance with all federal, levels, and areas within the space to check the effciency and
state, and local laws.
2. Air quality of the confined space should be tested prior to ventilation.
continuance of inerting operations.
3. Ventilate the confined space for the minimum times recommended above and
retest air quality prior to entry. Entry Supervisors, Ventilation Specialists, and Attendants
4. If toxic and/or combustible gases or low oxygen is encountered, increase purge should be aware that a mixture of inert gas and hydrocarbon
times by 50 percent.
5. If two (2) blowers are used, add the capacities of both and proceed with the gas or vapors can become fammable when vented and mixed
“HOW TO USE CHART” directions above. with air and should ensure that appropriate measures are in
6. Effective blower capacity is measured with one or two 90° bends in 8 in. diameter,
25 ft blower hose.
place to eliminate, mitigate, or control any sources of ignition
7. Maintain continuous ventilation while the confined space is occupied. in the discharge area.
Δ FIGURE A.9.3.1 .2 Approximate Purge Times. (Source: Air
Systems International, Inc.)

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-70 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

TANK #1 – TYPICAL TANK

• I nstrument response time mu st be determi ned.
• I nstrument sample line mu st reach to bottom of tank.
• I nstrument mu st sample al l levels of tank.
TANK #2 – IRREGULARLY SHAPED TANK
• I nstrument mu st be observed for response time even The sampli ng techniqu es are the same as for
after sample line has been removed from tank. Tank #1 , bu t in this case the inspector mu st
• I f instrument readings are 21 % O 2 – 0% LEL du ring enter the tank with the instru ment to reach
sample period, that is the reading throu ghou t the tank. the tank’s low point.

TANK #3 – TANK WITHIN A TANK TANK #4 – BAFFLED TANK-1 ACCESS HATCH

The sampling techniqu es are the same as for The sampling techniqu es are the same as for Tank #1 ;
Tank #1 ; however, when the second tank hatch is however, this tank is not designed to be wall
opened, the inspector mu st be present to sample. ventil ated — the inspector must enter each indivi du al
segment of the tank and test the next segment.

Δ FIGURE A.9.5.1 .1 f
Typical Space Con gurations.

In the event that the inert gas system fails to deliver the provided in applicable API recommended practices should be
required amount of inert gas or fails to maintain positive inert followed. For examples of such installations, refer to API STD
pressure in the space, the Entry Supervisor, Ventilation Special‐ 2015, Requirements for Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petroleum Storage
ist, and Attendant should take immediate action to vacate the Tanks, and API RP 2016, Guidelines and Procedures for Entering
space and repair the inert gas system before re-entry is permit‐ and Cleaning Petroleum Storage Tanks.
ted. A.9.4.4 For additional guidance on safe practices to control
Where the confned space contains pyrophoric iron sulfde static electricity generation, accumulation, and discharge, refer
deposits, such as may be found in crude oil tanks and process to NFPA 77 and API RP 2003, Protection Against Ignitions Arising
vessels in the petroleum, petrochemical, and marine industries, Out ofStatic, Lightning and Stray Currents.
Owners/Operators and Entrant Employers should immediately A.9.5.1 .1 Obstruction concerns include, but are not limited
repair and restart the inert gas system in order to prevent an to, baffes, piping and equipment, grates and screens, internal
ignition within the space. In the event that it is impossible or confguration (e.g., internal structural members), sumps, slop‐
impractical to resume inerting operations, alternate means of ing or uneven surfaces, and similar space characteristics. Exam‐
protection should be considered and provided for in the ples of typical space confgurations are shown in Figure
preplanning stage of operations. A.9.5.1.1.
A.9.4.2.3 Rolled, plastic tubing cannot be properly bonded or
A.9.5.1 .4 Short-circuiting occurs where inadequate “throw” or
grounded due to the nonconductive construction and is projection of the supply air occurs, and the supply air is
considered less safe than typical rigid, fexible ducting if exhausted before it reaches the desired location within the
involved in a fre due to the tendency for the plastic tubing– tank to generate the most turbulence, which promotes the
style ducting to melt. This material is also not effective where mixing and dilution of the contaminated air. Short-circuiting is
used as ducting for exhaust ventilation as it will collapse on also possible where using exhaust ventilation. Both conditions
itself due to lack of structural integrity. Because of ease of are impacted by the limitations illustrated in A.9.3.3.1.3. Exam‐
installation and cost, it is quite common in many applications. ples of this condition are shown in Figure A.9.5.1.4(a) through
It can also be fattened during entry so that the entry path is Figure A.9.5.1.4(d).
not completely blocked by the ductwork. In spite of these
advantages, the hazard evaluation is important where determin‐ A.9.5.3 For additional guidance on the installation of vent
ing whether the plastic tubing can be used for ductwork. systems for fammable gases and vapors, see NFPA 30.
A.9.4.3 Where hot work will be performed on or adjacent to A.9.5.4 For additional guidance on the installation of vent
lines, appurtenances, tanks, or vessels in fammable or combus‐ systems for fammable gases and vapors, see NFPA 30.
tible liquid service, the procedures for hot tapping and welding

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 ANNEX A 350-71

I n su ffi ci en t fan cap aci ty

To safe location

Exhaust ventilation

SHORT CIRCUITING — INSUFFICIENT FAN CAPACITY

Heavier-than-air vapors are vented out.

Δ FIGURE A.9.5.1 .4(c) Ducting — Exhaust.

E xh au st ven ti l ati on

H e avi e r- th an - ai r vap ors

ten d to re m ai n h e re.

SHORT CIRCUITING — EXHAUST

FIGURE A.9.5.1 .4(a) f
Insuf cient Fan Capacity.

FIGURE A.9.5.1 .4(d) Ducting — Local Exhaust.

concentration and raise the oxygen concentration level, the

f ammable vapor and air mixture will not be within the f amma‐
ble range — it will be at a concentration below the LEL — so
there will be no danger of a fre or explosion. Typical inert
gases used are carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and argon. Proper
application for this process requires knowledge of the space
confguration and openings and the gas selection. Carbon
dioxide and argon are both heavier-than-air gases, while nitro‐
gen is slightly lighter-than-air. Selection of the inert gas might
depend on what openings are used for introducing the inert
gas and how the fammable vapors are either vented from the
FIGURE A.9.5.1 .4(b) Ducting — Supply.
space or captured and treated if environmental requirements
prohibit emissions. The source of the inert gas can also impact
the implementation of the purging process. As also noted in
A.9.5.8.2 Guidance on where ventilation for thermal protec‐ 9.3.4.3, inerting can be used to prepare an area within a
tion of workers might be necessary can be obtained from the confned space (e.g., piping or other hollow structure) or a
ACGIH publication, Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances confned space for hot work where cleaning cannot be effec‐
and Physical Agents. tively accomplished. In this application, the inert gas is used to
A.9.5.9 Inerting can be used to displace high concentrations
displace the oxygen concentration to a level below that which
of fammable vapors from a space during the cleaning and gas- will support combustion. It is necessary to reduce the oxygen
freeing stage of the process. The objective is to introduce the level to below the limiting oxidant concentration (LOC), which
inert gas so that it displaces the fammable vapors to approxi‐ for many petroleum-based materials is approximately 14 to
mately the LEL for the material before introducing fresh air 16 percent by volume. NFPA 306 and NFPA 326 establish a
into the space to bring the oxygen level up to fresh-air levels. factor of safety below the LOC by requiring that the oxygen
Typically, the inert gas is used to displace the fammable vapor concentration be below 8 percent by volume or 50 percent of
concentration to about 1 percent by volume in air. At this the LOC, whichever is least.
point, where air is introduced to remove the remaining vapor

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-72 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

A.9.5.10.3 Examples of this condition include a decision to A.10.1.3.4.1 Tier 1 response usually involves rescues from
conduct entry into an inerted atmosphere and entry into a spaces not addressed by regulatory standards. While responses
space during emergency/rescue conditions where ventilation in such spaces might not require rescue capability of any sort, it
supply air or power source might be compromised and/or should be recognized that medical emergencies occurring
unreliable. within these spaces can create diffcult rescues. It is important
A.10.1.2.4(3) This should include fall protection, where appli‐ that Owners/Operators and Entrant Employers conduct an
cable, for operations around unprotected edges such as a assessment of each planned work activity to determine require‐
portal. It is very easy for the Attendant to fall into a vertically ments for a rescue capability. If there is a need for potential
oriented space while trying to make contact with an Entrant or rescue, the Owner/Operator or Entrant Employer should
attempting Entrant retrieval. The Attendant should take what‐ assess resources for a qualifed rescue capability appropriate to
ever measures are necessary to avoid hazards associated with or the anticipated emergency. All rescue resources should be
created by the emergency. available and capable of responding in a timely manner. This
should be addressed prior to making entry into spaces requir‐
Δ A.10.1.2.4(6) It is important that Attendants be trained to ing Tier 1 response.
recognize whether they should attempt Entrant retrieval. Δ A.10.1.3.4.2 Tier 2 response generally allows a single rescue
Employers should ensure that Attendants understand the team to address multiple entries assuming response times are
implications of attempting retrieval in various situations. For appropriate to the anticipated emergencies. Pre-incident plan‐
example, say a signifcant fall takes place due to an interior ning should determine whether a rescue team can provide serv‐
collapse of scaffolding not related to the atmospheric hazard. If ice for multiple spaces. Appropriate communications should
the Entrant is complaining of numbness of the lower extremi‐ exist between various entry/egress points and the Rescue Serv‐
ties, it is not prudent to extract the Entrant with the retrieval ice to ensure that an emergency in one space will result in the
system and possibly cause spinal injury. The Attendant should immediate suspension of all entry operations and the exit of
know how to quickly assess each emergency as to whether the Entrants from the other spaces.
hazards and/or the Entrant’s condition necessitate rapid A.10.1.3.4.3 With immediate life-threatening hazards, the
removal. Items to be considered by the Attendant in making an speed of Rescuer access to the Entrant should be commensu‐
assessment include, but are not limited to, the following: rate with the need for life-saving measures associated with
(1) What is the mechanism or cause of injury (e.g., atmos‐ cardiac arrest. It is generally considered that, without interven‐
pheric, mechanical)? tion, cessation of heart function in normal conditions will
(2) What is the Entrant’s chief complaint? What is the injury result in at least some irreversible brain death within 4 to
or illness? 6 minutes. This is the reasoning behind the recommendations
(3) What is the Entrant’s level of consciousness (talking associated with Tier 3 response, especially where non-entry
coherently, disoriented, or nonresponsive)? rescue (retrieval) is not possible.
(4) What are the current hazards (immediately life- Pre-incident emergency action planning should always estab‐
threatening, low-hazard, or no hazards related to the lish required response logistics. While Tier 3 response gener‐
emergency)? ally suggests a single dedicated rescue team for a single space,
These and other questions can be used to perform a rapid conditions may exist that allow a single rescue team to address
risk-versus-beneft matrix to decide whether to attempt to multiple entries in the same immediate area. The following
retrieve an entrant from a confned space emergency where should be considered when making this determination:
retrieval equipment is an option. If the conditions are immedi‐ (1) The walking transition time between the most remote two
ately life threatening and the only choice is to activate the entry/egress points is 1 minute or less.
retrieval system or the patient is likely to die, then retrieval is (2) Either the team is able to divide its forces so that at least
the correct response. If the Entrant’s condition and the one Rescuer is located at each entry/egress point with
hazards are not immediately life threatening or if the Entrant’s communications capability to allow immediate notifca‐
condition could be worsened by retrieval, then entry rescue tion of other team members in the event of an emergency
might be the appropriate option, and the Rescue Service or, where there are multiple entry sites in close proximity,
should be notifed. one Rescuer is able to monitor a number of sites.
Δ A.10.1.2.4(7) Implementing the emergency response system (3) All rescue equipment needed to perform entry rescue is
set up within a suitable distance at each entry/egress
refers to making the appropriate contacts to ensure the rescue
team is summoned as well as other appropriate agencies. This point or multiple points and every team member
can be as simple as utilizing an assigned radio to directly notify possesses the appropriate PPE to make immediate entry.
the Rescue Service and other appropriate emergency response (4) In the event of an emergency at one entry/egress point,
agencies, or as complex as having two Attendants so that one operations at the remaining entry/egress points should
can physically leave the scene during an emergency to initiate be terminated immediately and the Entrants should exit
contact with the appropriate agencies. Regardless of the the space so the rescue team member attending that
method, it should be planned well in advance so that the entry/egress point can respond by way of another entry/
response to an emergency can be orchestrated as quickly, egress point within 1 minute to either begin or assist in
safely, and effciently as possible. Simply calling 9-1-1 does not rescue operations.
ensure an appropriate response to confned space emergencies This may not be possible with multiple simultaneous entries
in a timely manner. The Attendant should be ready to summon monitored by only one team since Tier 3 entries are associated
help in the event of an emergency, regardless of whether non- with immediate life-threatening emergencies that require
entry rescue (retrieval) is appropriate. extremely rapid intervention.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.

EDUFIRE.IR
 ANNEX A 350-73

A.10.1.3.5 The proper detection of atmospheric hazards erty, or expediting the process of rescuing trapped victims.
depends upon utilization of the correct type and confguration Determining, evaluating, and assessing all the circumstances
of gas monitors. Gas monitors used for confned space entry helps ensure the success of the rescue mission.
typically monitor oxygen, fammable or combustible vapors or Information Acquisition and Management. Analysis of the poten‐
gases, and sometimes one or two other toxic exposures. A gas tial emergency begins with managing information from the
monitor that contains the wrong toxicity sensors relative to the facility about the space prior to any incident. The basics of
toxins present may fail to detect atmospheric hazards, even defning what takes place in the confned space is a logical
though they are present. In general, if an atmosphere is place to begin this analysis.
unknown, it should be assumed to be IDLH and appropriate
precautions should be taken prior to entry. Record all fndings on a preplan survey or document that is
If rescue response is required, Rescuers should assume the readily available on a moment’s notice. Technological equip‐
worst and provide maximum protection for Rescuers based on ment makes information readily available and portable to the
suspected hazards. Appearances can be deceptive. For exam‐ incident location. The use of tablets, smart phones, and laptop
ple, scale (this can be rust; a hard mineral coating that forms computers aids in facilitating and implementing an action
on the inside of boilers, kettles, and other containers in which plan. Diagrams, plans, blueprints, and other means of drawings
water is heated; or other encapsulating build-up) can entrap can be created on paper or computer programs, and software
residual products that are in a space. A worker cleaning the can help manage and input ever changing information. Once
interior could, in the process, scrape a scale bubble containing the information is tabulated, it should be reviewed for accuracy
a contaminant that creates a temporary IDLH environment. and put on a schedule to be appropriately reviewed so it can be
The worker is incapacitated as a result. Rescue personnel kept current and precise. Users should be aware that techno‐
respond and monitor the space to fnd the atmosphere clear. logical equipment that is not approved for use in classifed
The decision is made to enter the space without atmosphere- areas can present sources of ignition in situations where fam‐
supplying respirators. The frst Rescue Entrant steps on a scale mable vapors may be present.
bubble and releases the same contaminant that incapacitated A solid base of written or text type information can be
the frst victim. Rescuers cannot afford to make this type of obtained from the facility or Owner/Operator of the space,
mistake. (See Figure A.10.1.3.5.) such as chemical and manufacturing data, SDS, the type of
A.10.1.3.5.1 A disregard for Rescuers’ safety not only inhibits processes for which the space can be used, dates and times the
rescue of the ill or injured persons involved in the incident to space might be occupied, the size and location of vessels and
which they originally responded but can place other Rescuers confned spaces, facility foor plans or site surveys, prior inci‐
at risk by compelling them to retrieve their incapacitated fellow dents, previous permit entries, the number of workers in and
Rescuer. Rescuers should observe this rule: Don’t become a around the space, and the type of work being performed
victim! routinely in and around the space.
A.10.2.1 The term Owner/Operator, in this case, is meant to Hazard and Risk Analysis. Many factors should be taken into
apply to whoever is responsible for the spaces to which the consideration during an analysis of a confned space. An in-
Rescue Service responds. It generally implies the person, depth hazard and risk analysis can include, but is not limited
persons, or organization that acquired the Rescue Service to to, the following questions: What type of process takes place in
act as response for the entry or entries taking place. This is the space? What type of work will be done within the space that
independent of where the Rescue Service is from since there is not customary to the original process? How does the
may be many options, including in-plant teams, outside munici‐ surrounding environment affect the space, and are there
pal response services and private contract services. constant changes in the external environment over periods of
time that add layers of complexity requiring special attention?
A.10.2.2.2 The review team can include the confned space What type of work is normally and potentially performed that
Entry Supervisor. might require the Entrants to evaluate the internal environ‐
A.10.2.3.1 The performance evaluations should serve as a
ment of the space on a timed basis, including temperature
basis for determining whether the current training has exposure and temperature changes, existing or changing
prepared the Rescue Service to function at the established level atmospheric conditions, or length of work being performed?
of capability under abnormal weather conditions, extremely Will atmospheric monitoring or other hazard evaluation be
hazardous operational conditions, and other diffcult situa‐ required? Will specialized breathing apparatus be needed to
tions. work within the space? Are there biological or radioactive
concerns inside the space?
A.10.4.1 Each rescue response should be based on the circum‐ Will the work being performed in the space change the
stances surrounding the incident. SOPs should provide a typi‐ internal environment? Will it have an effect on the space’s
cal approach while allowing latitude for independent immediate external surrounding areas or adjacent processes?
judgment. While the incident manager may be held accounta‐ Are there concerns with equipment, tools, and machines work‐
ble to justify any divergence, this latitude provides for adjust‐ ing in the space either repairing or cleaning? Will equipment
ments to plans to meet changing needs. being used in the space affect the current atmosphere? What
Δ A.10.6.5 Analyzing critical areas related to the incident might type of ventilation is needed to sustain a nonhazardous atmos‐
pheric condition? Will the physical dimensions of the space
be the single most important part of any emergency response
preplan. Emergency response agencies generally refer to this have an effect on the Entrants, and will the physical or mental
process as sizing-up. Having a solid, well thought-out action health of an Entrant pose a potential hazard to working safely
plan can positively aid in determining if an incident can have a inside the space? These and other considerations are covered
predicted result, minimizing harm to life and damages to prop‐ more thoroughly in Chapter 6.

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-74 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Eliminate, mitigate, or
control risk/hazard
prior to entry

• Atmospheric monitoring • Energy isol ation

• Free space
• Ventilation: • Retrieval system
• Tether Rescu er
dilu tion/exhau st • Associated rescu e tool s
• Coffer dam/rescu e tu be
• Respiratory protection or devices to free Rescuer

• Retrieval systems • Energy isolation

• Energy i sol ation • Fall protection • Commu nication devices
• Pu rge/block/bleed • Control led descent • Lighting, heating, or cooling
• Anchor points space

Determine and select

appropriate PPE

Determine and select

appropriate patient care

I nitiate tactical
worksheet

• I dentify and assess the

need for anchor points
• Assess the entry point

Determine Rescu er
assignments and
responsibilities

M ake entry

Patient packaging and

extrication from space

Removal of all Transfer patient to

Rescu ers from space advanced medical care

• Terminate rescu e operations

• Critiqu e

Δ FIGURE A.1 0.1 .3.5 Rescue Emergency Action Matrix.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 ANNEX A 350-75

Environmental Considerations. Are low foor level liquids a or local security due to restricted areas, processes, or access
concern? Are overhead obstructions or utility piping or cables a restrictions?
concern? Will PPE be required to work within the space? Does Does the space require different levels of emergency
the space span many levels or foors? Is there a potential for response depending on the type of process or work being
weather to affect the outcome of an incident within the space? performed in the space? Does the time of day or day of week
Is uncontrollable ambient noise a factor? Is there a potential require different levels of emergency response?
for vibrations within and adjacent to the space? Does vehicle
traffc, heavy equipment, or other processes affect the space? A.10.7.2 Rescuers generally can choose from the following two
Does the potential for animal and insect interaction pose a types of atmosphere-supplying respirators to satisfy Rescuer
concern to Entrants within the space? requirements for respiratory protection in potentially hazard‐
Energy Isolation Considerations. Where are the control devices ous atmospheres:
located for power and potential sources of energy for the inter‐ (1) Supplied air respirators (SAR) with an egress cylinder of
nal and external areas of the space? How long will it take to suffcient capacity to allow egress in the event of acciden‐
verify that these sources are isolated? Can all sources be tal cessation of air fow from the hose line
mechanically controlled, blocked, or blanked, or does the (2) Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with suff‐
space require personnel to be committed to a location to physi‐ cient capacity to perform the rescue operation
cally control a device? When deciding which type of respirator to use, Rescuers should
Will it take a specialty person or special group of individuals consider the advantages and disadvantages of each relative to
or maintenance workers to secure energy sources? How long the rescue objective.
will it take to assemble a group to secure energy sources within The limited duration of air supply in extended rescue opera‐
the facility or location of the space? Do these individuals work tions requiring spinal immobilization or diffcult extraction
on premises or off site? Is there a considerable time factor asso‐ might preclude the use of SCBA. However, signifcant entangle‐
ciated with the specifc task of securing energy sources? What is ment hazards within a space might make the use of SAR impos‐
the means of delivering a message that an incident has occur‐ sible. The portal shape and size might be restrictive and
red in a confned space requiring a response? require the use of an SAR instead of an SCBA. The Rescuer
Communications Considerations. Can Entrants, Attendants, or should use the apparatus in the manner intended by the manu‐
Rescuers communicate effectively throughout the space, or is facturer versus having to remove the bulkier SCBA that other‐
there a need for a more complex system requiring radios or wise will not ft through the portal, possibly dropping the
communication systems? Will these communication devices apparatus or having the face piece pulled off and being
work below grade and span the working length and levels of exposed to contaminants.
the space? The most effective means of making these and other deci‐
Work History and Physical Attributes of the Space. How often has sions is through the use of pre-incident rescue action planning
the space been entered and is there prior documentation to and practice of those plans on representative or actual spaces.
previous entries? Where are previous entry documents or Only through careful consideration of the circumstances and
permit entries located, and are they relevant to potential emer‐ testing of the plan can PPE choices made by the rescue team be
gencies? Does the confguration, length, or design of the space validated.
put limitations on the use of rescue equipment or require a A.10.9.1 Confned space rescue teams should have enough
specifc type of equipment? Does the size, location, or height of qualifed members to accomplish every function required to
the entry point pose challenges for Entrants or rescue person‐ achieve the rescue objective. The size and capability of a team
nel and rescue equipment? will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to, the
Capability of Nonrescuers (e.g., Entrants, Attendants, Gas Testers, condition of the Entrant, the size and shape of the space, the
Entry Supervisors). What is the level of training of the individuals size of the access opening, and the hazards present. The posi‐
working within the space? How often is an emergency plan tions described in 10.9.1(1) through 10.9.1(5) suggest the
reviewed? When was the last time a training session was number of roles that should be considered to perform an
performed? Is there a safety plan in place for the space? entry-type rescue. Many rescues may require additional func‐
tions such as ventilation, rope rescue support, or communica‐
Rescue Capabilities — On-site and Outside Resources. Are emer‐ tion that will require additional trained resources. Pre-incident
gency trained professionals on location of the space, or is an planning of representative spaces is a key element to determin‐
outside agency or local fre/rescue department tasked as a ing the size and capabilities of the rescue team. Table A.10.9.1
resource? What is the time frame for a rescue team of on-site provides guidance for determining team size depending on the
employees to assemble? What is the time frame for an outside conditions of the space and anticipated rescue methods.
resource to arrive on location of the space? What is the level of A.10.9.1(1) The size of a rescue entry team will be determined
training of the outside resource? Is the outside resource by the size of the space and the diffculty of the rescue opera‐
trained to the ALS medical level? Where is the closest medical tion. Typically, the entry team size should be at least two
facility that can treat a patient who has suffered injury or illness members. However, some spaces requiring technician-level
as the result of a potential confned space emergency or resources may be only large enough to accommodate a single
hazardous materials exposure? Rescuer. Some incidents may involve large spaces or complex
Does the Owner/Operator of the space have an emergency rescue operations that require several Rescuers to enter the
plan or require notifcation or contact with specialized agen‐ space.
cies such as the FBI, CIA, ATF, military, local and state police,

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-76 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Δ f f
Table A.1 0.9.1 Con ned Space Rescue Team Staf ng Decision Table

IF THEN

The confned space has no obstructions or entanglement hazards One Rescuer is needed to perform a non-entry rescue.
and the Entrant is properly attached to a retrieval system,
The confned space has obstructions or entanglement hazards, the Three Rescuers are needed to perform an emergency entry
Entrant is not attached to a retrieval system, no potential to effect rescue:
atmospheric hazards exist, and vertical extraction is not required, 1 Rescue Attendant
2 Rescue Entrants
The confned space has obstructions or entanglement hazards, the Five Rescuers are needed to perform an emergency entry to
Entrant is not attached to a retrieval system, no potential effect rescue:
atmospheric hazards exist, and vertical extraction is required, 1 Rescue Attendant
2 rescue system operators (with assistance from plant
personnel)
2 Rescue Entrants
The confned space has obstructions or entanglement hazards, the Five Rescuers are needed to perform an emergency entry to
Entrant is not attached to a retrieval system, potential effect rescue:
atmospheric hazards exist, SAR cannot be used (requiring SCBA) 1 Rescue Attendant
and vertical extraction is not required, 2 person entry team
2 Rescue Entrants
The confned space has obstructions or entanglement hazards, the Six Rescuers are needed to perform an emergency entry to
Entrant is not attached to a retrieval system, potential effect rescue:
atmospheric hazards exist (requiring SAR), and vertical 1 Rescue Attendant
extraction is not required, 2 Rescue Entrants
2 backup Rescue Entrants
1 air supply operator
The confned space has obstructions or entanglement hazards, the Seven Rescuers are needed to perform an emergency entry
Entrant is not attached to a retrieval system, potential to effect rescue:
atmospheric hazards exist, SAR cannot be used (requiring 1 Rescue Attendant
SCBA), and vertical extraction is required, 2 rescue system operators (with assistance from plant
personnel)
2 Rescue Entrants
2 backup Rescue Entrants
The confned space has obstructions or entanglement hazards, the Eight Rescuers are needed to perform an emergency entry to
Entrant is not attached to a retrieval system, potential effect rescue:
atmospheric hazards exist (requiring SAR), and vertical 1 Rescue Attendant
extraction is required, 2 rescue system operators (with assistance from plant
personnel)
2 Rescue Entrants
2 backup Rescue Entrants
1 air supply operator
An employee activates a fall arrest system and is suspended in a Four Rescuers are needed to perform a pickoff rescue:
harness requiring rope rescue, 1 Rescue Attendant
2 rescue system operators (with assistance from plant
personnel)
1 Rescuer

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 ANNEX A 350-77

Δ f
Table A.1 1 .1 Possible Crossover of Responsibilities for Persons Involved in Con ned Space Entry

Possible Additional Responsibilities/

Title Competencies Notes

Entrant Gas Tester, Rescuer Entrants should know how to perform self-rescue.
Attendant Entry Supervisor, Rescuer, Gas Tester, If performing other duties that interfere with the
Ventilation Specialist, Isolation Specialist primary Attendant duties, the assigned Attendant
should be relieved by another qualifed Attendant.
Entry Supervisor Entrant, Rescuer, Gas Tester, Ventilation The designated Entry Supervisor may perform
Specialist, Isolation Specialist multiple tasks if qualifed to do so, including, but
not limited to, entering the space for inspection
or atmospheric testing, checking isolation and de-
isolation, approving ventilation, issuing permits,
and assisting rescue. The Entry Supervisor should
be qualifed in multiple areas in order to ensure
that each requirement of the permit continues to
be met during entry operations.
Rescuer Entrant, Gas Tester, Isolation Specialist, All Rescuers (except those restricted to rescue from
Standby Worker outside the space) should be qualifed as
Entrants. Rescuers may also need to conduct
atmospheric testing or check that isolation has
not failed prior to entry. Rescuers assigned to be
on site may perform other duties, if qualifed,
when not engaged in rescue operations.
Gas Tester Entrant, Isolation Specialist, Attendant, Gas Testers entering spaces should be qualifed as
Standby Worker Entrants. Gas Testers may perform other duties, if
qualifed, when not conducting atmospheric
testing.
Owner/Operator, Entry Supervisor, Isolation Specialist, Owners/Operators and Contractors/
Contractor/Subcontractor Ventilation Specialist, Entrant, Attendant, Subcontractors may perform any confned space
Gas Tester, Standby Worker, Rescuer activities for which they are qualifed.

A.1 0.9.1 (2)The purpose of the backup team is to quickly and persons away from the space, checking gas testing instruments
effectively remove an incapacitated Rescuer who is unable to to ensure that they are positioned and working as intended,
perform self-rescue. In general, this requires that at least one watching for outside activity that might affect entry operations,
team member be immediately available to enter the space assisting in placing or replacing blowers and ductwork for
equipped with the same or greater level of PPE as the initial ventilation if moved during Entrant entry/exit, and monitoring
entry team. The size and capability of the backup team should air supply.
be determined by the specifc space conditions and hazards Duties that should not be allowed include, but are not limi‐
and the scope of the rescue operation. ted to, any task where direct contact with Entrants could be
N A.1 0.9.1 (3) The attendant may be the assigned attendant lost, such as going to get a tool from a truck, performing unau‐
identifed on the confned space entry permit. thorized activities, taking a break, and any other task for which
All personnel engaged in confned space–related the Attendant is not assigned or qualifed. Under some circum‐
A.1 1 .1
activities may have responsibilities in addition to their primary stances, two Attendants may be placed outside the space
assignment provided that they are trained, educated, or quali‐ instead of a single Attendant to ensure that if there is a need
fed in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 11. Table
for one Attendant to take a break, there is at least one Attend‐
A.11.1 lists some, but not all, possibilities. ant still dedicated to the space. This may allow some of the
above listed duties to be authorized by the Entry Supervisor.
A.1 1 .3.2.1 0 When the applicable con f ned space program
A.1 1 .4.1 .2 Con f ned space–related work practices and activi‐
allows Attendant entry for rescue, Attendants who have been ties are typically conducted in compliance with regulatory
trained and properly equipped for entry rescue operations may requirements and/or industry and Owner/Operator or
do so, but only after being relieved by another qualifed Contractor safe work practices. For example, in the United
Attendant who assumes the primary Attendant duties while the States, OSHA requires employers to designate an Entry Super‐
original Attendant attempts rescue. Rescue by the primary visor to supervise work that involves entering confned spaces,
Attendant should be the last solution, as information they have including those with inert atmospheres. Industry practices and
may be critical in assisting the designated rescue team in assess‐ Owner/Operator or Contractor programs are generally consis‐
ing conditions in the space that may have contributed to the tent with regulatory requirements.
emergency. • A.1 1 .4.2.1 2 If risks or hazards develop within or outside the
A.1 1 .3.2.1 1 Approved assigned duties may include, but are not
limited to, monitoring Entrant activities, keeping unauthorized space exceeding those authorized by the permit, the Entry
Supervisor should immediately cancel the permit and have

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition

EDUFIRE.IR
 350-78 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Entrants vacate the space. The Entry Supervisor should not N A.11.7.2.3 Owners/Operators should train or educate, qualify,
allow Entrants to re-enter the space until the hazards or risks and designate employee personnel assigned to perform
are abated or reduced to an acceptable permitted level. Atmos‐ confned space operations.
pheric retesting within the space should be completed and N A.11.7.2.5 The Entry Supervisor is typically assigned this
meet permit requirements before an entry permit is reissued. responsibility (see 11. 4. 2. 7).
A.11.4.2.22 Before implementing entry or work permits, Entry A.11.7.2.10 Equipment may include, but is not limited to, the
Supervisors should require that internal combustion and following:
nonapproved electrically powered equipment (including, but
not limited to, automobiles, trucks, vacuum trucks, forklifts, (1) Testing and monitoring equipment and calibration
fans, educators, pumps, welding machines, and compressors) is materials
restricted to designated safe areas (such as outside the tank (2) Ventilating equipment
dike area or 50 ft (15.2 m) upwind from the tank), away from (3) Communications equipment
sources of fammable vapors, by notation on the permits and, if (4) PPE and respiratory protection
necessary, by posting signs and/or barricading access to the (5) Air-supplied breathing apparatus and air supply cylin‐
area. ders or approved air supply compressors
Entry Supervisors should be aware that approved diesel- (6) Lighting equipment
powered internal combustion equipment is preferred to using (7) Barriers, guards, warning signs, and shields
gasoline or gas-powered equipment. (8) Equipment, such as ladders, needed for ingress and
egress
Entry Supervisors should be aware that the use of steam- or (9) Rescue and emergency equipment needed to comply
air-operated equipment is preferred to using electric or inter‐ with the confned space program requirements (except
nal combustion-powered equipment. the equipment provided by Rescue Services)
(10) Any other equipment necessary for authorized work in
Entry Supervisors should ensure that all electrical equip‐ and around the confned space
ment and appurtenances have been inspected and approved by
a qualifed person to determine that they are explosionproof or A.11.7.2.13 The Owner/Operator and the Contractor should
protected so as to not create or release suffcient energy to be a retain each cancelled entry permit for at least 1 year to facili‐
source of ignition. tate the review of the confned space program. Any problems
encountered during an entry operation should be noted on
Entry Supervisors should ensure that electrical equipment the pertinent permits so that appropriate revisions to the
attached to and around the confned space has been discon‐ program may be made if necessary.
nected and locked or tagged out before issuing an entry
permit. Such equipment and appurtenances include, but are A.11.8.2.6 The Contractor should obtain copies of the
not limited to, metering and signaling devices, alarms, sensors, Owner/Operator evaluation of the confned space(s) to be
overfow protection systems, cathodic protection systems, and entered, including, but not limited to, the SDS covering
electrical heating coils. hazardous materials and chemicals contained and previously
stored in the confned space, actual and potential hazardous
Depending on the potential exposures, Entry Supervisors exposure in the work area, isolation (lockout/tagout) proce‐
should ensure that all electrically powered cleaning and related dures applicable to the space, required and available fre
equipment, including, but not limited to, electrically powered protection equipment, required and PPE.
tools, communication devices, lights, and motors used through‐
out cleaning operations, meets the minimum requirements of Δ A.11.8.2.7 The Contractor should provide the following docu‐
NFPA 70 for Class I, Division 1, Group D (or higher) (or mentation, as applicable, to the Owner/Operator; the Subcon‐
Class 1, Zone 0 or Zone 1) locations. The use of any type of tractor should provide the same documentation to the
nonexplosionproof electrical equipment should be prohibited Contractor, who in turn should provide copies to the Owner/
unless specifcally permitted under an authorized job site Operator:
procedure or by issuance of an entry, hot work, or safe (cold) (1) General Contractor/Subcontractor safety policies and
work permit permitting such use. procedures
Entry Supervisors should ensure that bonding and ground‐ (2) Contractor confned space entry program (if to be used
ing cables and clamps are inspected by a qualifed person for in lieu of or in conjunction with the facility program)
good condition, adequacy, and integrity prior to the start of (3) Contractor/Subcontractor permit program for entry and
work and periodically, as necessary, during the work. hot and cold work (if to be used in lieu of or in conjunc‐
tion with the facility program)
Entry Supervisors and qualifed persons should ensure that (4) Qualifcations or training certifcation for all involved
equipment capable of creating an ignitable spark upon discon‐ Contractor and Subcontractor personnel
nection is properly bonded and grounded (earthed) before (5) Procedures for hot work, cold work, and control of igni‐
permits are issued (see API 2003, API 2219, and NFPA 77 for addi‐ tion sources where fammables may be present
tional information). (6) Past work by Contractor/Subcontractor involving
Δ A.11.4.3.1 NFPA and other entities offer training to prepare confned spaces, including any related incidents
for the American Petroleum Institute (API) Entry Supervisor (7) PPE and other equipment, materials, and chemicals to be
certifcation exam. The NFPA marine chemist program certifes provided for use on the job by the Contractor/Subcon‐
individuals who conduct testing inside marine vessels and other tractor or their personnel
spaces such as chemical and petroleum tanks and vessels. (8) Emergency procedures or Rescue Services to be provided
by Contractor/Subcontractor and means of communica‐
tion and availability

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 ANNEX A 350-79

(9) A statement indicating that the Contractor/Subcontrac‐ entry and hot and cold work operations with the Subcon‐
tor has never been cited by state or federal safety compli‐ tractor and the Owner/Operator.
ance agencies for any confned space safety infraction; if (5) Have a debriefng with the Subcontractor at the conclu‐
there has been a citation, a copy of the citation and a sion of the confned space operations regarding the
statement from the Contractor/Subcontractor describing programs followed and any hazards confronted or
the corrective action that has been instituted [see 29 CFR created in or around the confned space during Subcon‐
1910.146(C)(9)] tractor operations.
In addition to complying with the permit space requirements A.11.9.1 Ventilation methods may include, but are not limited
that apply to all employers, each Contractor/Subcontractor to, displacement, dilution, fushing, inerting, purging, or other
retained to perform confned space entry operations should do appropriate methods of removing or controlling a hazardous
the following: atmosphere. It is not advisable to use steam to remove a fam‐
(1) Obtain any available information regarding permit space mable atmosphere due to the potential for a static accumula‐
hazards and entry operations from the Owner/Operator tion and discharge or an ignitable spark.
or primary Contractor
(2) Inform the Owner/Operator of the permit space A.11.9.2.3 Entry Supervisors should ensure that appropriate
program that the Contractor will follow requirements for safe ventilation operations and PPE are docu‐
(3) Inform the Owner/Operator of any hazards confronted mented on the entry permit and have been implemented prior
or created in or around the confned space to issuing a permit.
A.11.8.2.13 Equipment may include, but is not limited to, the Entry Supervisors should ensure that acceptable atmos‐
following: pheric levels are achieved and documented on the permit
(1) Testing and monitoring equipment and calibration before issuing a permit to enter ventilated spaces.
materials Entry Supervisors should ensure that continuous forced-air
(2) Approved ventilating equipment ventilation is provided where required by the confned space
(3) Approved communications equipment program while confned spaces are occupied, even if initial and
(4) Approved required PPE and respiratory protection subsequent atmospheric test results are acceptable.
(5) Approved (low voltage if required) lighting equipment Entry Supervisors should ensure that air quality is monitored
and, if required, explosionproof electrical equipment continuously or periodically in accordance with the permit
(6) Barriers, guards, warning signs, and shields placed at requirements and should use appropriate additional measures
appropriate locations to maintain atmospheric exposures within acceptable levels
(7) Equipment, such as ladders and hoists, needed for where needed.
ingress and egress
(8) Rescue and emergency equipment needed to comply A.11.9.2.7 Where required, exhausted atmosphere should be
with the confned space program requirements (except captured, disbursed, and treated, as appropriate.
equipment provided by Rescue Services)
(9) Approved safe air supply compressors or bottles (if A.11.9.2.10 Gas Testers should take readings away from the
needed) incoming air fow and in areas where the sample is representa‐
(10) Any other equipment necessary for authorized work in tive of the atmosphere where personnel are located within the
and around the confned space space.
A.11.8.2.16 Contractors should retain cancelled entry and A.11.10.1 Isolation should be achieved by approved methods
work permits, including those pertaining to Subcontractors, for in accordance with the appropriate isolation program require‐
at least 1 year to facilitate review of the Contractor’s confned ments, including, but not limited to, blanking, blinding,
space and work programs. Any problems encountered during double block and bleeding, misaligning, or removing sections
confned space operations should be noted on the pertinent of lines, pipes, or ducts; lockout or tagout of all sources of
permit so that appropriate revisions to the confned space or energy; or blocking, disconnecting, or relieving pressures of all
hot/cold work programs can be made. mechanical, hydraulic, electrical, vapor, gas, engulfment, chem‐
ical, or steam linkages and connections that could create
Δ A.11.8.2.17 Where a Contractor arranges for a Subcontractor hazards.
to perform work that involves confned space entry or associ‐
ated operations, the Contractor should do the following: A.11.11.1 Worker operations and duties may include, but are
(1) Inform the Subcontractor that the workplace contains not limited to, moving and staging equipment and materials
confned spaces and that entry is allowed only through for use within or outside the space; conducting non-entry
compliance with the applicable confned space program required hot and/or cold work; assisting Gas Testers, Attend‐
and issuance of the appropriate permits. ants, ventilation and isolation personnel with activities outside
(2) Appraise the Subcontractor of the actual and potential of the confned space; manning barriers to prevent unauthor‐
hazards and the experience of the Owners/Operators ized entry into the surrounding area; and acting as a fre watch
and Contractors with the space. during hot work operations or where ignition sources are
(3) Apprise the Subcontractor of any precautions or proce‐ present in the area.
dures that have been implemented for the protection of A.12.5 A hazard safety analysis audit does not eliminate the
workers in or near permit spaces where Contractor/ need for a full hazard evaluation risk assessment of the space at
Subcontractor or facility personnel will be working. the time of entry. Figure A.12.5 is an example of an identifca‐
(4) Where Owner/Operator and Contractor personnel will tion template.
be working in or near the confned space, coordinate

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-80 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

I DE N TI FI CATI ON OF CON FI N E D SPACE FOR M

N am e an d l ocati on (faci l i ty/com pan y):

Si ze/con fi g u rati on :

N orm al con ten ts or process:

Typi cal reason s for en try:

Safety h azard s:

H eal th h azard /poten ti al l y h azard ou s atm osph ere:

Ad j acen t h azard s:

N otes:

N FIGURE A.1 2.5 f f

Identi cation of Con ned Spaces at (Facility/Company) .

A.1 2.7.1 There is no hard-and-fast rule regarding allowable A.1 2.1 8 Items to consider as part of the f tness-for-duty evalua‐
levels for entry into confned spaces where toxic contaminants tion can include, but are not limited to, the following:
may be present. OSHA OELs exist for several hundred air (1) Hot and cold temperature changes
contaminants and these levels must not be exceeded. NIOSH (2) Unstable surfaces
and the ACGIH also have established OELs for many contami‐ (3) Areas that require climbing up or down
nants. Where working in confned spaces, it is often standard (4) Audible alerts and communication
practice to set meter alarm levels at one half or less of the (5) Tight work spaces
allowable or recommended exposure limits (also called the (6) Capable of wearing required PPE
“action level”). Atmospheric monitor manufacturers may also
recommend alarm limits based on the contaminant properties A.1 3.1 An entry permit should be used for all reclassif cations
and on the accuracy of the measurement. or alternate procedures. (See Figure B.2 and Annex C.)
A.1 2.1 4.3 A sample training certi f cation form and alternate
tracking option are provided in Figure A.12.14.3.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 ANNEX B 350-81

Employee name
Job title
Date trained Trainer signature
This employee was trained as (Entrant, Attendant, Entry Supervisor, etc.)
Training source (if outside trainer)*
Date of in-house training on policies and equipment
In-house trainer signature
(Attach syllabus or other relevant training materials.)

Alternative Option for Tracking Training

Date trained
Training competency and by whom – Date trained on
Employee (Entrant/Attendant/Entry generic or outside in-house policy Signature of
name Supervisor, Gas Tester, etc.) source* and equipment in-house trainer

Contents of training (attach if possible):

*Note: If an outside training source is used, the training must include the facility’s equipment and policies.

Δ FIGURE A.1 2.1 4.3 f f

Con ned Space Entry Training Certi cation and Alternate Tracking Option.

N A.1 3.2.6 The decision to provide real-time monitoring (e.g., work operations. This approach involves the design of tools,
physical direct observation, cameras, monitored wired or wire‐ equipment, systems, work processes, and facilities to reduce or
less “man-down” systems) and/or emergency treatment inter‐ eliminate hazards associated with work.
vention for confned space Entrants should not be based solely
on the hazards within and around a space. Annex B f
Sample Con ned Space Pre-Entry Evaluation Form
Also to be taken into consideration are the characteristics and Permit
that might make it diffcult for an ill or injured worker to be This annex is not a part of the recommendations of this NFPA docu‐
removed and/or appropriately treated when not under his or ment but is included for informational purposes only.
her own power, even if there are no atmospheric, engulfment,
entrapment, or other chemical or physical hazards introduced B.1 Sample Form and Permit. Figure B.1 is a sample pre-
to cause the emergency. Such characteristics may include, but evaluation and permit form.
are not limited to, space confgurations that lend to diffcult f f
removal and remote areas where delays in medical treatment B.2 Modi ed Con ned Space
f
Entry Permit for Alternate

response require forms of immediate intervention. Procedures and Reclassi cation Under 29 CFR 1 91 0.1 46.
Figure B.2 is a suggested pre-evaluation and permit form that is
Unless a space can be proven to have no potential for slightly revised for those who choose to use reclassifcation or
hazards and no potential diffculty or delay associated with alternate procedures under 29 CFR 1910.146. Note that the
appropriate treatment of ill or injured Entrants, a means of only change is the addition of a signature block before
real-time monitoring and/or treatment intervention is indica‐ Section 4 of the permit.
ted.
Δ A.1 6.2 The optimal method for preventing occupation-related
illnesses, injuries, and fatalities is to “design out” the hazards
and risks, thereby eliminating the need to control them during

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-82 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

CONFINED SPACE Pre-Entry Evaluation

Location of confined space Additional descriptor (Ex; location #, risk assessment #, etc . )
1 Description of confined space (Tank #, manhole, etc. )

Date issued Time of entry/issued Time permit expires (Max duration = hr)
2
Description of work to be done

Initial confined space safe work evaluation. If “ Yes” is indicated for any of the questions, entry is not permitted
until hazards are identified and mitigated by use of the permit and authorized Entry Supervisor.
If “No” is indicated for every question, work may proceed.
Evaluation signature
If any conditions change, work shall stop and the Entry Supervisor shall be contacted.
Hazards present or potentially present (indicate “ Yes” or “No” in every box)
3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION Inherent Introduced Adjacent
hazards hazards hazards
Mechanical/electrical (springs,
elevated parts, electric >50 volts)
Physical engulfment by material
Pneumatic/hydraulic/fluids /gases
(lifts, agitators, etc.)
Chemical /biological /atmospheric
**Atmospheric monitoring should be conducted unless assessment of the space determines no potential hazardous atmosphere hazard.**
****Insert parameters and document here***

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT

Hazards present or potentially

ENERGY SOURCES present (check all that apply) HAZARD CONTROLLED BY
( examples) Inherent Introduced Adjacent If additional permits are used, indicate
hazards hazards hazards here in addition to other controls.
Mechanical
(springs, elevated parts, etc.)
Electrical (motors, agitators, etc.)
Pneumatic/hydraulic
4 (lifts, agitators, etc.)
Fluid/gases
(CIP lines, nitrogen, steam, etc.)
OTHER HAZARDS
Unauthorized entry of personnel
Noise >85 dB
Excessive heat or cold
Falling objects
Other permits: hot work, line
break, LOTO, live electrical work

(N FPA 350, 1 of 2)

Δ FIGURE B.1 Sample Pre-Evaluation and Permit Form.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.

EDUFIRE.IR
 ANNEX B 350-83

ATMOSPHERIC HAZARDS: (re c ord p re - e ntry and doc ume nt

c ontinuous ly at le as t e ve ry tw o hours until e xi t) Pre-entry Time Time Time Time
Bump Test required and completed Yes q required AM/ AM/ AM/ AM/
Gas Tester: type model Serial # AM/PM: PM: PM: PM: PM:
Continuous monitoring required
Yes q No q
Percent of oxygen
19.5% to 22%
Lower explosive limit
<10% of LEL
Carbon monoxide
<25 ppm
Hydrogen sulfide
<5 ppm
Other
TESTER INITIALS:
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED: (for all, either check the box or circle “N/ A”)
N/A q Respirator N/A q Safety glasses w/side shields N/A q Hard hat
Type: N/A q Goggles N/A q Face shield
Model: N/A q Ear plugs /muffs N/A q Boots
Cartridge/filter: N/A q Gloves (Type: ) N/A q Disposal coveralls
q Other
(specify: )
COMMUNICATIONS:
5 Entrant q Verbal (allowed only for line of sight) q Radio
Emergency rescue will be requested by:
RESCUE: (for all, either check the box or circle “N/ A”)
N/A q Full-body harness w/ “D” ring N/A q Tripod/retrieval system N/A q Fall-arresting equipment
6 N/A q Lifelines and safety or wrist harness N/A q Emergency escape retrieval equipment
q Emergency response team has been notified of entry, hazards, and duration (still use for alternate procedure,
or reclassification)
q Incident action plan has been completed and is available
ENTRANT(S): I am aware of the hazards and their effects and will take the precautions required.
7
Print name(s) and initial.

ATTENDANT(S): I am aware of the hazards and their effects. I will arrange for rescue from outside the space,
8 if required.
Print name(s) and initial.

ENTRY SUPERVISOR: I authorize entry into this confined space and verify that the hazards have been
9 evaluated, control measures have been instituted, and the conditions are as indicated on this permit.
Print name, department, and phone. Signature

10 CANCEL PERMIT: This permit shall be canceled at the completion of the entry, or if hazards change, by placing
a large “X” across both sides of the permit.
RESCUE & EMERGENCY CONTACT
11
Tel. no.: ( ) —
(N FPA 350, 2 of 2)

Δ FIGURE B.1 Continued

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-84 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

CONFINED SPACE Pre-Entry Evaluation

Location of confined space Additional descriptor (Ex; location #, risk assessment #, etc . )

1 Description of confined space (Tank #, manhole, etc. )

Date issued Time of entry/issued Time permit expires (Max duration = hr)
2
Description of work to be done
Initial confined space safe work evaluation. If “Yes” is indicated for any of the questions, entry is not permitted
until hazards are identified and mitigated by use of the permit and authorized Entry Supervisor.
If “No” is indicated for every question, work may proceed.
Evaluation signature
If any conditions change, work shall stop and the Entry Supervisor shall be contacted.
Hazards present or potentially present (indicate “Yes” or “No” in every box)
3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION Inherent Introduced Adjacent
hazards hazards hazards
Mechanical/electrical (springs,
elevated parts, electric >50 volts)
Physical engulfment by material
Pneumatic/hydraulic/fluids/gases
(lifts, agitators, etc.)
Chemical/biological/atmospheric
**Atmospheric monitoring should be conducted unless assessment of the space determines no potential hazardous atmosphere hazard.**
****Insert parameters and document here***
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
Alternate procedure:
Are alternate procedures allowed? q Yes q No If alternate procedure is allowed, there should be a formal hazard
assessment by a qualified person, including written formal procedure.
If Yes and being used, Entry Supervisor must sign and date:
Atmospheric monitoring performed and documented? q Continuous ventilation? q
Reclassification procedure:
Are reclassification procedures allowed? q Yes q No If reclassification procedures are allowed, there should be a
formal hazard assessment by a qualified person, including written formal procedure.
If Yes and being used, Entry Supervisor must sign and date:

Hazards present or potentially

ENERGY SOURCES (check all that apply) HAZARD CONTROLLED BY
( examples) Inherent Introduced Adjacent If additional permits are used, indicate
hazards hazards hazards here in addition to other controls.
Mechanical
4 (springs, elevated parts, etc.)
Electrical (motors, agitators, etc.)
Pneumatic/hydraulic
(lifts, agitators, etc.)
Fluid/gases (CIP lines, nitrogen,
steam, etc.)
(N FPA 350, 1 of 2)

Δ FIGURE B.2 f
Modi ed Sample Permit.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 ANNEX B 350-85

OTHER HAZARDS
Unauthorized entry of personnel
Noise >85 dB
Excessive heat or cold
Falling objects
Other permits: hot work, line
break, LOTO, live electrical work
ATMOSPHERIC HAZARDS: (record pre-entry and document continuously Pre-entry Time Time Time Time
at least every two hours until exit) Bump Test required and completed Yes q required AM/ AM/ AM/ AM/
Gas Tester: type model Serial # AM/PM: PM: PM: PM: PM:
Continuous monitoring required
Yes q No q
Percent of oxygen 19.5% to 22%
Lower explosive limit <10% of LEL
Carbon monoxide <25 ppm
Hydrogen sulfide <5 ppm
Other
TESTER INITIALS:
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED: (for all, either check the box or circle “N/ A”)
N/A q Respirator N/A q Safety glasses w/side shields N/A q Hard hat
Type: N/A q Goggles N/A q Face shield
Model: N/A q Ear plugs/muffs N/A q Boots
Cartridge/filter: N/A q Gloves (Type: ) N/A q Disposal coveralls
q Other (specify: )
5 COMMUNICATIONS:
Entrant q Verbal (allowed only for line of sight) q Radio
Emergency rescue will be requested by:
RESCUE: (for all, either check the box or circle “N/ A”)
6 N/A q Full-body harness w/ “D” ring N/A q Tripod/retrieval system N/A q Fall-arresting equipment
N/A q Lifelines and safety or wrist harness N/A q Emergency escape retrieval equipment
q Emergency response team has been notified of entry, hazards, and duration (still use for alternate procedure,
or reclassification)
q Incident action plan has been completed and is available
7 ENTRANT(S): I am aware of the hazards and their effects and will take the precautions required.
Print name(s) and initial.

8 ATTENDANT(S): I am aware of the hazards and their effects. I will arrange for rescue from outside the space,
if required.
Print name(s) and initial.

9 ENTRY SUPERVISOR: I authorize entry into this confined space and verify that the hazards have been
evaluated, control measures have been instituted, and the conditions are as indicated on this permit.
Print name, department, and phone. Signature

10 CANCEL PERMIT: This permit shall be canceled at the completion of the entry, or if hazards change, by placing
a large “X” across both sides of the permit.
11 RESCUE & EMERGENCY CONTACT
Tel. no.: ( ) —
(N FPA 350, 2 of 2)

Δ FIGURE B.2 Continued

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
 350-86 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Annex C OSHA Alternate Entry Procedures and C.2 Reclassifcation as Allowed in 29 CFR 1910.146.
Reclassifcation
This annex is not a part of the recommendations of this NFPA docu‐ CAUTION
ment but is included for informational purposes only.
Δ C.1 Alternate Entry Procedures as Allowed in 29 CFR Reclassifcation procedures should be appropriately
1910.146. managed in accordance with applicable confned space entry
program requirements. A history of confned space entry inci‐
dents indicate that the misuse of the reclassifcation procedures
CAUTION has resulted in injuries and death. Because of this, Owners/
Operators and Entrant Employers may choose not to allow the
The use of alternate entry procedures should be carefully use of this procedure.
managed. History of confned space entry incidents indicates Where reclassifcation procedures are used, the Entry Super‐
misuse, abuse, or misunderstanding of alternate entry proce‐ visor should ensure that they are used only if there are no
dures, which has resulted in injury and death to Entrants and hazards and no potential for hazards prior to entry nor will
other workers. Due to this increase in injuries, Owners/Opera‐ hazards occur as a result of work inside or adjacent to the space
tors and Entrant Employers may choose not to allow the use of being entered. Owners/Operators and Entrant Employers
alternate entry procedures. should ensure that the confned space entry program provides
Where alternate entry procedures are used, the Entry Super‐ guidance for developing and implementing a written proce‐
visor should ensure that they are used only if there is no poten‐ dure for confned space entry, including, but not limited to,
tial for any hazard other than atmospheric and if the hazard evaluation, hazard identifcation, and risk assessment.
atmosphere can be controlled by continuous ventilation. The Entry Supervisor should confrm in writing how each
Continuous atmospheric monitoring should be conducted hazard has been eliminated, mitigated, or controlled. The use
during the use of alternate entry procedures. Owners/Opera‐ of reclassifcation procedures should provide relief from the
tors and Entrant Employers should ensure that the confned requirement to take air quality samples at specifed intervals
space entry program provides guidance for developing and and does not negate the need for a rescue plan. Owners/Oper‐
implementing written alternate entry procedures, including, ators and Entrant Employers should develop monitoring and
but not limited to, written procedures for hazard evaluation, inspection data that supports the use of space reclassifcation.
hazard identifcation, and risk assessment. The use of alternate Reclassifcation should only be allowed after a formal risk
entry procedures in the United States, as allowed under OSHA assessment and identifcation of proper hazard elimination
29 CFR 1910.146, should only provide relief from the require‐ procedures has been conducted by a qualifed person. If any
ment of a confned space Attendant to take air quality samples hazards exist, or have the potential to exist, reclassifcation
at specifed intervals and does not negate the need for a rescue should not be used.
plan. Owners/Operators and Entrant Employers should
develop monitoring and inspection data that supports the use Emergency action plans should be developed, reviewed, and
of alternate entry procedures. documented with a clear indication of which rescue services
The Entry Supervisor should ensure all hazards are elimina‐ are available. Reclassifcation is temporary in nature (e.g., the
ted prior to entry. A confned space entry permit should be duration of the shift), and the space once again becomes a
used to record all hazards that have been eliminated, mitiga‐ confned space once all Entrants have exited the space and the
ted, or controlled. The Entry Supervisor should review limita‐ permit has been closed.
tions of alternate entry procedures with all Entrants. The Entry C.3 Documentation for Alternate Entry Procedures and
Supervisor should ensure that Entrants understand what condi‐ Reclassifcation. A permit that has been altered to include
tions would cancel the use of alternate entry procedures. alternate entry procedure and reclassifcation documentation
Where alternate entry procedures are used, appropriate is provided in Figure B.2.
ventilation coupled with continuous monitoring should be
implemented. Annex D Sample Management of Change (MOC) Form
Emergency action plans should be developed, reviewed, and This annex is not a part of the recommendations of this NFPA docu‐
documented with a clear indication of which rescue services ment but is included for informational purposes only.
are available. D.1 Sample Management of Change (MOC) Form. Figure D.1
shows a sample management of change (MOC) form.

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 ANNEX D 350-87

MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE (MOC) FORM

MOC#: (Use the following numbering format: Year-Date-# e.g., 2010-05-21-1)

Note: MOC required for any change or deviation affecting information presented in confined spac classification, hazard assessiment, entry
permit/procedure, or rescue plan information. Change is defined as all modifications to condined space configuration, equipment, work processes,
procedures, and contents/chemicals.

Section 1 : Change request (completed by MOC originator)

Note: MOC Originator is person requesting the change and ensuring the entire MOC form is completed.

M OC ori g i n ator:

Con fi n e d sp ace n am e : Locati on :

Con fi n e d sp ace cl assi fi cati on :

D ate of M OC re q u e st: E xpe cte d M OC start- u p d ate :

M OC p ri ori ty: ❏ U rg e n t, au th ori ze as soon as possi bl e ❏ R ou ti n e

Ch an g e wi l l b e:

❏ Pe rm an e n t

❏ Te m porary, from to .

Description of proposed change:

Technical basis/reason for the change:

❏ I n ci d e n t i n vesti g ati on recom m e n d ati on ❏ I m p rove proce ss p erform an ce

❏ P M p rog ram test/ch eck re com m en d ati on ❏ Al tere d capaci ty

❏ C on fi n e d space con fi g u rati on ch an g e ❏ E n vi ron m e n tal com p l i an ce

❏ Work practi ce or p roce d u re ch an g e ❏ U p d ati n g /ch an g i n g p roce ss e q u i pm e n t

❏ Ven ti l ati on ch an g e ❏ H e al th an d safety re com m e n d ati on

❏ E xp an si on or ren ovati on of con fi n e d sp ace ❏ Oth e r (l i st)

❏ C on fi n e d space ch e m i cal /con ten ts ch an g e ❏ Oth e r (l i st)

Confined space MOC scope

Th i s M OC ch an g e re q u i res u p d ate s to th e fol l owi n g re sou rces:

Con fi n e d sp ace cl assi fi cati on ❏ Yes ❏ No Lockou t/tag ou t p roce d u re ❏ Ye s ❏ No

Con fi n e d sp ace h azard assessm e n t ❏ Yes ❏ No Work i n stru cti on s ❏ Ye s ❏ No

Con fi n e d sp ace e n try p roce d u re /p e rm i t ❏ Yes ❏ No

Trai n i n g p rog ram s
❏ Ye s ❏ No

P reve n tati ve m ai n te n an ce p roce d u re ❏ Yes ❏ No Oth e r (l i st) ❏ Ye s ❏ No

E m erg e n cy acti on p l an ❏ Yes ❏ No Oth e r (l i st) ❏ Ye s ❏ No

(N FPA 35 0, 1 of 2)

Δ FIGURE D.1 Sample Management of Change (MOC) Form.

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition

EDUFIRE.IR
 350-88 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Section 2: MOC Completion and Verification

The following requirements have been met: Yes No N/A
• Confin ed space recl assi fi ed based u pon basis for chan ge. ❏ ❏ ❏
• Confin ed space h azard assessment revi ewed/updated. ❏ ❏ ❏
• Confin ed space en try procedu re an d permit revi ewed/u pdated. ❏ ❏ ❏
• Confin ed space rescu e plan revi ewed/u pdated.
❏ ❏ ❏
• Fire detecti on /suppressi on system(s) n eeds eval u ated/addressed.
❏ ❏ ❏
• U ti l ities (e. g. , el ectri cal, ai r, n i trogen ) are adequ ate to meet n eeds. ❏ ❏ ❏
• Leak detectors have been added or moved as n eeded.
❏ ❏ ❏
• Operati ng an d main ten an ce person n el have been train ed on th e M OC. ❏ ❏ ❏
• Walki n g/workin g su rfaces i ssu es evalu ated/addressed. ❏ ❏ ❏
• Ch an ge compl i es wi th the curren t bui l di n g and en gi n eeri ng codes.
❏ ❏ ❏
• Ch an ge compl i es wi th appl i cable EH S regu lati on s. ❏ ❏ ❏
• Addition al con fi n ed space l abeli n g/si gn age con si dered/added. ❏ ❏ ❏
• N ew or revi sed PPE n eeds eval u ated/addressed. ❏ ❏ ❏
• En try or i n ternal access portal s an d paths eval u ated/addressed. ❏ ❏ ❏
• Addition al or hi gh noi se exposu re eval uated/addressed. ❏ ❏ ❏
• Added mach i nery or equ i pmen t properl y gu arded. ❏ ❏ ❏
• Lockout /tagout procedu res for n ew or chan ged equi pmen t. ❏ ❏ ❏
• Safety or emergen cy equi pmen t n eeds eval uated/addressed. ❏ ❏ ❏
• Proper di ki ng or con tai nmen t provi ded for ch emical spil l s/releases. ❏ ❏ ❏
• Oth er: ❏ ❏ ❏
Section 3: MOC Approval – the following personnel must approve the MOC.
Title Required Title Date
(Y/N)
MOC origi nator

Produ cti on manager

Engi n eeri ng man ager

EH S manager

Main ten an ce man ager

Plan t man ager

Other – l i st

(N FPA 350, 2 of 2)

Δ FIGURE D.1 Continued

201 9 Edition Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material.
 ANNEX E 350-89

Annex E Informational References API RP 2003, Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static,
Lightning, and Stray Currents, 2015.
Publications. The documents or portions
E.1 Referenced
thereof listed in this annex are referenced within the informa‐ API STD 2015, Requirements for Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petro‐
tional sections of this guide and are not advisory in nature leum Storage Tanks, 2014.
unless also listed in Chapter 2 for other reasons. API RP 2016, Guidelines and Procedures for Entering and Clean‐
E.1 .1 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protection Associa‐
ing Petroleum Storage Tanks, 2001, reaffrmed 2006.
tion, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471. API RP 2027, Ignition Hazards Involved in Abrasive Blasting of
NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, 2018 Atmospheric Storage Tanks in Hydrocarbon Service, 2002, reaffrmed
edition. 2012.
NFPA 70®, National Electrical Code®, 2017 edition. API STD 2217A, Guidelines for Safe Work in Inert Confned
NFPA 70E®, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace®, 2018 Spaces in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries, 2009.
edition.
NFPA 77, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity, 2019 API 2219, Safe Operation of Vacuum Trucks in Petroleum Service,
edition. 2005, reaffrmed 2012.
NFPA 306, Standard for the Control ofGas Hazards on Vessels, N• E.1 .2.4 CGA Publications. Compressed Gas Association,
2019 edition. 14501 George Carter Way, Suite 103, Chantilly, VA 20151-1788.
NFPA 326, Standard for the Safeguarding ofTanks and Containers CGA G-7.1, Commodity Specifcation for Air, 2011.
for Entry, Cleaning, or Repair, 2015 edition.
NFPA 497, Recommended Practice for the Classifcation ofFlamma‐ E.1 .2.5 U.S. Government Publications. U.S. Government
ble Liquids, Gases, or Vapors and ofHazardous (Classifed) Locations Publishing Offce, 732 North Capitol Street, NW, Washington,
for Electrical Installations in Chemical Process Areas, 2017 edition. DC 20401-0001.
NFPA 499, Recommended Practice for the Classifcation ofCombus‐ Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910, “Occupa‐
tible Dusts and ofHazardous (Classifed) Locations for Electrical tional Safety and Health Standards.”
Installations in Chemical Process Areas, 2017 edition.
Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1926, “Safety and
E.1 .2 Other Publications.
Health Regulations for Construction.”
E.1 .2.1 ACGIH Publications. American Conference of
Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1330 Kemper Meadow E.1 .3 Other Publications.

Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45240-1634. CDC, NIOSH, Fatality Assessment and Control Evaluation
Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical (FACE) reports.
Agents, 2006. International Chamber of Shipping, International Safety Guide
N• E.1 .2.2 Air Systems International Publications. Air Systems for Oil Tankers and Terminals, 2006.
International, Inc., 829 Juniper Crescent, Chesapeake, VA E.2 Informational References. (Reserved)
23320.
E.3 References for Extracts in Informational Sections.
Estimating Approximate Purge Times Chart, 2015. www.airsys‐ (Reserved)
tems.com/downloads/Estimated%20Purge%20Time
%20Chart.pdf.
Δ E.1 .2.3 API Publications. American Petroleum Institute,
1220 L Street, NW, Washington, DC 20005-4070.
API RP 500, Classifcation of Locations for Electrical Installations
at Petroleum Facilities Classifed as Class I, Division 1 & Division 2,
2012 with 2014 errata.

Shaded text = Revisions. Δ = Text deletions and fgure/table revisions. • = Section deletions. N = New material. 201 9 Edition
350-90 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Index

Copyright © 2018 National Fire Protection Association. All Rights Reserved.

The copyright in this index is separate and distinct from the copyright in the document that it indexes. The licensing provi‐
sions set forth for the document are not applicable to this index. This index may not be reproduced in whole or in part by any
means without the express written permission of NFPA.
-A- Monitor Accuracy, 7.4.4
Acceptable Entry Conditions Portable vs. Fixed Monitors, 7.4.3
Defnition, 3.3.1, A.3.3.1 Selection of Monitor, 7.4.2
Accident Training, 7.16
Defnition, 3.3.2 Training and Competency, 7.12
Adj acent Spaces Zeroing, 7.9
Defnition, 3.3.3 Attendant

Administration , Chap. 1 Defnition, 3.3.8

Application, 1.3, A.1.3
Equivalency, 1.4 -B-

Purpose, 1.2 Bonding

Scope, 1.1 Defnition, 3.3.9

Breathing Air
Administrative Controls (Work Practice Controls)
Defnition, 3.3.4 Defnition, 3.3.10
Bump Testing
Air Changes per Hour (ACH)
Defnition, 3.3.5 Defnition, 3.3.11
Air-Moving Devices
-C-
Axial-Flow Fans
Defnition, 3.3.6.1 Cold Work

Centrifugal-Flow Fans Defnition, 3.3.12

Defnition, 3.3.6.2 f
Con ned Space

Defnition, 3.3.6 Defnition, 3.3.13, A.3.3.13

Venturi-Type (Eductors) f
Con ned Space Entry

Defnition, 3.3.6.3, A.3.3.6.3 Defnition, 3.3.14

f f
Con ned Space Personnel Duties, Responsibilities, Quali cations,
Atmospheric Monitoring
and Competencies , Chap. 11
Defnition, 3.3.7 Attendant, 11.3
Atmospheric Monitoring , Chap. 7 Attendant Demonstrated Competencies, 11.3.4
Acceptable Atmospheric Limits for Entry, 7.14 Attendant Duties and Responsibilities, 11.3.2
Bump Testing, 7.10 Attendant Qualifcations, 11.3.3
Clearing Peak Values, 7.11 General, 11.3.1
Continuous Atmospheric Monitoring, 7.13 Contractor/Subcontractor, 11.8
Gas Monitor Maintenance, 7.15 Contractor and Subcontractor Duties and
General, 7.1 Responsibilities, 11.8.2
Intrinsic Safety, 7.6 Contractor/Subcontractor Demonstrated
Monitor Calibration, 7.8 Competencies, 11.8.4
Other Monitor Types, 7.5 Contractor/Subcontractor Qualifcations, 11.8.3
Colorimetric Detector Tubes, 7.5.2 General, 11.8.1
Industrial Hygiene Monitoring, 7.5.3, A.7.5.3 Entrants, 11.2
Photoionization Detectors (PIDs), 7.5.1 Entrant Demonstrated Competencies, 11.2.4
Personal Monitoring Versus Remote Sampling, 7.7 Entrant Duties and Responsibilities, 11.2.2
Pre-Entry Testing, 7.3 Entrant Qualifcations, 11.2.3
Procedures for Atmospheric Monitoring, 7.2 General, 11.2.1
Record Retention, 7.17 Entry Supervisor, 11.4
Selection and Types of Monitors, 7.4 Entry Supervisor Demonstrated Competencies, 11.4.4
Alarm Indications, 7.4.9 Entry Supervisor Duties and Responsibilities, 11.4.2
Environmental Factors, 7.4.8 Entry Supervisor Qualifcations, 11.4.3
General, 7.4.1 General, 11.4.1
Interferences, 7.4.7 Gas Tester, 11.6
Limits of Detection, 7.4.5 Gas Tester Demonstrated Competencies, 11.6.4
Measuring Range, 7.4.6 Gas Tester Duties and Responsibilities, 11.6.2

201 9 Edition
 INDEX 350-91

Gas Tester Qualifcations, 11.6.3 Explosionproof

General, 11.6.1 Defnition, 3.3.26, A.3.3.26
General, 11.1, A.11.1
Isolation Specialist, 11.10 -F-
General, 11.10.1, A.11.10.1 Fall Arrest
Isolation Specialist Demonstrated Competencies, 11.10.4 Defnition, 3.3.27
Isolation Specialist Duties and Responsibilities, 11.10.2 Fall Restrain
Isolation Specialist Qualifcations, 11.10.3 Defnition, 3.3.28
Owner/Operator, 11.7
General, 11.7.1 -G-
Owner/Operator Duties and Responsibilities, 11.7.2 Gas Monitor
Owner/Operator Qualifcations, 11.7.3 Defnition, 3.3.29
Owners/Operators Demonstrated Competencies, 11.7.4 Gas Tester
Rescuer, 11.5 Defnition, 3.3.30
Standby Worker, 11.11 General, Chap. 5
General, 11.11.1, A.11.11.1 Basic Requirements and Considerations, 5.5
Standby Worker Demonstrated Competencies, 11.11.4 Confned Space Evaluation, 5.3
Standby Worker Duties and Responsibilities, 11.11.2 Permit, 5.3.2
Standby Worker Qualifcations, 11.11.3 Pre-Entry Evaluation, 5.3.1
Training, 11.12 Confned Space Program, 5.2
General, 11.12.1 Entry Conditions, 5.4
Retraining, 11.12.2 General Requirements, 5.1, A.5.1
Ventilation Specialist, 11.9 Roles and Responsibilities, 5.6, A.5.6
General, 11.9.1, A.11.9.1 Training Guidelines, 5.7
Ventilation Specialist Demonstrated Competencies, 11.9.4 Training Verifcation, 5.8, A.5.8
Ventilation Specialist Duties and Responsibilities, 11.9.2 Grounding
Ventilation Specialist Qualifcations, 11.9.3 Defnition, 3.3.31
Confned Space Rescue Service Guide
Defnition, 3.3.15 Defnition, 3.2.1
Confned Space Rescue Team -H-
Defnition, 3.3.16
Contractor Hazard
Defnition, 3.3.17, A.3.3.17 Adjacent Hazards
Subcontractor Defnition, 3.3.32.1
Defnition, 3.3.17.1 Defnition, 3.3.32
Inherent Hazards
-D- Defnition, 3.3.32.2
Defnitions, Chap. 3 Introduced Hazards
Degassing Defnition, 3.3.32.3
Defnition, 3.3.18 Hazard Elimination, Mitigation, or Control, Chap. 8
Animals, 8.13, A.8.13
-E- Bonding and Grounding for Flammable and Combustible
Engineering Controls Materials, 8.8
Defnition, 3.3.19 Bonding, 8.8.1, A.8.8.1
Engulfment Requirements, 8.8.1.1
Defnition, 3.3.20 Grounding (Earthing), 8.8.2
Entrant Regulations and Standards for Bonding and
Defnition, 3.3.21 Grounding, 8.8.3, A.8.8.3
Entrant Employer Chemical and Atmospheric Hazards, 8.4
Defnition, 3.3.22, A.3.3.22 Combustible Dusts, 8.4.2
Entry Inerting, 8.4.3
Defnition, 3.3.23 Regulations and Standards for Inerting, 8.4.3.9
Entry Supervisor Removal of Hazardous Materials and Vapor Freeing, 8.4.1
Defnition, 3.3.24 Chemical Residues, 8.4.1.5, A.8.4.1.5
Entry-Type Rescue (Entry Rescue) Regulations and Standards for Tank Cleaning, 8.4.1.4
Defnition, 3.3.25 Controls for Other Identifed Hazards, 8.3
Explanatory Material, Annex A Hierarchy of Controls, 8.3.1
Energy Sources, 8.6

201 9 Edition
 350-92 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Regulations and Standards for Energy Control, 8.6.7 Hazard Evaluation

Fall Protection, 8.10 Defnition, 3.3.33
Access, 8.10.2 f
Hazard Identi cation
Guarded Openings, 8.10.1 Defnition, 3.3.34
General, 8.2 Hazardous Atmosphere
Hot Work, 8.5 Defnition, 3.3.35
Cold Work Options, 8.5.2 High Angle
Controls, 8.5.5 Defnition, 3.3.36
Evaluation of Hazards, 8.5.4 Hot Work
General, 8.5.1 Defnition, 3.3.37
Hot Work Permit, 8.5.3
Regulations and Standards for Hot Work, 8.5.6 -I-

Construction Industry, 8.5.6.2 f f

Identi cation and Evaluation of Hazards In and Around Con ned

General Industry, 8.5.6.1 Spaces, Chap. 6

API RP 2009, Safe Welding, Cutting, and Hot Work Communications, 6.5
Practices in the Petroleum and General, 6.1
Petrochemical Industries, 8.5.6.1.5 Hazard Anticipation/Preplan, 6.2
AWS Safety and Health Fact Sheet Bundle for Intelligence Gathering, 6.2.1
Chemical Industry Welding, 8.5.6.1.6 Resource Identifcation, 6.2.2
NFPA 326, Standard for the Safeguarding of Tanks Administrative and Work Practice Controls, 6.2.2.2
and Containers for Entry, Cleaning, or Elimination, Substitution, and Engineering
Repair, 8.5.6.1.4 Controls, 6.2.2.1
Petroleum Industry, 8.5.6.4 Personal Protective Equipment, 6.2.2.3
API PUBL 2202, Dismantling and Disposing of Steel Hazard Evaluation, 6.4
from Aboveground Leaded Gasoline
Storage Tanks, 8.5.6.4.6 Hazard Identifcation, 6.3
API RP 2009, Safe Welding, Cutting, and Hot Work General, 6.3.1
Practices in the Petroleum and Hazard Sources, 6.3.2
Petrochemical Industries, 8.5.6.4.2 Hazard Types, 6.3.3
API RP 2016, Guidelines and Procedures for Entering Location of Hazards, 6.3.4
and Cleaning Petroleum Storage Adjacent Hazards, 6.3.4.3
Tanks, 8.5.6.4.4
API RP 2027, Ignition Hazards and Safe Work Inherent Hazards, 6.3.4.1
Practices for Abrasive Blasting of Introduced Hazards, 6.3.4.2
Atmospheric Storage Tanks in Types of Hazards, 6.3.5
Hydrocarbon Service, 8.5.6.4.5 Atmospheric Hazards, 6.3.5.5, A.6.3.5.5
API RP 2201, Safe Hot Tapping Practices in the Biological Hazards, 6.3.5.6
Petroleum and Petrochemical Chemical Hazards, 6.3.5.4
Industries, 8.5.6.4.8 Electrical Hazards, 6.3.5.2
API RP 2207, Preparing Tank Bottoms for Hot Mechanical Hazards, 6.3.5.1
Work, 8.5.6.4.7
API STD 2015, Requirements for Safe Entry and Physical Hazards, 6.3.5.3
Cleaning of Petroleum Storage Psychological Hazards, 6.3.5.7
Tanks, 8.5.6.4.3 Resources, 6.6
API STD 2217A, Guidelines for Safe Work in Inert Blueprints and Schematics, 6.6.2
Confned Spaces in the Petroleum and Department of Transportation Emergency Response
Petrochemical Industries, 8.5.6.4.9 Guide, 6.6.4
API STD 653, Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Placards and Markings, 6.6.3
Reconstruction, 8.5.6.4.1 Safety Data Sheets (SDS), 6.6.1
Shipyard/Maritime, 8.5.6.3 Identifcation of Confned Spaces Within a Workplace, Chap. 4
Ignition Sources, 8.9 Determination of Confned Spaces, 4.3
Lighting, 8.12 Identifcation and Documentation of Confned Spaces, 4.1,
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), 8.14, A.8.14 A.4.1
Portable Electrical and Mechanical Equipment Used in and Identifcation of Confned Spaces During Construction, 4.2
Adjacent to Confned Spaces, 8.7 Identifcation of Spaces for Nonfacility Personnel, 4.6
Hazardous Locations, 8.7.2 Securing Confned Spaces, 4.5
Regulations and Standards, 8.7.3 Signs, 4.4
Wet and Damp Locations, 8.7.1 IDLH
Purpose, 8.1 Defnition, 3.3.38
Slip, Trip, Ingress, Egress, and Entanglement Hazards, 8.11 Incident Management System (IMS)
Defnition, 3.3.39

201 9 Edition

EDUFIRE.IR
 INDEX 350-93

Inert Gas Periodic

Defnition, 3.3.40 Defnition, 3.3.55
Inerting f
Permit-Required Con ned Space (Permit Space)
Defnition, 3.3.41 Defnition, 3.3.56, A.3.3.56
Informational References , Annex E Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Intrinsically Safe Defnition, 3.3.57
Defnition, 3.3.42 PPM
Isolation Specialist Defnition, 3.3.58
Defnition, 3.3.43 Pre-Entry Evaluation and Entry Permit , Chap. 13
General, 13.1, A.13.1
-J-
Pre-Entry Evaluation and Permit Elements, 13.2
Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) Attendant, 13.2.8
Defnition, 3.3.44, A.3.3.44 Cancel Permit, 13.2.10
Communications, 13.2.5
-L-
Confned Space Identifcation, 13.2.1
Lockout Entrants, 13.2.7
Defnition, 3.3.45 Entry Supervisor, 13.2.9
Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) Hazard Identifcation, 13.2.4
Defnition, 3.3.46 Adjacent Hazards, 13.2.4.3
Hazard Control, 13.2.4.4
-M-
Atmospheric Monitoring, 13.2.4.4.1
Maintenance
Atmospheric Ventilation, 13.2.4.4.2
Defnition, 3.3.47 Grounding and Bonding, 13.2.4.4.5
Management of Change (MOC) , Chap. 15 Other Permits, 13.2.4.4.4
MOC Completion and Verifcation, 15.5 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), 13.2.4.4.3
MOC Process and Activation, 15.3 Inherent Hazards, 13.2.4.1
MOC-Warranted Confned Space Changes, 15.4 Introduced Hazards, 13.2.4.2
Confned Space Content/Chemical Changes, 15.4.3 Pre-Entry Evaluation, 13.2.3
Confned Space Process Changes, 15.4.2 Rescue, 13.2.6, A.13.2.6
Equipment Changes Affecting Confned Space, 15.4.1 Rescue and Emergency Contact, 13.2.11
Purpose, 15.1 Work Activities, 13.2.2
Responsibilities and Communication for Implementing Reclassifcation and Alternate Procedures, 13.3
MOC, 15.2 Pre-Incident Rescue Action Plan
Management of Change (MOC)
Defnition, 3.3.59
Defnition, 3.3.48 Prevention Through Design (PtD) , Chap. 16
Mitigation
Background, 16.2, A.16.2
Defnition, 3.3.49 PtD Process and Activation, 16.4
-N-
PtD Warranted Confned Space Changes, 16.5
Non-entry Rescue (Retrieval)
PtD Reference Standards and Guidelines, 16.5.4
Defnition, 3.3.50 PtD to Eliminate Confned Space by Defnition, 16.5.1
PtD to Eliminate Serious Hazards, 16.5.2
-O- PtD to Facilitate Rescue of Entrants, 16.5.3
Occupational Exposure Limit (OEL)
Purpose, 16.1
Defnition, 3.3.51, A.3.3.51 Responsibilities, 16.3
f
OSHA Alternate Entry Procedures and Reclassi cation , Annex C Prevention through Design (PtD)

Alternate Entry Procedures as Allowed in 29 CFR 1910.146, C.1 Defnition, 3.3.60

Documentation for Alternate Entry Procedures and Purging

Reclassifcation, C.3 Defnition, 3.3.61

Reclassifcation as Allowed in 29 CFR 1910.146, C.2
-Q-
Owner/Operator
Defnition, 3.3.52, A.3.3.52 f
Quali ed Person
Defnition, 3.3.62
-P-
-R-
Patient Packaging
Defnition, 3.3.53 Recordkeeping, Chap. 14
Peak Value
Employee Records, 14.3
Defnition, 3.3.54 Employer Site Records, 14.2

201 9 Edition
350-94 SAFE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY AND WORK

Purpose, 14.1 Patient Care Components, 10.2.3.3.1

General, 14.1.1 Rescue Operations and Safety Components, 10.2.3.3.2
Referenced Publications, Chap. 2 Frequency of Performance Evaluations, 10.2.3.2
Rescue, Chap. 10 Team Composition for Evaluations, 10.2.3.1, A.10.2.3.1
Confned Space Rescue Equipment and Gear, 10.7 Rescue Program Audits, 10.2.2
Operational Rescue Equipment, 10.7.1 Auditor Qualifcations, 10.2.2.2, A.10.2.2.2
Confned Space Rescue Equipment Standards, 10.7.1.1 Content of Audit, 10.2.2.1
Inspection, Care, and Maintenance of Confned Space Responsibility, 10.2.1, A.10.2.1
Rescue Equipment and Gear, 10.7.1.2 Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs), 10.4
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), 10.7.2, A.10.7.2 Evacuation Procedure, 10.4.2
Entry Rescue — Rescue Service Capabilities, 10.10 Rescue Procedures, 10.4.1, A.10.4.1
Hazard Evaluation and Risk Assessments, 10.3 Rescue Attendant
Acquisition of Resources, 10.3.2 Defnition, 3.3.63
Components, 10.3.1 Rescue Entrant
Documentation, 10.3.3 Defnition, 3.3.64
Review Process, 10.3.4 Rescue Plan
Surveys, 10.3.5 Defnition, 3.3.65
Incident Management System, 10.8 Rescue Service
Incident Response Planning, 10.6 Defnition, 3.3.66
Components of Organizational Response Plan, 10.6.4 Rescue Supervisors
Components of Pre-Incident Rescue Action Plan, 10.6.5, Defnition, 3.3.67
A.10.6.5 Rescuer
Documentation of Response Plan, 10.6.1 Defnition, 3.3.68
Response Plan Distribution, 10.6.2 Retrieval
Type of Response Plan, 10.6.3 Defnition, 3.3.69
Purpose, 10.1 Retrieval Equipment
Entry-Type Rescue, 10.1.3 Defnition, 3.3.70
Protection of Personnel During Rescue, 10.1.3.5, Retrieval Lines
A.10.1.3.5
Communications, 10.1.3.5.2 Defnition, 3.3.71
Rescue Versus Recovery, 10.1.3.5.1, A.10.1.3.5.1 Retrieval System
Rescue Response Modes, 10.1.3.4 Defnition, 3.3.72
Tier 1 Response Mode, 10.1.3.4.1, A.10.1.3.4.1 Risk
Tier 2 Response Mode, 10.1.3.4.2, A.10.1.3.4.2 Defnition, 3.3.73
Tier 3 Response Mode, 10.1.3.4.3, A.10.1.3.4.3 Risk Assessment
General, 10.1.1 Defnition, 3.3.74
Non-Entry Rescue — Attendant Capabilities, 10.1.2 Rope Rescue
Attendants’ Responsibility to Perform Non-Entry Rescue Defnition, 3.3.75
(Retrieval) Operations, 10.1.2.1 -S-
Concept and Purpose of Retrieval Systems for Non-entry
Rescue, 10.1.2.2 Safety Offcer
Composition of Retrieval Systems, 10.1.2.2.1 Defnition, 3.3.76
Ensuring Operational Readiness in Retrieval Sample Confned Space Pre-Entry Evaluation Form and
Systems, 10.1.2.2.4 Permit, Annex B
Retrieval System Confgurations, 10.1.2.2.3 Modifed Confned Space Entry Permit for Alternate Procedures
Retrieval System Confguration Considerations for and Reclassifcation Under 29 CFR 1910.146, B.2
Rescue Entrants, 10.1.2.2.3.2 Sample Form and Permit, B.1
Retrieval System Confguration Considerations for Sample Management of Change (MOC) Form, Annex D
Typical Entries, 10.1.2.2.3.1 Sample Management of Change (MOC) Form, D.1
Retrieval Systems for Entry and Fall Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)
Protection, 10.1.2.2.2 Defnition, 3.3.77
Limitations and Exceptions for Retrieval, 10.1.2.3 Span Calibration
Rescue Provisions in Confned Spaces with No Defnition, 3.3.78
Hazards, 10.1.4 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)
Regulatory Compliance, 10.5 Defnition, 3.3.79
Rescue Team Composition, 10.9 Standby Worker
Rescue Team Qualifcation, 10.2 Defnition, 3.3.80
Performance Evaluations, 10.2.3
Components of Performance Evaluations, 10.2.3.3

201 9 Edition
 INDEX 350-95

Supplied Air Respirator (SAR) Local Exhaust Ventilation, 9.2.2.2

Defnition, 3.3.81, A.3.3.81 Natural Ventilation, 9.2.1, A.9.2.1
Ventilation Specialist
-T- Defnition, 3.3.85
Tagout Volatile Organic Compound (VOC)
Defnition, 3.3.82 Defnition, 3.3.86
-V- -W-
Vapor and Gas Freeing Written Confned Space Program, Chap. 12
Defnition, 3.3.83 Atmospheric Monitoring, 12.7
Ventilation Contractors, 12.16
Defnition, 3.3.84 General Fitness for Duty Evaluation, 12.18, A.12.18
Ventilation, Chap. 9 Hot/Cold Work, 12.12
Consideration in Selection of Ventilation, 9.6 Identifcation of Confned Spaces, 12.5, A.12.5
General, 9.1 Isolation Program (Lockout/Tagout), 12.11
Selection and Design of Ventilation, 9.3 Periodic Review, 12.4
Contaminant Characterization, 9.3.2 Permits, 12.13
General, 9.3.1 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), 12.10
Purging Applications and Design, 9.3.4, A.9.3.4 Program Procedures, 12.6
Ventilation Design Considerations, 9.3.3 Purpose, 12.1
Ventilation Equipment, 9.4 General, 12.1.1
Air-Moving Devices, 9.4.1 Policy for Contractors, 12.1.2
Axial-Flow Fans, 9.4.1.1 Recordkeeping, 12.15
Centrifugal-Flow Fans, 9.4.1.2 Reporting of Accidents or Near Misses, 12.17
Venturi-Type (Eductors), 9.4.1.3 Reporting Unsafe Conditions, 12.3
Bonding/Grounding, 9.4.4, A.9.4.4 Rescue, 12.9
Duct Work, 9.4.2 Responsible Person and Responsibilities, 12.2
Other Equipment, 9.4.5 Employee Involvement, 12.2.2
Thermal Oxidizers, 9.4.3, A.9.4.3 Program Development Responsibility, 12.2.1
Ventilation Installation, 9.5 Roles and Responsibilities, 12.2.4
Atmospheric Monitoring, 9.5.10 Written Program Access, 12.2.3
Purging, 9.5.9, A.9.5.9 Training, 12.14
Ventilation for Controlling Hazards of Extreme Heat or Ventilation, 12.8
Cold, 9.5.8
Ventilation Types, 9.2 -Z-
Comfort Ventilation, 9.2.3 Zeroing
Mechanical Ventilation, 9.2.2 Defnition, 3.3.87
General (Dilution) Ventilation, 9.2.2.1, A.9.2.2.1

201 9 Edition
 Sequence of Events for the Standards Committee Membership
Development Process Classifcations1 ,2,3,4
Once the current edition is published, a Standard is opened for The following classif cations apply to Committee members
Public Input. and represent their principal interest in the activity of the
Committee.
Step 1 – Input Stage
• Input accepted from the public or other committees for 1. M Manufacturer: A representative of a maker or mar-
consideration to develop the First Draft keter of a product, assembly, or system, or portion
• Technical Committee holds First Draft Meeting to revise thereof, that is affected by the standard.
Standard (23 weeks) ; Technical Committee(s) with Cor- 2. U User: A representative of an entity that is subj ect to
relating Committee (1 0 weeks) the provisions of the standard or that voluntarily
• Technical Committee ballots on First Draft (1 2 weeks) ; uses the standard.
Technical Committee(s) with Correlating Committee 3. IM Installer/Maintainer:A representative of an entity that
(1 1 weeks) is in the business of installing or maintaining a prod-
• Correlating Committee First Draft Meeting (9 weeks) uct, assembly, or system affected by the standard.
• Correlating Committee ballots on First Draft (5 weeks) 4. L Labor: A labor representative or employee concerned
• First Draft Report posted on the document information with safety in the workplace.
page 5. RT Applied Research/Testing Laboratory:A representative
of an independent testing laboratory or indepen-
Step 2 – Comment Stage
dent applied research organization that promulgates
• Public Comments accepted on First Draft (1 0 weeks) fol- and/or enforces standards.
lowing posting of First Draft Report 6. E Enforcing Authority:A representative of an agency or
• If Standard does not receive Public Comments and the an organization that promulgates and/or enforces
Technical Committee chooses not to hold a Second Draft standards.
meeting, the Standard becomes a Consent Standard and 7. I Insurance: A representative of an insurance company,
is sent directly to the Standards Council for issuance (see broker, agent, bureau, or inspection agency.
Step 4) or 8. C Consumer: A person who is or represents the ultimate
• Technical Committee holds Second Draft Meeting purchaser of a product, system, or service affected by
(21 weeks) ; Technical Committee(s) with Correlating the standard, but who is not included in (2) .
Committee (7 weeks) 9. SE Special Expert:
A person not representing (1 ) through
• Technical Committee ballots on Second Draft (1 1 weeks) ; (8) and who has special expertise in the scope of the
Technical Committee(s) with Correlating Committee standard or portion thereof.
(1 0 weeks)
• Correlating Committee Second Draft Meeting (9 weeks)
NOTE 1 : “Standard” connotes code, standard, recom-
• Correlating Committee ballots on Second Draft
mended practice, or guide.
(8 weeks)
• Second Draft Report posted on the document informa- NOTE 2: A representative includes an employee.
tion page NOTE 3: While these classif cations will be used by the
Standards Council to achieve a balance for Technical Com-
Step 3 – NFPA Technical Meeting
mittees, the Standards Council may determine that new
• Notice of Intent to Make a Motion (NITMAM) accepted classif cations of member or unique interests need repre-
(5 weeks) following the posting of Second Draft Report sentation in order to foster the best possible Committee
• NITMAMs are reviewed and valid motions are certif ed deliberations on any proj ect. In this connection, the Stan-
by the Motions Committee for presentation at the NFPA dards Council may make such appointments as it deems
Technical Meeting appropriate in the public interest, such as the classif cation
• NFPA membership meets each June at the NFPA Techni- of “Utilities” in the National Electrical Code Committee.
cal Meeting to act on Standards with “Certif ed Amend-
NOTE 4: Representatives of subsidiaries of any group are
ing Motions” (certif ed NITMAMs)
generally considered to have the same classif cation as the
• Committee(s) vote on any successful amendments to the
parent organization.
Technical Committee Reports made by the NFPA mem-
bership at the NFPA Technical Meeting

Step 4 – Council Appeals and Issuance of Standard

• Notif cation of intent to f le an appeal to the Standards
Council on Technical Meeting action must be f led within
20 days of the NFPA Technical Meeting
• Standards Council decides, based on all evidence,
whether to issue the standard or to take other action

Notes:
1 . Time periods are approximate; refer to published sched-
ules for actual dates.
2. Annual revision cycle documents with certif ed amend-
ing motions take approximately 1 01 weeks to complete.
3. Fall revision cycle documents receiving certif ed amend-
ing motions take approximately 1 41 weeks to complete.

6/1 6-A
 Submitting Public Input / Public Comment Through the Online Submission System
Soon after the current edition is published, a Standard is open for Public Input.

Before accessing the Online Submission System, you must frst sign in at www. nfpa. org. Note: You will be asked to
sign-in or create a free online account with NFPA before using this system:
a. Click on Sign In at the upper right side of the page.

b. Under the Codes and Standards heading, click on the “List of NFPA Codes & Standards,” and then select
your document from the list or use one of the search features.

OR
a. f
Go directly to your speci c document information page by typing the convenient shortcut link of
www. nfpa. org/document# ( Example: NFPA 921 would be www. nfpa. org/921 ) . Sign in at the upper right
side of the page.

To begin your Public Input, select the link “The next edition of this standard is now open for Public Input”
located on the About tab, Current & Prior Editions tab, and the Next Edition tab. Alternatively, the Next Edition
tab includes a link to Submit Public Input online.

At this point, the NFPA Standards Development Site will open showing details for the document you have
selected. This “Document Home” page site includes an explanatory introduction, information on the current
document phase and closing date, a left-hand navigation panel that includes useful links, a document Table of
Contents, and icons at the top you can click for Help when using the site. The Help icons and navigation panel
will be visible except when you are actually in the process of creating a Public Input.

Once the First Draft Report becomes available there is a Public Comment period during which anyone may
submit a Public Comment on the First Draft. Any obj ections or further related changes to the content of the First
Draft must be submitted at the Comment stage.

To submit a Public Comment you may access the online submission system utilizing the same steps as previously
explained for the submission of Public Input.

For further information on submitting public input and public comments, go to: http: //www. nfpa. org/
publicinput.

Other Resources Available on the Document Information Pages

About tab: View general document and subj ect-related information.

Current & Prior Editions tab: Research current and previous edition information on a Standard.

Next Edition tab: Follow the committee’s progress in the processing of a Standard in its next revision cycle.

Technical Committee tab: View current committee member rosters or apply to a committee.

Technical Questions tab: f

For members and Public Sector Of cials/AHJs to submit questions about codes and
standards to NFPA staff. Our Technical Questions Service provides a convenient way to receive timely and consis-
tent technical assistance when you need to know more about NFPA codes and standards relevant to your work.
Responses are provided by NFPA staff on an informal basis.

Products & Training tab: List of NFPA’s publications and training available for purchase.

6/1 6-B

EDUFIRE.IR
 Information on the NFPA Standards Development Process

I. Applicable Regulations. The primary rules governing the processing of NFPA standards ( codes, standards,
recommended practices, and guides) are the NFPA Regulations Governing the Development ofNFPA Standards (Regs). Other
applicable rules include NFPA Bylaws, NFPA Technical Meeting Convention Rules, NFPA Guide for the Conduct ofParticipants in
the NFPA Standards Development Process, and the NFPA Regulations Governing Petitions to the Board of Directors from Decisions of
the Standards Council. Most of these rules and regulations are contained in the NFPA Standards Directory. For copies of the
Directory, contact Codes and Standards Administration at NFPA Headquarters; all these documents are also available on
the NFPA website at “www. nfpa. org. ”

The following is general information on the NFPA process. All participants, however, should refer to the actual rules and
regulations for a full understanding of this process and for the criteria that govern participation.

II. Technical Committee Report. f

The Technical Committee Report is de ned as “the Report of the responsible
Committee( s) , in accordance with the Regulations, in preparation of a new or revised NFPA Standard. ” The Technical
Committee Report is in two parts and consists of the First Draft Report and the Second Draft Report. ( See Regs at
Section 1 . 4. )

III. Step 1: First Draft Report. f

The First Draft Report is de ned as “Part one of the Technical Committee Report, which
documents the Input Stage. ” The First Draft Report consists of the First Draft, Public Input, Committee Input, Committee
and Correlating Committee Statements, Correlating Notes, and Ballot Statements. ( See Regs at 4. 2. 5. 2 and Section 4. 3. )
Any obj ection to an action in the First Draft Report must be raised through thefling of an appropriate Comment for
consideration in the Second Draft Report or the obj ection will be considered resolved. [ See Regs at 4. 3. 1 ( b) . ]

IV. Step 2: Second Draft Report. f

The Second Draft Report is de ned as “Part two of the Technical Committee Report,
which documents the Comment Stage. ” The Second Draft Report consists of the Second Draft, Public Comments with
corresponding Committee Actions and Committee Statements, Correlating Notes and their respective Committee
Statements, Committee Comments, Correlating Revisions, and Ballot Statements. ( See Regs at 4. 2. 5. 2 and Section 4. 4. )
The First Draft Report and the Second Draft Report together constitute the Technical Committee Report. Any outstanding
obj ection following the Second Draft Report must be raised through an appropriate Amending Motion at
the NFPA Technical Meeting or the obj ection will be considered resolved. [ See Regs at 4. 4. 1 ( b) . ]
V. Step 3a: Action at NFPA Technical Meeting. Following the publication of the Second Draft Report, there is a period
during which those wishing to make proper Amending Motions on the Technical Committee Reports must signal their
intention by submitting a Notice of Intent to Make a Motion ( NITMAM) . ( See Regs at 4. 5. 2. ) Standards that receive
f
notice of proper Amending Motions ( Certi ed Amending Motions) will be presented for action at the annual June NFPA
Technical Meeting. At the meeting, the NFPA membership can consider and act on these Certi ed Amending Motions as f
well as Follow-up Amending Motions, that is, motions that become necessary as a result of a previous successful Amending
Motion. ( See 4. 5. 3. 2 through 4. 5. 3. 6 and Table 1 , Columns 1 -3 of Regs for a summary of the available Amending Motions
and who may make them. ) Any outstanding obj ection following action at an NFPA Technical Meeting ( and any further
Technical Committee consideration following successful Amending Motions, see Regs at 4. 5. 3. 7 through 4. 6. 5. 3) must be
raised through an appeal to the Standards Council or it will be considered to be resolved.

VI. Step 3b: Documents Forwarded Directly to the Council. f

Where no NITMAM is received and certi ed in accordance
with the Technical Meeting Convention Rules, the standard is forwarded directly to the Standards Council for action on
issuance. Obj ections are deemed to be resolved for these documents. ( See Regs at 4. 5. 2. 5. )
VII. Step 4a: Council Appeals. Anyone can appeal to the Standards Council concerning procedural or substantive matters
related to the development, content, or issuance of any document of the NFPA or on matters within the purview of the
authority of the Council, as established by the Bylaws and as determined by the Board of Directors. Such appeals must be in
written form and fled with the Secretary of the Standards Council (see Regs at Section 1 . 6) . Time constraints for fling an
appeal must be in accordance with 1 . 6. 2 of theRegs. Obj ections are deemed to be resolved if not pursued at this level.
VIII. Step 4b: Document Issuance. The Standards Council is the issuer of all documents ( see Article 8 of Bylaws) . The
Council acts on the issuance of a document presented for action at an NFPA Technical Meeting within 75 days from the
date of the recommendation from the NFPA Technical Meeting, unless this period is extended by the Council ( see Regs at
4. 7. 2) . For documents forwarded directly to the Standards Council, the Council acts on the issuance of the document at its
next scheduled meeting, or at such other meeting as the Council may determine ( see Regs at 4. 5. 2. 5 and 4. 7. 4) .
IX. Petitions to the Board of Directors. The Standards Council has been delegated the responsibility for the
administration of the codes and standards development process and the issuance of documents. However, where
extraordinary circumstances requiring the intervention of the Board of Directors exist, the Board of Directors may take
f
any action necessary to ful ll its obligations to preserve the integrity of the codes and standards development process
and to protect the interests of the NFPA. The rules for petitioning the Board of Directors can be found in the Regulations
Governing Petitions to the Board ofDirectors from Decisions ofthe Standards Council and in Section 1 . 7 of the Regs.
X. For More Information. The program for the NFPA Technical Meeting ( as well as the NFPA website as information
becomes available) should be consulted for the date on which each report scheduled for consideration at the meeting will
be presented. To view the First Draft Report and Second Draft Report as well as information on NFPA rules and for up-to-
date information on schedules and deadlines for processing NFPA documents, check the NFPA website ( www. nfpa. org/
docinfo) or contact NFPA Codes & Standards Administration at ( 61 7) 984-7246.

6/1 6-C
 Xchange ™

The place to connect online with your fire, electrical, and life safety peers

Have a question about the code or standard you’re reading now?

NFPA Xchange™ can help!
NFPA Xchange™ brings together over 30,000 professionals worldwide, asking and answering each
other’s questions, sharing ideas, and discussing the issues impacting your industry today.

NFPA Xchange™ is free to join and ofers:

Ü A robust collection of previously asked and answered questions to search
Ü Access to thousands of peers for problem-solving and on-the-job advice
Ü NFPA blogs, white papers, and webinars in one convenient place

NFPA members also enjoy Xchange™ Members Only, the online space for technical questions*
answered by NFPA sta f, exclusive NFPA live events, and premier access to curated content.

Join NFPA Xchange™ TODAY!

www.nfpa.org/xchange

Xchange Today. Safer Tomorrow.

*For the full terms of use, please visit nfpa.org/standard_items/terms-of-use#xchange. NFPA® is a registered trademark of
the National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA 02169.
 DOWNLOAD ALL NFPA STANDARDS IN EDUFIRE.IR

Follow us for more contact:

Telegram : @Edufire_ir

Instagram: @Edufire.ir

Aparat: Edufire.ir